TRI - 424151 - Annual Report - FINAL

Annual Report 2022
March 8, 2023
Thomson Reuters Annual Report 2022
Information in this annual report is provided as of March 1, 2023, unless otherwise indicated.
Certain statements in this annual report are forward-looking. These forward-looking statements are based on certain
assumptions and reflect our current expectations. As a result, forward-looking statements are subject to a number of risks and
uncertainties that could cause actual results or events to differ materially from current expectations. Some of the factors that
could cause actual results to differ materially from current expectations are discussed in the “Risk Factors” section of this annual
report as well as in materials that we from time to time file with, or furnish to, the Canadian securities regulatory authorities and
the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission. There is no assurance that any forward-looking statements will materialize. You
are cautioned not to place undue reliance on forward-looking statements, which reflect expectations only as of the date of this
annual report. Except as may be required by applicable law, we disclaim any intention or obligation to update or revise any
forward-looking statements.
The following terms in this annual report have the following meanings, unless otherwise indicated:
Term Definition
“Big 3” segments Our combined Legal Professionals, Corporates and Tax & Accounting Professionals segments
Blackstone’s consortium The Blackstone Group and its subsidiaries, and private equity funds affiliated with Blackstone
bp Basis points – one basis point is equal to 1/100th of 1%, “100bp” is equivalent to 1%
Change Program A two-year initiative, completed in December 2022, that focused on transforming our company from a holding company to an
operating company and from a content provider into a content-driven technology company
constant currency A non-IFRS measure derived by applying the same foreign currency exchange rates to the financial results of the current and
equivalent prior-year period
COVID-19 A novel strain of coronavirus that was characterized a pandemic by the World Health Organization in March 2020
EPS Earnings per share
F&R Our former Financial & Risk business, which was renamed Refinitiv and is now the Data & Analytics business of LSEG
IFRS International Financial Reporting Standards
LSEG London Stock Exchange Group plc
n/a Not applicable
n/m Not meaningful
organic or organically A non-IFRS measure that represents changes in revenues of our existing businesses at constant currency. The metric excludes the
distortive impacts of acquisitions and dispositions from not owning the business in both comparable periods
Refinitiv Our former F&R business, which is now the Data & Analytics business of LSEG. We owned 45% of Refinitiv from October 1, 2018
through January 29, 2021
YPL York Parent Limited, the entity that owns LSEG shares, which is jointly owned by our company and the Blackstone consortium. A
group of current LSEG and former members of Refinitiv senior management also owns part of YPL. References to YPL also
include its subsidiaries. YPL was previously known as Refinitiv Holdings Limited prior to the sale of Refinitiv to LSEG on
January 29, 2021.
$ and US$ U.S. dollars
Non-IFRS financial measures are defined and reconciled to the most directly comparable IFRS measures in the “Management’s
Discussion and Analysis” section of this annual report.
For information regarding our disclosure requirements under applicable Canadian and U.S. laws and regulations, please see the
“Cross Reference Tables” section of this annual report.
Information contained on our website or any other websites identified in this annual report is not part of this annual report. All
website addresses listed in this annual report are intended to be inactive, textual references only. The Thomson Reuters logo and
our other trademarks, trade names and service names mentioned in this annual report are the property of Thomson Reuters.
Front cover photo credit: REUTERS/Yves Herman.
Table of Contents
Business . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Customer Segments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Legal Professionals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Corporates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Tax & Accounting Professionals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Reuters News . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Global Print . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Key Brands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Additional Business Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Corporate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Operations & Technology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Research and Development . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Digital Transformation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Sales and Marketing, Partnerships and APIs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Intellectual Property . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Acquisitions and Dispositions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Human Capital Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Environmental, Social and Governance (ESG) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Properties and Facilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Risk Factors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Management’s Discussion and Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Consolidated Financial Statements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Executive Officers and Directors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
Executive Officers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
Directors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
Audit Committee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
Principal Accountant Fees and Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
Woodbridge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
Controlled Company . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
Independent Directors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
Presiding Directors at Meetings of Non-Management and Independent Directors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
Code of Business Conduct and Ethics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
Additional Disclosures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
Additional Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
Description of Capital Structure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
Market for Securities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
Dividends . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
Transfer Agents and Registrars . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
Ratings of Debt Securities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
LSEG Transaction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
Material Contracts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
Principal Subsidiaries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
Interests of Experts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
Further Information and Disclosures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
Cross Reference Tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
Annual Information Form (Form 51-102F2) Cross Reference Table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
Form 40-F Cross Reference Table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
Page 1
Business
Overview
Thomson Reuters is a leading provider of business information services. Our products include highly specialized information-
enabled software and tools for legal, tax, accounting and compliance professionals combined with the world’s most global news
service – Reuters. Thomson Reuters shares are listed on the Toronto Stock Exchange and New York Stock Exchange (symbol: TRI).
Our website is www.tr.com.
Our company purpose is to Inform the Way Forward, where together with the professionals and institutions we serve, we help
uphold the rule of law, turn the wheels of commerce, catch bad actors, report the facts, and provide trusted, unbiased information
to people all over the world.
We are organized in five reportable segments reflecting how we manage our businesses:
Legal Professionals
Serves law firms and governments with research and workflow products, focusing on intuitive legal research
powered by emerging technologies and integrated legal workflow solutions that combine content, tools and
analytics.
Corporates
Serves corporate customers from small businesses to multinational organizations, including the seven largest
global accounting firms, with our full suite of content-driven technology solutions for in-house legal, tax,
regulatory, compliance and IT professionals.
Tax & Accounting Professionals

Serves tax, accounting and audit professionals in accounting firms (other than the seven largest, which are
served by our Corporates segment) with research and workflow products, focusing on intuitive tax offerings and
automating tax workflows.
Reuters News
Supplies business, financial and global news to the world’s media organizations, professionals and news
consumers through Reuters News Agency, Reuters.com, Reuters Events, Thomson Reuters products and to
financial market professionals exclusively via LSEG products.
Global Print
Provides legal and tax information primarily in print format to customers around the world.
Our businesses are supported by a corporate center that manages our commercial and technology operations, including those
around our sales capabilities, digital customer experience and product and content development, as well as our global facilities.
We also centrally manage functions such as finance, legal and human resources.
Our Business Model and Key Operating Characteristics

We derive most of our revenues from selling information and software solutions, primarily on a recurring subscription basis. Our
solutions blend deep domain knowledge with software and automation tools. We believe our workflow solutions make our
customers more productive by streamlining how they operate, enabling them to focus on higher value activities. Many of our
customers use our solutions as part of their workflows, which has led to strong customer retention. We believe that our customers
trust us because of our history and dependability and our deep understanding of their businesses and industries, and they rely on
our services for navigating a rapidly changing and increasingly complex digital world. Over the years, our business model has
proven to be capital efficient and cash flow generative, and it has enabled us to maintain leading and scalable positions in our
chosen market segments.
Page 2
Some of our key business and operating characteristics are:
Attractive Balanced and Attractive Strong Disciplined

Industry Diversified Business Competitive Financial
Leadership Model Positioning Policies
• Currently our “Big 3” • A leader in key • 80% of revenues • Proprietary • Focused and
segments operate in Legal Professionals, are recurring content plus data incentivized on
an estimated Corporates and • Strong and and human organic revenue
$28 billion market Tax & Accounting consistent cash expertise growth and free
segment expected to Professionals generation combined with cash flow growth
grow between 6% and market segments capabilities artificial • Balance investing
8% over the next 5 • Resilient intelligence (AI) in business and
years businesses, and machine returning capital
• Legal, Tax & historically stable, learning (ML) are to shareholders
Government market which was affirmed key differentiators
• Committed to
segments are prime by our performance • Products deeply maintaining
for content-driven during the embedded in investment grade
innovation COVID-19 customers’ daily rating with stable
pandemic workflows capital structure
• Approximately • 91% retention • Significant
500,000 rate potential capital
customers; largest capacity affords
customer is optionality
approximately 5%
of revenues*
* The news agreement with the Data & Analytics business of LSEG.
Three-Year History
• 2020 – We appointed Steve Hasker as our new CEO and Mike Eastwood as our new CFO in March 2020. In 2020, the global
COVID-19 pandemic created unprecedented health risks to our employees, customers and suppliers, and containment
measures intended to mitigate the impact of the pandemic resulted in global economic crisis and uncertainty. In response to
the pandemic, we immediately transitioned most of our staff to a virtual work environment. At the same time, we worked with
our approximately 500,000 customers to ensure continued access to our products and services. Our 2020 performance
reflected the resiliency of our markets and our business.
• 2021 – We initiated a two-year Change Program with a goal to drive growth and efficiency by transitioning our company from a
holding company into an operating company, and from a content provider into a content-driven technology company. For
additional information about the Change Program, please see the “Our Change Program” section of this annual report. In
2021, we and private equity funds affiliated with Blackstone closed the sale of Refinitiv to LSEG. For additional information
about the transaction, please see the “Additional Information – Investment in LSEG” section of this annual report.
• 2022 – Our two-year Change Program was completed by the end of 2022. We achieved $540 million of annualized run-rate
operating expense savings, and made significant progress transforming Thomson Reuters into a more streamlined and
scalable business that we believe now has a strong foundation for sustainable future growth. For additional information about
the Change Program, please see the “Our Change Program” section of this annual report. On December 12, 2022, we
announced that we and certain investment funds affiliated with Blackstone had agreed to sell shares in LSEG that we co-own
to Microsoft. On January 31, 2023, the company sold 10.5 million LSEG shares for gross proceeds of approximately $1.0 billion
as part of this transaction. For additional information about the transaction, please see the “Additional Information –
Investment in LSEG” section of this annual report. In 2022, we also launched Westlaw Precision, a new version of Westlaw
designed to dramatically improve research speed and quality by enabling lawyers to target precisely what they are looking for.
Page 3
2022 Financial Highlights

For Thomson Reuters, 2022 was a year of significant progress. Relative to our financial results, we met or exceeded our organic
revenue growth, adjusted EBITDA margin and free cash flow performance metrics in our 2022 updated outlook, which we
confirmed in November 2022.
Total company revenues increased 4%, while organic revenues increased 6% driven by 7% growth in recurring revenues. Organic
revenues for our “Big 3” segments increased 7%. Our adjusted EBITDA margin rose over 400bp to 35.1%, despite inflationary
pressure and investments in our businesses. We generated net cash from our operating activities and free cash flow of $1.9 billion
and $1.3 billion, respectively. We returned $2.1 billion to our shareholders through dividends and repurchases of our common
shares.
Below are financial highlights of our revenues for the year ended December 31, 2022. Please see the “Management’s Discussion
and Analysis” section of this annual report for additional information about our recent financial performance and outlook.
2022 Revenue Growth by Segment
Reported revenues up 4% to $6.6 billion

Organic revenues up 6%
Legal Corporates Tax & Accounting Reuters News Global Print

Professionals Professionals
$2.8 billion $1.5 billion $1.0 billion $0.7 billion $0.6 billion
Reported
Revenues
+3% +7% +8% +6% -3%
(+6% organic) (+8% organic) (+9% organic) (+9% organic) (-1% organic)
“Big 3” grew 7% organically (80% total revenues)
Our Change Program

The two-year Change Program was completed at the end of 2022, marking a turning point in our transition from a holding
company into an operating company. The program allowed us to accelerate our journey towards being a leading content-driven
technology company, powering the world’s most informed professionals.
We strengthened our foundation and established a platform for the next phase of our future growth by:
• Making it easier for our customers to do business with us;
• Significantly modernizing and simplifying our product portfolio and product development groups;
• Reducing complexity across the organization and modernizing our technology and services; and
• Optimizing our organizational design and location strategy to enable increased speed to market, access to talent, flexible
working and better connectivity.
Page 4
The table below highlights key achievements of the Change Program:

Key Focus Areas Priority Workstreams Change Program Key Achievements
Reimagine the • Modern digital self-serve approach, enabling greater • Increased SMB digital sales from 8% to 49% (as a
Customer penetration of the small and medium size businesses percentage of total sales)
Experience (SMB) market segment • New digitally enabled online sales and renewals
• Standardized commercial terms, billing process and launched for Westlaw and Practical Law in the U.S.
customer support • Expanded our data and analytics team and improved
• Data-driven and AI-powered sales and marketing ability to collect customer usage data and insights
• Standardized commercial terms, billing process and
customer support across key offerings
• Over 100,000 customers migrated to the Customer
Success Platform
• Achieved a higher Net Promoter Score (NPS), which is
a metric that we use to measure improvements in
customer experience
• Improved cross-selling through lead sharing within
the sales platform and began using data & analytics
to identify key cross-selling opportunities within our
customer base
Optimize • Product simplification aimed to simplify our customer • Simplified our product portfolio with divestitures and
Products & Portfolio offerings and reduce complexity in our portfolio sunsetting of products, allowing focus on higher
• World-class product proposition, development, growth, strategic products. Additional benefits include
pricing, delivery and management the improvement of our security posture
• Omnichannel approach – channels aligned to meet • Modernized support tools with chatbots, improved
customers’ needs call-routing and self-service interactions
• Our single sign-on service now manages over
2.5 million identities for 75 products, delivering easy
and secure access with a single set of credentials
Simplify • Create shared technology platforms that support agile • 50% of our revenue is available in a cloud solution,
Operations & product development and significantly enhance and teams are ahead of target on exiting data center
Leverage customer experience assets
Technology • Scale up ML and re-engineer underlying processes • Improved billing and payment experience for
• Finish shift to the cloud in 2023 and support customers by optimizing the way we work
simplification across the company • Harnessed technology, including ML, AI and cloud
capabilities to improve the quality of our content,
editorial efficiency and speed to market
• Secure, modernized and simplified technology
architecture and operations
• Established an API platform allowing us to accelerate
the build of APIs.
• We built upon our security capabilities, receiving a
third-party assessed leading industry segment
maturity score in 2022 against the NIST Cybersecurity
Framework (CSF)
Create Inclusive • Right roles in the right locations allowing us to attract • Reduced office locations and call centers in
Culture of World- and retain world-class talent accordance with our location strategy
Class Talent • Increase investment in training and development • Opened a new global center in Mexico City
• Foster inclusive purpose-driven culture that reflects • Created more than 3,000 new roles in the global
our core values centers
• Onboarded key talent in crucial areas including
Product, Engineering, Marketing, Data & Analytics
and Design & Technology
• Implemented a flexible hybrid working model, which
allows us to attract top talent and provides an
environment where employees can operate at their
best
We invested nearly $600 million on technology, organizational and market-related initiatives. As of December 31, 2022, we
achieved $540 million of annualized run-rate operating expense savings.
Page 5
2023 Key Priorities

The investments made as part of the Change Program strengthened our foundation and created a scalable platform for future
growth, including improved customer facing capabilities, a modernized Operations and Technology organization and a more
flexible talent footprint. We plan to continue Thomson Reuters’ evolution from a holding company into an operating company,
and from a content provider into a content-driven technology company by investing in strategic areas to make our foundation
even stronger. Some key priorities for 2023 include:
• Continue to simplify our product portfolio by sunsetting or divesting non-strategic products and focusing on a smaller number of
higher growth categories;
• Further improve our customer and digital experiences by optimizing Westlaw and Practical Law for our small and medium
business customers as well as pursuing opportunities to drive AI at scale for their benefit;
• Drive new functionality and modernization efforts across our strategic products, supported by the roll-out of key AI/ML technologies;
• Continue to move key products to the cloud, enhance our application programming interface (API) infrastructure, and leverage
shared capabilities/tooling across the development teams to better enable our clients, improve the usability of our products, and
help drive consistency and stability across our software development teams;
• Continue to modernize our content suite and invest in the timely delivery of quality content to our customers;
• Increase the overall stability and security of our strategic products by implementing the recommendations of the service health
assessments completed in 2022;
• Further simplify our organizational structure by continuing to leverage and develop our global centers; and
• Leverage significant capital capacity to fund organic investment and execute a balanced capital allocation approach including
annual dividend growth, strategic M&A, and shareholder returns.
Strategic Investment Priorities

We continue to target seven strategic investment priorities, which collectively had revenues of over $3.9 billion in 2022. We believe
these priorities can drive further organic revenue growth reflecting their strong market segment positions, leveraging
opportunities and potential to scale.
Strategic Priorities FY 2022 Revenue

1 ~ $500M
Legal(1) 2 ~ $250M
3 ~ $1,700M(4)
Revenue growth
Government (2)
4 ~ $500M
accelerated from
(Risk, Fraud & Compliance)
6.5% in 2021 to
5 ~ $525M 8% in 2022
Tax & Accounting
THOMSON REUTERS
6 Cloud Audit Suite ~ $125M(3)
THOMSON REUTERS TH O M S O N R E U TE R S
Corporate Tax & Trade 7
Direct Tax Indirect Tax ~ $455M
Total 7 Strategic Investment Priorities ~ $4.0B
(1) Products reported in Legal Professionals and Corporates segments.

(2) Government is reported within the Legal Professionals segment.
(3) Products reported in Tax & Accounting Professionals and Corporates segments.
(4) Includes ~$100M of revenue recorded in Government.
Page 6
Customer Segments
Our business is a customer-focused structure organized in five reportable customer segments: Legal Professionals, Corporates,
Tax & Accounting Professionals, Reuters News and Global Print. This structure allows us to focus on the customer and partner
with them to solve challenges that they face in their businesses. For additional information about the results of operations of our
customer segments, please see the “Management’s Discussion and Analysis” section of this annual report.
Legal Professionals
Our Legal Professionals segment serves law firms and governments with research and workflow products, focusing on intuitive
legal research powered by emerging technologies and integrated legal workflow solutions that combine content, tools and
analytics. The following provides a summary of Legal Professionals’ 2022 revenues by type of customer.
17%
Law Firms (66%)

17% Government (17%)
66% Global (17%)
Legal Professionals’ primary global competitors are LexisNexis (which is owned by RELX Group) and Wolters Kluwer. Legal
Professionals also competes with Bloomberg Industry Group and other companies that provide legal and regulatory information,
Aderant and other companies that provide practice and matter management software, and client development providers and
other service providers and start-ups that support legal professionals.
Corporates
Our Corporates segment serves corporate customers from small businesses to multinational organizations, including the seven
largest global accounting firms, with our full suite of content-driven technology solutions for in-house legal, tax, regulatory,
compliance and IT professionals. The following provides a summary of Corporates’ 2022 revenue by type of customer.
13% Tax (34%)

Legal (15%)
34%
18% Global Firms (10%)
Risk (10%)
10% International (18%)
15%
10% SMB Corporates (13%)
Corporates’ primary global competitors are Wolters Kluwer, Bloomberg and LexisNexis. Corporates also competes with focused
software providers such as Avalara, MitraTech, Vertex and Sovos and at times with large technology companies such as SAP, as
well as the largest global accounting firms.
Page 7

Our Tax & Accounting Professionals segment serves tax, accounting and audit professionals (other than professionals in the
largest seven accounting firms, which are served by our Corporates segment) with research and workflow products, focusing on
intuitive tax offerings and automating tax workflows. The following provides a summary of Tax & Accounting Professionals’ 2022
revenues by type of customer.
19%
Small-Mid Accounting Firms (67%)
14% Global (14%)
67% Large Accounting Firms (19%)
Tax & Accounting Professionals’ primary competitor is the CCH business of Wolters Kluwer. Other competitors include Bloomberg
Industry Group in tax research, and Intuit, Drake Software, CaseWare and Sage in professional software and services. Tax &
Accounting Professionals also competes with software start-ups that serve tax, accounting and audit professionals.
Reuters News
Reuters is the world’s leading provider of trusted news, insight and analysis, reaching billions of people worldwide every day.
Founded in 1851, it brings together world-class journalism, industry expertise and cutting-edge technology with unparalleled
speed, reliability and accuracy to enable people to make better decisions. Reuters is committed to the Thomson Reuters Trust
Principles, including that of independence, integrity and freedom from bias, and is an essential source of business, financial and
world news delivered to financial market professionals exclusively via LSEG products, to the world’s media organizations, and to
professionals via industry events and Reuters.com.
In 2022, Reuters delivered approximately 3.5 million unique news stories, 1 million pictures and images and 100,000 video stories,
and numerous industry events.
For more information on the Thomson Reuters Trust Principles, please see the “Additional Information – Material Contracts –
Thomson Reuters Trust Principles and Thomson Reuters Founders Share Company” section of this annual report.
Reuters primary competitors include Bloomberg, the Associated Press, Agence France-Presse and Getty.
Global Print
Global Print is a leading provider of information, primarily in print format, to legal and tax professionals, government (including
federal, state, and local government lawyers and judges), law schools and corporations. The business serves customers in the
United States, Canada, the United Kingdom, Europe, Australia, Asia and Latin America. Global Print’s primary global competitors
are LexisNexis and Wolters Kluwer.
Page 8
Key Brands
Our customer-focused structure enables us to have broader conversations with our customers, with a more cohesive go-to-market
approach. We believe that this focus will create opportunities to cross sell more of our products and services across their
organizations, increase sales to existing customers, improve retention, and attract new customers. The following table provides
information about our key brands and the target customer for each brand.
Tax &
Legal Accounting
Brand Type of Product/Service Professionals Corporates Professionals
Westlaw Legal, regulatory and compliance information-based
Westlaw Edge (U.S., U.K. & products and services.
Canada)
Westlaw is our primary online legal research delivery
Westlaw Precision (U.S)
platform. Westlaw offers authoritative content, powerful
Sweet & Maxwell (U.K.)
search functionality and research organization, team
La Ley (Argentina)
collaboration features and navigation tools to find and
share specific points of law and search for analytical
commentary.
Localized versions of online legal research services are
provided in Argentina, Australia, Brazil, Canada, Chile,
France, Ireland, Japan, New Zealand, Spain, the United
Kingdom, Uruguay and other countries. Through
Westlaw International, Westlaw Asia and Westlaw Middle
East, we offer our online products and services to
customers in markets where we do not offer a fully
localized Westlaw service.
Practical Law Legal know-how, current awareness and workflow tools

Practical Law Connect with embedded guidance from expert practitioners.
Practical Law Dynamic Tool Set Practice notes, standard documents, checklists and
What’s Market tools cover a wide variety of practice areas
such as commercial, corporate, labor and employment,
intellectual property, finance and litigation. Practical Law
currently has offerings in the United Kingdom, United
States, Canada, Australia, and China.
CLEAR Public and proprietary records about individuals and

CLEAR Risk Inform companies with tools for immediately usable results.
CLEAR ID Confirm
CLEAR Adverse Media Sanctions
PeopleMap
HighQ Cloud-based collaboration and workflow platform for the

HighQ Contract Analysis legal and regulatory market segment.
Case Center Cloud-based evidence-sharing platform for sharing

documents and multimedia between justice agencies for
trial preparation and courtroom presentation.
Fraud Analytics A suite of data and analytics solutions to help auditors,

Fraud Detect investigators and managers detect fraud, waste and
ID Risk Analytics abuse in healthcare and large government subsidy
Case Tracking programs.
Checkpoint Integrated tax and accounting information solution that

Checkpoint Edge (U.S. & Canada) addresses market disruption through integrated
research, editorial insight, workflow productivity tools,
online learning and news updates, along with intelligent
links to related content and software.
Page 9
Tax &
Legal Accounting
Brand Type of Product/Service Professionals Corporates Professionals
FindLaw Online legal directory, website creation and hosting

services, law firm marketing solutions and peer rating
services.
3E Suites of integrated software applications that assist with

3E Cloud business management functions, including financial and
ProLaw practice management, matter management, document
Legal One and email management, accounting and billing,
timekeeping and records management.
Legal Tracker Online spend and matter management, e-billing, legal

analytics services, and document storage, search and
retrieval.
Regulatory Intelligence Information and software products that provide a single

source for regulatory news, analysis, rules and
developments, with global coverage of more than 400
regulators and exchanges.
ONESOURCE Comprehensive global tax solution with local and country

ONESOURCE Global Trade content focused on managing a company’s entire tax
lifecycle, including direct and indirect tax compliance,
indirect tax determination, tax accounting, trade and
customs supporting global supply chain, trust taxation,
tax information reporting, tax planning, and overall
workflow and process management.
Confirmation Cloud-based platform to automate the workflow of the

confirmations process of an audit. Used by a global
network of audit firms, banks and law firms to increase
efficiency and reduce risk.
Dominio Accounting management and tax management software

solutions for accounting firms, and micro and small
companies in Brazil.
Cloud Audit Suite End-to-end solution providing accuracy and efficiency

throughout the audit process through a suite of tools.
Includes an online confirmation service and integration
with third-party data analytics. Its cloud-based
technology offers the ability to work from anywhere,
collaborate with colleagues in real time, and securely
access audit data.
CS Professional Suite Scalable, integrated suite of desktop and online software

applications that encompass key aspects of a
professional accounting firm’s operations, from collecting
customer data and posting finished tax returns to the
overall management of the accounting practice.
Onvio International suite of cloud-based products that bring

aspects of accounting firm operations - including
document management, file sharing and collaboration,
time and billing, workpaper management and project
management—into a single, accessible online platform.
Page 10
Additional Business Information

Corporate
Our corporate center seeks to foster a group-wide approach to management while allowing our business segments sufficient
operational flexibility to serve their customers effectively. Our corporate center centrally manages commercial and technology
operations, including those around our sales capabilities, digital customer experience and product and content development, as
well as our global facilities. Our corporate center also centrally manages functions such as finance, legal and human resources.
Operations & Technology

Our Operations & Technology group unifies our core functions into a single enterprise team. These include product engineering,
our Chief Information Officer organization, data & analytics, digital transformation, customer experience, customer service &
support, procurement, real estate, risk & compliance, collections and content operations. We believe that Operations &
Technology provides the foundation and a greater opportunity to accelerate our progress on scale and growth initiatives, allowing
us to sharpen our focus on allocating the right resources to our growth priorities.
We believe we can make information more relevant, more personal and deliver it faster to our customers through the smart use of
technology. By using shared technology and working across our businesses, we are making our data more accessible and valuable
for our customers, no matter how they access it. We are increasingly shifting more of our software from being on-premise
installations to software-as-a-service (SaaS) or cloud-based offerings that provide customers with access through the Internet.
We believe that we are continually transforming our content, products and services to better meet our customers’ needs, while
focusing on securing our customer data and global systems as we implement and enhance our security programs.
We also continue to operate Thomson Reuters Labs, the dedicated applied research division of Thomson Reuters.
Research and Development

Innovation is essential to our success and is one of our primary bases of competition. Our research and development focus is part
of Thomson Reuters Labs. The team has a rich history in applied research activities focused on exploring cutting-edge
technologies applied to concrete business problems. In 2022, Thomson Reuters Labs celebrated 30 years of researching and
delivering key new technologies, such as AI, for our clients and business. We ensure Thomson Reuters and our customers stay
ahead in an ever-changing world with tools and human expertise enhanced by AI ingenuity.
We are driven by our customers’ need for trustworthy information. We develop new product innovations in the following primary
focus areas: AI, natural language processing (NLP), AI operations (ModelOps) and systematic evaluation and implementation of
Human-Centered AI (HCAI) solutions.
Our research ethos keeps us at the driving edge of how emerging technologies like deep learning, generative AI and blockchain
can be applied to the distinct challenges of the industries and customers that we serve. We believe that we are uniquely
positioned to combine these technologies with the intelligence and human expertise that our customers need to find trusted
answers. The work of Thomson Reuters Labs is at the heart of our ambition to become the world’s leading content-driven
technology company.
Digital Transformation
We have been a pioneer of digital product development for decades. As part of our customer experience transformation, we are
creating a more holistic online experience, making it easier for our customers to find, try and buy our products by interacting
digitally with Thomson Reuters. In 2022, we implemented numerous improvements to our digital customer journey, increased our
share of SMB digital sales and continued to improve our online support tools. We continue to invest in online self-serve
capabilities that allow customers to manage their accounts and get quick access to support and service.
Sales and Marketing, Partnerships and APIs

We primarily sell our products and services directly to our customers. In addition, we sell some of our products and services online
directly to customers. Focusing more of our marketing and sales efforts on digital propositions has allowed us to broaden our
range of customers and reduce sales and marketing costs.
Page 11
Some of our products and services are also sold in partnership with third-parties and authorized resellers. Centralizing our team
to manage partnerships has accelerated the growth of our partner ecosystem, which has provided expanded market opportunities
and revenue streams. Our partnership strategy was instrumental in the acquisition of SurePrep in 2023, as discussed in the
“Acquisitions and Dispositions” section below. Continuing to develop our partner ecosystem is a key strategic lever for growth.
APIs allow our software platforms to connect with those of other companies, providing customers with data and access to services
of both companies. We believe this will open new channels, business models and product offerings and will help grow our partner
ecosystem. In 2023, we plan to continue expanding our API ecosystem to improve the experience of existing and new customers.
As our capabilities related to APIs continue to grow, we believe it will enable us to further integrate our content and solutions into
our customers’ workflows.
Intellectual Property
Many of our products and services are comprised of information delivered through a variety of media, including online, software-
based applications, smartphones, tablets, books, journals and dedicated transmission lines. Our principal intellectual property (IP)
assets include patents and trade secrets, which protect the innovative ways that help create and deliver our content, trademarks,
which protect our valuable brands, and copyrights, which protect our content and databases. We believe that our IP is sufficient to
permit us to carry on our business as presently conducted. We also rely on confidentiality agreements to protect our rights. We
continue to grow our patent portfolio by applying for and receiving patents for our innovative technologies globally, as well as
continuing to acquire patents through the acquisition of companies. We have registered a number of website domain names in
connection with our online operations, and protect our global trademarks and copyrights through continued registrations, where
appropriate, and enforcement against third-parties who threaten to infringe our trademarks and copyrights.
Acquisitions and Dispositions

Acquisitions - Acquired businesses can strengthen our offerings and enable us to extend our platform with new capabilities that
we believe will provide opportunities to expand our positions, better serve our customers and supplement our organic revenue
growth. Generally, the businesses that we acquire initially have lower margins than our existing businesses, largely reflecting the
costs of integration.
In April 2022, we acquired Gestta Technology LTDA., a Brazilian-based producer of accounting practice management software,
and ThoughtTrace, Inc., a Texas-based business providing a document-understanding and contract-analysis platform powered by
AI and machine learning. In August 2022, we acquired PLX AI ApS, an AI powered real time financial news service provider based
in Denmark. In January 2023, we acquired SurePrep, LLC, a California-based company that offers 1040 tax automation software
and services to accounting firms in order to increase productivity and profitability while promoting a digital tax workflow. In
addition, throughout 2022, TR Ventures Fund, which was launched in 2021 and plans to invest up to $100 million over the next
few years, made several investments to support companies that are building innovations to allow professionals to operate more
productively and with greater insights.
We expect that acquisitions will continue to play an important role in our strategy going forward and we expect to continue to
make tactical acquisitions from time to time that we believe will strengthen our positions in key growth segments.
Dispositions – As part of our continuing strategy to optimize our portfolio of businesses and ensure that we are investing in parts
of our business that offer the greatest opportunities to achieve growth and returns, we have sold a number of non-core businesses
and product lines during the last several years which are not compatible with our strategy.
For more information on acquisitions and dispositions that we made in the last two years, please see the “Management’s
Discussion and Analysis” section of this annual report.
Page 12
Human Capital Management

Employees
The following table sets forth information about our employees as of December 31, 2022.
By Region
Americas 15,100
Asia Pacific 6,800
Europe, Middle East and Africa (EMEA) 3,300
By Unit
Legal Professionals 1,300

Corporates 1,200
Tax & Accounting Professionals 600
Global Print 600
Reuters News 3,300
Product & Editorial 3,500
Operations & Technology 9,200
Corporate Center (Enabling Functions) 1,400
Commercial Functions(1) 1,100
Other(2) 3,000
Thomson Reuters 25,200
(1) Reflects employees in Marketing, Commercial Excellence and Strategy.

(2) Reflects employees in our Latin America, Asia and Emerging Markets and Government businesses.
We believe that we generally have good relations with our employees, unions and works councils, although we have had disputes
from time to time with the various unions that represent some of our employees. Our senior management team is committed to
maintaining good relations with our employees, unions and works councils.
Overview
Our human capital practices and initiatives are designed to attract, motivate and retain high quality and talented employees
across all of our businesses who feel valued, are provided with opportunities to grow, and are driven to succeed. We focus on a
variety of human capital topics that apply to our workforce, such as compensation and benefits, culture and employee
engagement, talent acquisition/development, and diversity and inclusion. Over the last few years, oversight of human capital
management has also been a greater focus area for our Board of Directors.
Starting in April 2022, most of our employees around the world began to transition to hybrid working arrangements, splitting
their time between working from home and the office. We believe that a hybrid model provides the environment and resources to
enable our teams and people to do their best work and grow. At the same time, we have maintained a focus on inclusive and
equitable work and talent practices under this hybrid work arrangement, while also keeping in mind that many of our teams work
across multiple locations and have colleagues who are fully remote.
While we voluntarily publish numerous human capital-related metrics and data in our securities filings and on our website
(notably in our Social Impact & ESG Report), some metrics and data are not publicly disclosed due to competitive considerations.
We expect that human capital management will continue to be an important focus area in the future for management and the
Board because it ensures solid stewardship of our organization, supports important societal objectives, and is key to ensuring
strategic advantage in the marketplace.
For additional information regarding some of our human capital management practices, please see the “Environmental, Social
and Governance (ESG)” section below.
Page 13
Environmental, Social and Governance (ESG)

Our company is dedicated to serving institutions and businesses that keep the wheels of commerce turning, uphold justice and
taxation systems, fight fraud, support law enforcement and report on world events with impartiality, as an important source of
unbiased news globally. In these and many other ways, we aspire to strengthen the foundations of society in partnership with our
customers.
We pursue ESG initiatives because they contribute to value creation for our customers, employees, shareholders and other
stakeholders. The Board and its committees oversee different ESG-related areas that are of the greatest importance to the
organization and our stakeholders to achieve our long-term strategic objectives. Ultimately, though, our ESG-related initiatives
require employees who take on responsibility for them and are empowered to achieve them. Subject matter experts lead the work,
and senior executives are accountable for embedding programs in the business, for maximum impact and duration.
We now have greater cohesion to our ESG-related workstreams, which include sustainability, diversity and inclusion, community
relations and volunteerism. ESG factors are considered in our Enterprise Risk Management (ERM) processes. The work of the
Thomson Reuters Foundation also contributes to our ongoing ESG efforts.
Thomson Reuters understands that ESG measures are important to our stakeholders and drive positive impact on global issues.
Conducting business in a principled manner – and transparently disclosing relevant targets and metrics related to our ESG
programs – will not only allow our stakeholders to be informed on our progress, but also encourage others to lead.
We post a Social Impact & ESG Report annually on our website, www.tr.com/social-impact-report, which summarizes our
strategy, includes stories of progress and tracks performance, tying our efforts to our business strategy and commercial
expertise. The report highlights how we run our business with purpose, manage our sustainability goals, foster an
inclusive workplace, and make a difference in communities through wider-ranging social impact programs pursuing
access to justice, truth and transparency. We encourage you to review the Social Impact & ESG Report to gain a better
understanding of our accomplishments and practices in these areas.
We believe that by uniting our technical capabilities with those of our customers in these areas, we will drive the greatest change.
We also believe in the power of collaboration with the international business community, so we are signatories of the United
Nations Global Compact (UNGC), a non-binding United Nations (U.N.) pact to encourage businesses and firms worldwide to
adopt sustainable and socially responsible policies. We are actively partnering to advance the Sustainable Development Goals,
particularly SDG 16 – Peace, Justice and Strong Institutions.
We are also aligned with the United Nations Guiding Principles on Business and Human Rights (UNGPs), which augment our
longstanding commitment to the UNGC, the U.N. Declaration on Human Rights, and other international standards. The UNGPs
are the global standard for preventing and addressing the risk of adverse impacts on human rights linked to business activity, and
they provide the internationally accepted framework for enhancing standards and practices with regard to business and human
rights.
Earlier this year, we completed our first ESG materiality assessment, an assessment that allows companies to identify and
prioritize the ESG issues that are most likely to impact their business and stakeholders in the short and long-term. We used
“double materiality” as our lens – which means we examined how material ESG topics affect our business and create or erode
enterprise value as well as how material ESG risks and opportunities in our business could positively or negatively impact people,
economies, and the environment. We took a thorough approach engaging internal and external experts and stakeholders as well
as benchmarking ourselves against our peers and leading companies.
Page 14
As part of our ESG materiality assessment, we also conducted a company-wide human rights impact assessment (HRIA) of our
global operations, products and services. In doing so, we sought to proactively manage actual and potential human rights impacts
in order to mitigate risks to both Thomson Reuters and to stakeholder groups. The methodology for this assessment included
desk-based research, internal and external stakeholder interviews and detailed analysis and discussions of the findings. This
process also included benchmarking ourselves against our peers and leading companies. This assessment examined potential
impacts across stakeholder groups and helped us identify salient human rights risks which were then mapped against the
expectations of the UNGPs, which now inform our human rights strategy and roadmap. Our commitment to respecting human
rights throughout our operations will continue to guide our work and the recommendations from this comprehensive ESG
assessment will continue to help us identify, assess, and proactively respond to salient and material risks across our enterprise.
Our 2023 Social Impact & ESG Report, which we anticipate publishing in April 2023 and will be available on our website at
www.thomsonreuters.com, will contain information on the key findings from the ESG materiality assessment and the HRIA.
Environmental Practices
Some of our environmental initiatives and accomplishments include the following:
• As of December 31, 2021, we were using 100% renewable energy for all our operations. We are working closely with our
suppliers to drive lower emissions within our supply chain.
• We joined the Science Based Targets Initiative (SBTi) in 2020, aligning to the most ambitious 1.5-degree Celsius pathway.
Thomson Reuters is among a leading group of approximately 2,100 companies globally to have done so.
• In 2020, we announced our commitment to targeting net-zero emissions by 2050. As of the end of 2021, we had reduced our
Scope 1 and Scope 2 GHG emissions by 93% from our 2018 baseline and we are significantly ahead of our SBTI commitment.
We will continue to measure and manage our own emissions and environmental impacts and continue to identify ways to
further assess, monitor and improve our carbon footprint.
• We continue to optimize our real estate portfolio utilization to adjust to market trends, business needs, and evolving ways of
working. This is contributing to a decreased carbon footprint by reducing the number of office locations. The COVID-19
pandemic has also resulted in less business travel and increased use of more virtual and collaboration tools by our employees.
• Our strategy to migrate more of our revenue to the cloud will help reduce our environmental footprint as we will be less reliant
on energy use associated with company-managed data centers. We will take advantage of cloud hosting environments that
utilize resources more efficiently and can be easily optimized to reduce waste.
• Some of our content and other information products help our customers address climate change matters. For example,
Practical Law includes a tracker covering key Biden Administration actions and initiatives on climate, energy and environmental
issues and other resources related to climate change disclosures for U.S. public companies. The Thomson Reuters Institute
also launched an ESG Resource Center which offers insights for corporations and governments around the world on the most
pressing current and future issues concerning ESG topics.
Social Practices
Our values and culture
Thomson Reuters has a long history of being recognized as a leading employer. As we strive for continued progress, we appreciate
being recognized for our work in this space, but we are acutely aware of the need to increase momentum. In 2022, our awards and
recognitions included:
• Canada’s Best Employers, Great Place to Work, Canada, Greater Toronto’s Top Employers, and Top 100 Employers in Canada
• Best Employer for Diversity, Forbes
• LinkedIn’s Top Companies
• Best Places to Work for Disability Inclusion, Disability: IN
• Human Rights Campaign Best Places to Work for LGBTQ Equality and 100% score, Human Rights Campaign’s Corporate
Equality Index
In all our work, we uphold the Thomson Reuters Trust Principles, including that of integrity, independence and freedom from bias.
Page 15
Diversity and Inclusion

The way forward will be a diverse and inclusive one – for the customers and societies we serve, and for Thomson Reuters as a
company. Diversity and Inclusion (D&I) is core to Thomson Reuters’ purpose and values. In 2022, we continued to make progress
on D&I within Thomson Reuters in the face of significant change as a company. We remain committed to prioritizing D&I as a
business imperative, continually improving the inclusiveness and equity of our employee experience for all colleagues and
achieving our D&I goals.
In 2020, Thomson Reuters established aspirational goals for diversifying our senior leadership (director and above). In 2022, we
continued to increase the representation of racially/ethnically diverse talent in senior leadership while the representation of
women and Black employees in senior leadership remained flat year-over-year. As of March 6, 2023, 36% (4) of our current 11
executive officers are women and 27% (3) identify as racially/ethnically diverse.
Increased Black senior executive hiring – the result of focused efforts to establish relationships with senior Black talent and
achieving diverse candidate slates for executive recruitment – was offset by attrition. Focused actions to support growth and
improve retention include highlighting Black high potential talent in CEO talent reviews, stay interviews, career coaching and
opportunity matching and mentorship by executive team members. While we did not ultimately achieve our representation goals
in 2022, we made meaningful progress and are re-committing to them in 2023.
The following table sets forth our diverse talent representation in 2020, 2021 and 2022, as well as our 2023 goals:
Goal 2020 2021 2022 2023 Goal
Women in senior leadership 39% 41% 41% 45%
Racially/ethnically diverse talent in senior leadership 14% 16% 18% 20%
Number of Black employees in senior leadership 32 38 38 60
Note – our racial/ethnically diverse representation and Black talent representation goals are only measured for the U.S. (including Puerto Rico), U.K., Canada, Brazil and
South Africa.
Additional D&I initiatives we’d like to highlight from 2022 include:

• Recruitment of entry-level Black talent through various universities and programs, including partnerships with Historically
Black Colleges and Universities (HBCUs) and other local partners that support students of color (e.g., Page Education
Foundation, P-TECH, Best Prep and more). In addition, we have launched a new Black Internship Scheme (BIS) in the UK to
foster the inclusion and advancement of employees that self-identify as Black or of African descent, promoted through our
Thomson Reuters careers blog and a podcast, INTERNING;
• Corporate partnerships with initiatives that promote the employability, development and visibility of underrepresented groups,
including Ascend Canada, Ascend US, Black Professionals in Technology Network, Catalyst, Disability:IN, HACE (Hispanic
Alliance for Career Enhancement) and Out&Equal;
• Sponsorship of nine Business Resource Groups (BRGs), which play a critical role in driving awareness, understanding of diverse
backgrounds and execution against our diversity and inclusion strategy. Current BRGs include: Asian Affinity Network, Black
Employee Network, Disability Employee Network, Early Careers Network, Indigenous Peoples Network, Latino Employee
Network, Pride at TR, Veterans Employee Network and Women at TR. Collectively, the BRGs span more than 70 chapters
around the world, with the support of more than 150 volunteers leading them across the globe;
• Training programs and innovative learning opportunities include: a “Breaking Bias” program that we launched to all employees
globally in 2021 and reinforced in 2022, resulting in 66% global employee completion; and continued growth and expansion of
Diverse Talent Academies (in partnership with McKinsey), which reached 220 racial and ethnically diverse talent that self-
identify as Black, Latino, and Asian;
Page 16
• The “Count Me In” internal initiative, which grew our voluntary self-identification data by 10% in 2022 and deepened our talent
insights; and
• Expanded external reporting including disaggregated data on racial and ethnic representation and the introduction of
additional diversity talent representation data, where available, for LGBTQ+, disability and veterans.
Health and Wellbeing
The past few years have had a profound impact on all of us and our company has adjusted to new ways of working. The health
and wellbeing of our employees is a priority for our leadership and we have put in place several initiatives related to mental,
physical, financial and social wellbeing to support them.
We recently launched a new “Flex My Way” program, which is a supportive workplace policy that promotes work-life balance and
improved flexibility. Policies include flexible and hybrid working, caregiver paid time off, increased bereavement leave and work
from anywhere for up to eight weeks per year (with up to four weeks in an authorized country and the remaining in your country of
employment), sabbatical leave and flexible vacation in the US and Canada.
Our mental health resources include free access to an employee assistance program, a meditation app, mindfulness discussions,
eLearning, month-long spotlights on mental health centered around two annual mental health days off (May and October) and
People Leader Mindful Leadership training and resources on leading a mentally healthy workplace. We are also signatories to the
Mindful Business Charter, where we have committed to creating practices and policies to rehumanize the workplace.
Our wellbeing offerings give employees access to physical, financial and social resources, inclusive of learning opportunities,
financial and legal counseling, resource guides and individual counseling and coaching. We have committed to creating a healthy,
safe and supportive workplace with monthly campaigns focused on spotlighting personal wellbeing resources and healthy
workplace practices within our environment, building awareness to internal and external resources of support, promoting
employee connection with personal story telling through our internal community channels such as organized chats and blog
posts, involvement in business resource groups and creating brave spaces where people can come together to support each other
through crisis and events that are impacting our colleagues.
Community Impact
At Thomson Reuters, we have a shared responsibility to do business in ways that respect, protect and benefit our customers, our
employees, our communities and our environment. To support this corporate value, we encourage employee volunteerism, provide
financial and in-kind donations and offer corporate matches for employee donations.
Every year, Thomson Reuters provides 16 hours of paid volunteer time off (VTO) to every employee and provides an additional
20 hours of paid VTO to a subset of employees with law degrees to provide legal pro bono aid to nonprofit organizations. In 2022,
our employees logged over 68,000 volunteer hours in total. Thomson Reuters employees have personal and professional skills
that can help our communities address critical needs which, in turn, increases their knowledge about important social issues and
develops a variety of relevant organizational skills. In addition to legal pro bono aid, we offer non-legal pro bono and skills-based
volunteering opportunities including our IMPACTathon program and Pro Bono Projects program. In 2022, Thomson Reuters
employees provided over 14,000 hours in total pro bono support to nonprofit organizations around the world. We also offer a
corporate matching gifts program and a payroll giving option for employee donations. In 2022, donations from our employees
together with corporate matches totaled nearly US$1.4 million to over 1,400 nonprofits in a dozen different countries.
Finally, we provide some of our products and services free of charge to various not-for-profit organizations to support their
initiatives. For example, Thomson Reuters has provided access to our CLEAR product to the National Center for Missing and
Exploited Children since 2010. We also provide our Westlaw, Practical Law and HighQ products to various not-for-profit
organizations.
Page 17
The Thomson Reuters Foundation

The Thomson Reuters Foundation works to protect media freedom, foster more inclusive economies and raise awareness of
human rights issues.
The Foundation combines its unique media and legal expertise to drive change through a number of services, including its
journalists who report from the ground in more than 70 countries. It also offers media development and support to independent
journalism, facilitates free legal assistance to NGOs and social enterprises around the world and opportunities for cross-sector
collaboration including its annual human rights forum Trust Conference. Its mission is to inspire collective leadership, empowering
people to shape free, fair, and informed societies.
Additional information on the Foundation can be found at www.trust.org.
Governance Practices
Our Board and its committees oversee ESG initiatives. The Corporate Governance Committee of the Board of Directors evaluates
our ESG strategy and progress and is updated on a quarterly basis by our management. We remain committed to our values and
ethics through our governance practices, which include our Code of Business Conduct and Ethics.
Properties and Facilities

We own and lease office space and facilities around the world to support our businesses. We believe that our properties are in
good condition and are adequate and suitable for our present purposes. The following table provides summary information about
our principal properties as of December 31, 2022.
Facility Approx. Sq. Ft. Owned/Leased Principal Use

610 Opperman Drive, 2,711,860 Owned Legal Professionals headquarters and Global Print operating
Eagan, Minnesota, United States facilities
2395 Midway Road, 410,930 Owned Tax & Accounting Professionals and Corporates headquarters
Carrollton, Texas, United States and operating facilities
6300 Interfirst Drive, 247,210 Owned Tax & Accounting Professionals operating facility
Ann Arbor, Michigan,
United States
Knowledge Court, 150,760 Leased Thomson Reuters shared services center
Bangalore, India
5 Canada Square, 133,400 Subleased Legal Professionals, Tax & Accounting Professionals and
London, United Kingdom Reuters News operating facility
3 Times Square, 99,850 Owned/leased(1) Reuters News, Legal Professionals, and Corporates operating
New York, New York, facility
United States
Paseo de la Reforma 26, 60,650 Leased Thomson Reuters shared services center
Mexico City, Mexico
333 Bay Street, 59,220(2) Leased Thomson Reuters headquarters and Legal Professionals
Toronto, Ontario, Canada operating facilities
Landis & Gyr 3, 50,390 Leased Enterprise Centre
Zug, Switzerland
(1) The landlord (3XSQ Associates) is an entity owned by one of our subsidiaries and Rudin Times Square Associates LLC. 3XSQ Associates was formed to build and operate
the 3 Times Square property.
(2) Represents our net occupied area. Our main lease is for 81,250 sq. ft. and we subleased 22,000 sq. ft. to LSEG.
Page 18
Risk Factors
The risks and uncertainties below represent the risks that our management believes
are material. If any of the events or developments discussed below actually occurs, our
business, financial condition or results of operations could be adversely affected. Other
factors not presently known to us or that we presently believe are not material could
also affect our future business and operations. The risks below are organized by
categories and are not necessarily listed in the order of priority to our company.
Risk Category Page

Strategic Risks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Technology and Data Risks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Operational Risks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Legal, Regulatory and Intellectual Property Risks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Financial Risks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Corporate Structure Risks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Strategic Risks
We may be adversely affected by uncertainty, downturns and changes in the markets that we serve, in particular in the
legal, tax and accounting industries.
We operate in a dynamic external environment that is rapidly shifting due to innovation in technology, evolving and increasing
global regulation and information proliferation. Uncertainty, downturns and changes that impact our business can also arise as a
result of conditions in global financial markets, changes in macroeconomic factors, changes in laws and regulations, political
conditions and election outcomes, political and social unrest, wars and conflicts, terrorist acts, cyber-attacks, economic and
regulatory sanctions, natural disasters and public health crises (such as epidemics and pandemics, including COVID-19) and other
factors over which we have no control.
Our performance depends on the financial health and strength of our customers, which in turn is primarily dependent on the
general economy in the United States (73% of our 2022 revenues) and secondarily on the general economies in Europe, Asia
Pacific, Canada and Latin America. The global economy continues to experience substantial disruption and uncertainty due to the
Russian military invasion of Ukraine and related government sanctions, lingering COVID-19 impacts, rising geopolitical tensions,
aggressive monetary tightening, weaker global demand, rising interest rates, supply chain disruptions, labour shortages and other
events. These factors may create unprecedented economic conditions including the possibility of an economic recession, that may
last substantially longer than expected and create stress on economic growth and market volatility. These conditions could lead to
limited business opportunities for our customers, creating significant cost pressures for some of them, which could lead to lower
demand for our products and services. We are unable to predict the extent of impact or duration of any such economic conditions,
or their ultimate impact on demand for our products and services.
In 2022, we derived 80% of our revenues from our Legal Professionals, Corporates and Tax & Accounting Professionals
businesses, which primarily serve professionals in the legal, tax and accounting industries. Global uncertainty and changing
economic conditions can impact these industries.
• Cost-cutting, reduced spending or reduced activity by customers may decrease demand for, and usage of, some of our products
and services. This could adversely affect our financial results by reducing our revenues, which could in turn reduce the
profitability of some of our products and services. Some of our customers may also slow down decision-making or delay
planned renewals or implementations because of economic conditions, which may disrupt historical spending patterns.
Page 19
• Law firms continue to be challenged in their efforts as corporate counsels keep more work in-house in an effort to deliver
greater business value and insights internally, limit increases in billing rates and hours, and insist on increased transparency
and efficiency from law firms. Law firm profitability fell in 2022 as firms grappled with lower demand and surging expenses due
to inflation and return-to-office strategies. This fall in demand was primarily driven by shrinking activity in transactional
practices, most notably in the merger and acquisitions practice area.
• Accounting firms are also adapting their business models related to service offerings, technology and pricing to address their
clients’ evolving needs, priorities and expectations. In particular, accounting firms continue to experience commoditization in
audit and tax compliance and are looking to expand into more profitable advisory services and identify more areas to use
automation.
• Global Print (9% of our 2022 revenues) experienced a 1% revenue decline (in constant currency) in 2022, as customers
continued to migrate from traditional print formats to digital solutions. An increase in hybrid and virtual working arrangements
in the future could also cause certain customers to reduce or discontinue orders from our Global Print business. Declines in
Global Print revenues can adversely affect our profitability as well as our cash flows.
• Relative to our Reuters News business, the media sector continues to transform, with the traditional news agency market
declining. While demand in the financial professional segment is growing, Reuters News is limited in its ability to participate in
a number of sectors due to its exclusive agreement with the Data & Analytics business of LSEG.
We operate in highly competitive markets and may be adversely affected by this competition.
The markets for our information, software, services and news are highly competitive and are subject to rapid technological
changes and evolving customer demands and needs. Our customers increasingly look to us for solutions to help them adapt,
improve efficiency and demonstrate value. They increasingly want to leverage technology to maintain a competitive edge, by
delivering a differentiated work product faster and by managing their firm or department more efficiently. If we fail to compete
effectively and retain key clients, our revenues, profitability and cash flows could be adversely affected.
• Many of our principal competitors are established companies and firms that have substantial financial resources, recognized
brands, technological expertise and market experience and these competitors sometimes have more established positions in
certain product segments and geographic regions than we do. Some firms which compete with us have traditionally been our
customers as well as go-to-market partners. Some larger companies that compete with us, such as enterprise resource
planning (ERPs) companies, have large installed customer bases and may change or expand the focus of their business
strategies to target our customers.
• We increasingly compete with smaller and sometimes newer companies, some of which seek to differentiate themselves from
the breadth of our offerings by being specialized, with a narrower focus than our company. As a result, they may be able to
adopt new or emerging technologies, including AI and analytic capabilities, or address customer requirements at lower prices
or more quickly than we can. New and emerging technologies can also have the impact of allowing start-up companies to
enter the market more quickly than they would have been able to in the past.
• Public sources of free or relatively inexpensive information are available online and more of this information is expected to be
available in the future. Some governmental and regulatory agencies have increased the amount of information they make
publicly available at no cost. Several companies and organizations have made certain legal and tax information publicly
available at no cost. “Open source” software that is available for free may also provide some functionality similar to that in
some of our products. Public sources of free or relatively inexpensive information may reduce demand for our products and
services if certain customers choose to use these public sources as a substitute for our products or services.
• Some of our customers independently develop products and services that compete with ours, including through the formation
of partnerships or consortia. If more of our customers become self-sufficient, demand for our products and services may be
reduced.
• We may also face increased competition from search providers that could pose a threat to some of our businesses by providing
more in-depth offerings, adapting their products and services to meet the demands of their customers or combining with one
of their traditional competitors to enhance their products and services.
Page 20
Some of our competitors aggressively market their products as a lower cost alternative and offer price incentives to acquire new
business, although we believe that many of our customers continue to see the value and enhancements reflected in our content,
software, services and other offerings that sometimes results in a higher price. As some of our competitors offer products and
services that may be viewed as more cost effective than ours or which may be seen as having greater functionality or performance
than ours, the relative value of some of our products or services could be diminished.
Competition may require us to reduce the price of some of our products and services (which may result in lower revenues) or make
additional capital investments (which might result in lower profit margins). If we are unable or unwilling to reduce prices or make
additional investments for some of our products and services in the future, we may lose customers and our financial results may
be adversely affected. Some of our current or future products or services could also be rendered obsolete because of competitive
offerings and new technologies.
If we are unable to keep pace with rapid technological developments to provide new products, services, applications and
functionalities to meet our customers’ needs, attract new customers and retain existing ones, expand into new geographic
markets and identify areas of higher growth, our ability to generate revenues or achieve higher levels of revenue growth in
the future may be adversely affected.
Our growth strategy involves developing new products, services, applications and functionalities in a timely and cost-effective
manner to meet our customers’ needs, anticipating and responding to industry trends and technological changes, expanding into
new geographic markets and maintaining a strong position in the sectors that we serve. As part of the Change Program, we
migrated portions of our revenue to cloud solutions, increased the proportion of sales we make through our digital channels, and
improved our customers’ experience interacting with us. While the objective of the changes is to increase revenue, there is no
assurance that we will be successful in increasing our company’s overall revenue growth in the future.
We continue to prioritize investments to drive organic growth in areas of our business that we believe have the highest potential
for strategic growth, and selectively use acquisitions that we expect to contribute to the accelerated execution of our strategy. Our
“Big 3” segments (Legal Professionals, Corporates and Tax & Accounting Professionals) continue to evolve towards becoming
content-driven technology businesses which are greater providers of software and solutions to our customers as part of our
transformation from focusing primarily on providing content, data and information. Solutions often are designed to integrate our
core content, data and information with software and workflow tools.
Disruptive and new technologies such as AI, ML, data synthesis, blockchain and user-generated capabilities are creating a need to
adapt rapidly to the shifting landscape and to generate insights from these technologies to increase the value that our solutions
and services bring to our customers. Customers are also seeking more cloud-based solutions. While we are focused on these
changes to the technological landscape, if we fail to adapt, or do not adapt quickly enough, our financial condition and results of
operations could be adversely impacted.
Growth in today’s business environment has required us to explore different business models than we have in the past. We
continue to focus on driving growth through more collaboration and stronger relationships with both established and emerging
companies and incubators. We are also continuing to increase our focus on partnerships and APIs. Some of these initiatives
combine another company’s technology, data or other capabilities with our products and services. These initiatives involve a
number of risks, including the risk that the expected synergies will not be realized, that they may require substantial expenditures
and take considerable time and that the expected results may ultimately not be achieved, that a new initiative may conflict or
detract from our existing businesses, or that security measures may not be adequate or could adversely impact our brand and
reputation. In addition, our ability to adopt new services and develop new technologies may be inhibited by industry-wide
standards, new laws and regulations, resistance to change from our customers, or third parties’ intellectual property rights. While
we believe these initiatives will be attractive to our customers, allow us to innovate more quickly and build sales channels in
segments that we could not have reached as quickly on our own, we are unable to provide any assurances that these initiatives will
increase our revenue growth.
Over the last few years, we have made significant investments designed to improve and enhance the functionality and
performance of several of our key products, such as Westlaw Precision, HighQ, Legal Tracker, CLEAR, Westlaw Edge, Checkpoint
Edge, Elite 3E, Practical Law, Onvio and ONESOURCE. We have also successfully migrated customers from legacy offerings to our
Page 21
current propositions and continued to enhance the reliability and resiliency of the technology infrastructure that we use to deliver
products and services. However, if our customers’ adoption rates for existing and new products and services are lower than our
expectations, our revenues may be lower and our results of operations may be adversely affected.
Historically, our customers accessed our web-based products and services primarily through desktop computers and laptops. Over
the last few years, Internet use through smartphones, tablets, wearables, voice-activated speakers and television streaming
devices has increased significantly. Applications or “apps” have also experienced significant growth and popularity. As a result of
this shift, we have been focused on developing, supporting and maintaining various products and services on different platforms
and devices (some of which complement traditional forms of delivery). It is difficult to predict the problems we may encounter in
developing versions of our products and services for use on these various platforms and we may need to devote significant
resources to the creation, support, and maintenance of such offerings. If our competitors release alternative device products,
services or apps more quickly than we are able to, or if our customers do not adopt our offerings in this area, our revenues and
retention rates could be adversely affected.
We may be unable to derive fully the anticipated benefits from our existing or future acquisitions, dispositions or other
strategic transactions, including joint ventures and investments.
While we are focused on growing our businesses organically, acquisitions and other strategic transactions remain an important
part of our growth strategy to expand and enhance our products, services and customer base and to enter new geographic areas.
In 2022, we acquired ThoughtTrace, Gestta, PLX AI ApS and entered into a definitive agreement to acquire SurePrep, LLC, which
closed on January 3, 2023.
In the future, we may not be able to successfully identify attractive acquisition or other strategic transaction opportunities or make
acquisitions or other strategic transactions on terms that are satisfactory to our company from a commercial perspective.
In addition, competition for acquisitions in the industries in which we operate during recent years has escalated, and may increase
the price of acquisitions or other strategic transactions, which could cause us to refrain from making certain acquisitions. Our
ability to execute on opportunities may also be affected by factors beyond our control, including without limitation, commercial or
regulatory changes that may subject us to increased regulatory scrutiny from competition and antitrust authorities in connection
with acquisitions and other strategic transactions. Achieving the expected returns and synergies from existing and future
acquisitions or other strategic transactions will depend in part upon our ability to integrate the products and services, technology,
administrative functions and personnel of these businesses into our segments in an efficient and effective manner. We cannot
assure you that we will be able to do so, or that our acquired businesses, joint ventures or investments will perform at anticipated
levels or that we will be able to obtain these synergies. Management resources may also be diverted from operating our existing
businesses to certain acquisition and other strategic transaction integration challenges. If we are unable to successfully integrate
acquired businesses and other strategic transactions, as applicable, our anticipated revenues and profits may be lower. Our profit
margins may also be lower, or diluted, following the acquisition of, or strategic transactions involving, companies whose profit
margins are less than those of our existing businesses. Certain acquisitions may initially incur losses which would reduce our
earnings per share in certain periods.
We have also historically decided from time to time to dispose of assets or businesses that are no longer aligned with strategic
objectives or our current business portfolio (notably, our former Financial & Risk business which is now the Data & Analytics
business of LSEG). These transactions may involve challenges and risks. There can be no assurance that future divestitures will
occur, or if a transaction does occur, there can be no assurance as to the potential value created by the transaction. The process of
exploring strategic alternatives or selling a business could also negatively impact customer decision-making and cause
uncertainty and negatively impact our ability to attract, retain and motivate key employees. Any failures or delays in completing
divestitures could have an adverse effect on our financial results and on our ability to execute our strategy. Although we have
established procedures and processes to mitigate these risks, there is no assurance that those procedures and processes will be
effective or that these transactions will be successful. In addition, we expend costs and management resources to complete
divestitures and manage post-closing arrangements. Completed divestitures may also result in continued financial involvement in
the divested business, such as through guarantees, indemnifications, transition services arrangements or other financial
arrangements, following the transaction.
Page 22
Our brands and reputation are important company assets and are key to our ability to remain a trusted source of
information and news.
The integrity of our brands and reputation is key to our ability to remain a trusted source of information and news and to attract
and retain customers. Negative publicity regarding our company or actual, alleged or perceived issues regarding one of our
products or services could harm our relationship with customers.
Failure to protect our brands or a failure by our company to uphold the Thomson Reuters Trust Principles may also adversely
impact our credibility as a trusted supplier of content and may have a negative impact on our information and news business.
There is an increasing focus from stakeholders concerning corporate responsibility, specifically relating to ESG initiatives. We
pursue ESG initiatives because they contribute to value creation for our customers, employees, shareholders and other
stakeholders. We have set a number of targets related to these initiatives. If we fail to satisfy the expectations of investors,
customers, vendors, employees and other stakeholders related to our ESG performance or our ESG initiatives are not executed as
planned, it could adversely affect our reputation, business, share price, financial condition or results of operations.
Technology and Data Risks

Cybersecurity incidents, data breaches resulting in unauthorized access to or disclosure of information and data (including
personal data), or disruptive cyber-attacks that impact the confidentiality, integrity or availability of our services and
information systems (including the information and data contained therein) could harm our reputation, cause customers to
lose confidence in our security measures, and adversely impact our business.
Similar to other global business information services and media companies, and also due to the prominence of our Reuters News
business, we experience cyber-threats and cyber-attacks that could negatively impact our systems, information, and data. Cyber
threats and cyber-attacks vary in technique and sources, are persistent, frequently change and are increasingly becoming more
sophisticated, targeted and difficult to detect and prevent.
While we have dedicated resources at our company who are responsible for maintaining appropriate levels of cyber-security and
protecting our and our customers’ information and data, our services and information systems may in the future be compromised
or breached, including by:
• Cyber-attacks on our networks, websites, hosting environments or infrastructure on which many of our service offerings operate
using computer viruses or other malware, distributed denial of service attacks, ransomware, phishing, social engineering, or
destructive attacks against information systems. The occurrence of these and other more sophisticated attack campaigns may
increase with the growing number of workforces that remotely access our systems and as heightened geopolitical tensions
contribute to elevated global exposures to cybersecurity risks;
• The introduction or exploitation of vulnerabilities existing in our products or internally-built applications, some of which may be
undetected and only discovered after an extended period of time and after installation or integration by our company or our
customers;
• The introduction or exploitation of vulnerabilities in purchased or licensed third-party software, adopted open source software,
or in newly integrated technologies resulting from an acquisition or partnership, some of which may be undetected and only
discovered after an extended period of time and after installation or integration by our company or our customers;
• Actions taken by individuals or groups of hackers and sophisticated organizations, including nation-states, state-sponsored or
aligned, or criminal organizations;
• Attacks on, or vulnerabilities in, underlying networks and services that power the Internet and supporting power and water
supply, most of which are not under our direct control or the control of our suppliers, partners or customers;
• Human errors by employees, contractors or customers or intentional acts by employees, contractors or customers with access
to our systems that compromise our security measures; and
Page 23
• Attacks against employee or contractor work from home or hybrid working environments (e.g., home networks, residential
internet service providers) that allow an unauthorized party to gain or attempt to gain remote or physical access to the
employee’s or contractor’s devices or information used to access corporate resources.
As a third-party supplier, we are sometimes provided with a trusted connection to a customer’s systems or networks. If malicious
parties compromise our systems and networks and embed malicious hardware, components or software, they could gain access to
our or our customers’ systems and information. In addition, if a customer experiences a cybersecurity incident, data privacy breach,
or disruptive cyber-attack that results in a compromise or breach of our own services and information systems (and the
information and data contained therein) and/or the misappropriation of some of our information and data, our company’s
reputation could be harmed, even if we were not responsible for the breach.
None of these threats and related incidents to date have resulted in a material adverse impact for our business. We seek to
mitigate these risks through our ability to detect, escalate and respond to known and potential risks through our Enterprise
Security Incident Management processes. While we maintain what we believe is sufficient insurance coverage that may (subject to
certain policy terms and conditions including self-insured deductibles) cover certain aspects of third-party security and cyber-risks
and business interruption, our insurance coverage may not always cover all costs or losses and it does not extend to any
reputational damage or costs incurred to improve systems as a result of these types of incidents.
Many of our third-party suppliers, including certain hosted infrastructure, platform and software applications that we use for
information and data storage, employ cloud computing technology for storage and service delivery. These providers’ cloud
computing systems may be susceptible to cyber-incidents, such as intentional cyber-attacks to access or obtain information and
data or inadvertent cyber-security compromises, some of which are outside of our control. Additionally, our outsourcing of certain
functions requires us to sometimes grant network access to third-party suppliers. If our third-party suppliers do not maintain
adequate security measures, do not require their sub-contractors to maintain adequate security measures or do not perform as
anticipated and in accordance with contractual requirements, information and data of customers, employees or other individuals
or third parties could be compromised and we may experience operational difficulties, loss of intellectual property or other
information or data, loss of customer trust and increased costs, regulatory penalties, fines, actions or litigation, all of which could
adversely impact our brand and reputation and materially impact our business and results of operations.
We collect, store, use and transmit information and data, including public records, intellectual property, our proprietary business
information and personal data of our customers, employees, business partners and other individuals on our networks. A number
of our customers and suppliers also entrust us with storing and securing their own data and information. Our businesses include
certain subscription-based screening products which we sell to institutional customers and governments to enable them to satisfy
various regulatory obligations. Any fraudulent, malicious or accidental breach of our data security or data privacy measures could
result in unintentional disclosure of, or unauthorized access to, third-party, customer, vendor, employee or other confidential
information and data, which could potentially result in additional costs to our company to enhance security or to respond to
occurrences, lost sales, violations of privacy or other laws, penalties, fines, regulatory action or litigation. In addition, media or
other reports of perceived breaches or security vulnerabilities to our systems or those of our third-party suppliers, even if no breach
has been attempted or occurred, could adversely impact our brand and reputation and materially impact our business and results
of operations.
Misappropriation, improper modification, destruction, corruption, encryption or unavailability of our services and information
systems (and the information and data contained therein), or ransom demands due to cyber-attacks or other security breaches,
could damage our brand and reputation. Customers and the public could lose confidence in our security measures and reliability,
which would harm our ability to retain customers and gain new ones. We could also face litigation or other claims from impacted
individuals as well as substantial regulatory sanctions or fines. If any of these were to occur, it could have a material adverse effect
on our business and results of operations.
Page 24
We rely heavily on our own and third-party data centers, network systems, telecommunications and the Internet and any
failures or disruptions may adversely affect our ability to serve our customers and could negatively impact our revenues,
ability to retain customers and reputation.
Most of our products and services are delivered electronically and our customers depend on our ability to receive, store, process,
transmit and otherwise rapidly handle very substantial quantities of data and transactions on computer-based networks. Our
customers also depend on the continued capacity, reliability and security of our data centers, third-party infrastructure and
platform providers, networks, telecommunications and other electronic delivery systems, including websites and the Internet. Our
employees also depend on these systems for our internal use.
We are increasingly shifting more of our software from being on-premise installations to SaaS or cloud-based offerings that
provide customers with access through the Internet. As of December 31, 2022, approximately 50% of our revenue was available in
a cloud solution and we have a target to have approximately 90% of our revenue available in the cloud by the end of 2023. We will
increasingly be dependent on third-party service providers (notably Amazon Web Services (AWS) and Microsoft Azure) to maintain
the cloud infrastructure that we use to operate our business. Increasing the amount of our infrastructure that we outsource to the
cloud or to other third parties may increase our risk exposure. If these third-party service providers fail, consolidate, or stop
providing certain services or implement cost-cutting efforts, our business could be adversely affected.
Any significant failure, compromise, cybersecurity incident, data privacy breach, disruptive cyber-attack, or interruption of our
systems or a third-party service provider’s, including operational services, sabotage, break-ins, war, terrorist activities, human
error, natural disaster, power or coding loss and computer viruses, could cause our or a third-party service provider’s systems to
operate slowly or could interrupt service for periods of time. The frequency and intensity of weather events related to climate
change are also increasing, which could increase the likelihood and severity of such disasters as well as related damage and
business interruptions if any of our or our key third-party service providers’ facilities or systems are affected. While we and our key
third-party service providers have disaster recovery and business continuity plans that utilize industry standards and best
practices, including back-up facilities for primary data centers, a testing program and staff training, the systems are not always
fully redundant and disaster recovery and business continuity plans may not always be sufficient or effective. To the extent that
our telecommunications, information technology systems, cloud-based service providers or other networks are managed or hosted
by third parties, we would need to coordinate with these third parties to resolve any issues. In the past when we have experienced
slow operation of our systems or service interruptions, some of our products, services, websites, information or data have been
unavailable for a limited period of time, but none of these occurrences have been material to our business. Disruptions and
outages to our products could have a negative effect on our revenues, ability to retain customers and reputation.
Our ability to effectively use the Internet may also be impaired due to infrastructure failures, service outages at third-party Internet
providers or increased government regulation. In addition, we are facing significant increases in our use of power and data
storage. We may experience shortage of capacity and increased costs associated with such usage. These events may affect our
ability to store, process and transmit data and services to our customers.
Operational Risks
If we are unable to successfully adapt to organizational changes and other strategic initiatives, our reputation and results of
operations could be impacted.
We have experienced, and are currently experiencing, significant organizational changes.
• Throughout 2021 and 2022, we brought new key talent into the organization, including in Marketing, Data and Analytics,
Design and Technology, Communications, Risk Management and Product. This talent has brought different perspectives and
approaches which have complemented the skills and experiences of existing leadership. However, any change to senior
management can disrupt our business.
• In 2022, we completed the Change Program, which was a two-year initiative to transform our company into a leading content
driven technology company. As part of the Change Program, we reduced staff, moved the location of various jobs, significantly
reduced our office portfolio around the world, migrated portions of our revenue to cloud solutions, increased the proportion of
Page 25
sales we make through our digital channels, improved our customers’ experience interacting with us, and achieved
$540 million of annualized run-rate operating expense as of December 31, 2022.
Our ability to successfully manage organizational changes is important for our future business success. In particular, our
reputation and results of operations could be harmed if employee morale, engagement or productivity decline as a result of
organizational or simplification changes.
Furthermore, we may not realize all of the cost savings, incremental revenue and synergies that we expect to achieve from our
strategic initiatives due to a variety of factors, including, but not limited to, unexpected operational or technological challenges,
higher than expected costs or expenses, delays in the anticipated timing of activities and other unexpected costs associated with
operating our business. If we are unable to achieve the cost savings, incremental revenue or synergies that we expect to achieve
from our strategic initiatives, it could adversely affect our profitability and related margins.
If we do not continue to attract, engage and retain high quality, talented and diverse management and key employees, we
may not be able to execute our strategies.
The completion and execution of our strategies depends on our ability to continue to attract, engage and retain high quality,
talented and diverse management and employees across all of our businesses. We compete with many businesses that are
seeking skilled individuals, particularly those with experience in technology, cybersecurity, data science, digital marketing,
cognitive computing, AI and product management. Competition for professionals in our Legal Professionals, Corporates and
Tax & Accounting Professionals segments can also be intense as other companies seek to enhance their positions in our market
segments.
Moreover, as social and economic conditions evolve from the COVID-19 pandemic, current and prospective employees may seek
new or different opportunities based on factors such as compensation, benefits, mobility and flexibility. In addition, wage inflation,
labor market challenges, and increased attrition have resulted in an increased war for talent. In response, we continue to increase
our focus on retaining key talent and differentiating Thomson Reuters as an employer through our inclusive culture, supportive
leadership, flexibility and corporate purpose.
Organizational changes could also cause our employee attrition rate to increase. In particular, our reputation and results of
operations could be harmed if employee morale, engagement or productivity decline or are disrupted as a result of these
initiatives.
Our future work model continues to evolve and may not meet the needs or expectations of our existing and prospective employees
and they may prefer work models offered by other companies. If we are unable to continue to identify or be successful in
attracting, motivating and retaining the appropriate qualified personnel for our businesses, it could adversely affect our ability to
execute our strategies.
Operating globally involves challenges that we may not be able to meet and that may adversely affect our ability to grow.
In 2022, we earned 73% of our revenues in the U.S. As part of our globalization efforts, we operate regional teams, particularly in
emerging markets, that work across our segments to combine local expertise with global capabilities to address specific customer
needs. We sometimes modify existing products and services for local markets, but we also develop specifically for local markets.
As of December 31, 2022, approximately 62% of our employees were located outside of the United States.
We believe that there are advantages to operating globally, including a proportionately reduced exposure to the market
developments of a single country or region. However, there are certain risks inherent in doing business globally which may
adversely affect our business and ability to grow. These risks include:
• Difficulties in penetrating new markets due to established and entrenched competitors or unavailability of local companies for
acquisition or joint venture partners or restrictions on foreign ownership;
• Difficulties in developing products and services that are tailored to the needs of local customers;
• Local lack of recognition of our brands or acceptance or knowledge of our products and services;
• Economic, political or social instability in local markets;
Page 26
• Exposure to possibly adverse governmental or regulatory actions in countries where we operate or conduct business;
• Higher inflation rates and increased credit risk;
• The impact of foreign currency fluctuations on prices charged to local customers, notably when there is strengthening of the
U.S. dollar, and other controls, regulations and orders that might restrict our ability to repatriate cash or limit our ability to
move or invest cash freely;
• Difficulties hiring and retaining staff for foreign operations, differing employee/employer relationships, and other challenges
caused by distance, language and cultural differences;
• Reduced protection for intellectual property rights;
• Changes in laws and policies affecting trade and investment in other jurisdictions; and
• Managing compliance with local laws and regulations (notably related to data privacy, data use and data protection) and
varying and sometimes conflicting laws and regulations across the countries in which we do business.
Adverse developments in any of these areas could cause our actual results to differ materially from expected results. Challenges
associated with operating globally may increase for our company as we continue to expand into geographic areas that we believe
present the highest growth opportunities. We may also be required or may decide to cease or modify operations in a particular
country as a result of a risk described above, which could adversely affect our business and results.
We are dependent on third parties for data, information and other services.
We obtain significant data and information through licensing arrangements with content providers, some of which may be viewed
as competitors. Some providers may seek to increase fees for providing their proprietary content or services and others may not
offer our company an opportunity to renew existing agreements. We also depend on public sources for certain data and
information.
In addition, we rely on third-party service providers for telecommunications and other services that we have outsourced, such as
certain human resources administrative functions, facilities management and IT services. Any failure by the third-party service
providers we work with to comply with applicable laws, regulations, or agreements, could result in formal investigations or
enforcement actions, fines, litigation, claims or negative publicity and could result in significant liability, and otherwise have an
adverse effect on our reputation and business.
If we are unable to maintain or renegotiate commercially acceptable arrangements with these content or service providers or find
substitutes or alternative sources of equivalent content or service, our business could be adversely affected. Our revenues and
margins could also be reduced if some of our competitors obtained exclusive rights to provide or distribute certain types of data or
information that was viewed as critical by our customers.
Legal, Regulatory and Intellectual Property Risks

We may be adversely affected by changes in legislation and regulation related to privacy, data security, data protection, use
of AI and other areas, which may impact how we provide products and services and how we collect and use information and
data.
Legislative and regulatory changes that impact our company, and legislative and regulatory changes that impact our customers’
industries also impact how we provide products and services to our customers. The evolving regulatory landscape is also enabling
new types of services, which can benefit our Legal Professionals, Corporates and Tax & Accounting Professionals segments.
However, some types of legal or regulatory changes could also result in reduced demand for certain products or services.
We are subject to a significant number of laws relating to privacy, data security, data protection, AI, anti-money laundering,
sanctions and other trade controls, electronic and mobile communications, e-commerce, direct marketing, digital advertising, the
use of public records and other areas which have become more prevalent and developed in recent years. The share of the world
population whose data is protected by baseline privacy and security requirements is expected to increase and enforcement
capabilities of regulators are also expected to increase.
Page 27
In the ordinary course of business, we collect, store, use and transmit certain types of information and data that are subject to an
increasing number of different laws and regulations. In particular, the data security, data protection and privacy laws and
regulations that we are subject to often vary by jurisdiction and include, without limitation, the General Data Protection
Regulation (GDPR) and various U.S. state and federal laws and regulations. These laws and regulations are continuously evolving
and complying with applicable laws and regulations involves significant costs and time.
• GDPR provides data protection requirements and related compliance obligations in the E.U. Serious breaches of the GDPR can
result in administrative fines of up to 4% of annual worldwide revenues and fines up to 2% of annual worldwide revenues can
be imposed for other types of violations. We are also subject to U.K. data protection law, which imposes obligations and
penalties similar to GDPR.
• Various U.S. state privacy laws reflect requirements for the handling of personal data and provide data privacy rights to their
residents. Violations can result in civil penalties and in some instances, provide consumers with a private right of action for data
breaches, which may increase data breach litigation. Other U.S. state and federal legislative and regulatory bodies have
implemented or are considering similar legislation, which, if passed, could create more risks, compliance complexity and
potential costs for us.
• In the E.U., proposed legislation known as the Regulation on Privacy and Electronic Communications, or ePrivacy Regulation,
would replace an E.U. regulation known as the ePrivacy Directive, which we are currently subject to. The ePrivacy Regulation is
focused on privacy regarding electronic communications services and data processed by electronic communications services.
The ePrivacy Regulation is still under development and in draft form and the timeline for adoption and effectiveness is unclear.
The ePrivacy Regulation may require us to further modify some of our data practices and compliance could result in additional
costs for our company. In addition, the proposed EU Digital Services Act (DSA) and Digital Markets Act (DMA) will add further
complexity and increased consumer protection and technology regulation.
• Proposed and existing legislation in other countries and regions around the world related to privacy, data security, data
protection and other related areas may also impact how we provide products and services and how we collect and use
information.
• Current or future laws, regulations and ethical considerations related to the use of AI technology and ML may impact our ability
to provide insights from data and use certain data to develop our products. These factors may also impose burdensome and
costly requirements on our ability to utilize data in innovative ways.
Some of these laws and regulations require us to collect affirmative opt-in consent and/or include a “right to be forgotten,” a right
for individuals to opt out or object to having their data shared with third parties and a right to be informed about what data about
them is being shared. The viability and perceived value of some of our screening products could be adversely impacted through
the requirements of these laws and regulations and the exercise of these rights. Some of these laws and regulations, along with
industry changes (such as the industry elimination of third-party cookies), could adversely impact our collection and use of certain
information and our digital advertising revenue.
We are also subject to data localization laws in certain countries, which require us to store and process certain types of data within
a particular country. We are also subject to various data transfer restrictions, including, without limitation, in light of court cases in
the E.U. and the exit of the United Kingdom from the E.U., which either limits our ability to transfer, or requires us to guarantee a
certain level of protection when transferring, data from one country to another. The regulatory landscape in various countries
where we operate continues to evolve and sometimes includes strict local rules regarding the use (or restrictions on use) of
encryption technologies as well as broad governmental rights related to Internet monitoring and regulation of Internet
transmissions.
Existing, new and proposed legislation, regulations, and regulatory guidance, including changes in the manner in which such
legislation and regulations are interpreted by courts, may:
• Impose limits on our collection, retention and use of certain kinds of information or data and our ability to communicate such
information effectively to our customers;
Page 28
• Impose limits on our ability to develop and offer our products, services, and content in certain countries;
• Frustrate or disrupt our ability to do business with certain customers and other third parties or collect or pay third parties,
including without limitation as a result of newly issued sanctions and export/import restrictions;
• Increase our cost of doing business or require us to change some of our existing business practices; and
• Conflict or increase complexity on a global basis (such as the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, the U.K. Bribery Act and
similar laws).
Governmental action (including laws or economic or political policies that restrict the use of specific companies, equipment or
services, including those deemed to be sensitive to national interests) can also create some legal uncertainties. It is difficult to
predict in what form laws and regulations will be adopted, changed or repealed, how they will be construed by the relevant courts,
or the extent to which any changes might adversely affect us.
Although we have implemented policies and procedures that are designed to ensure compliance with applicable laws, rules and
regulations, we could be subject to civil or criminal fines and penalties, and other enforcement actions, litigation or other claims,
reputational damage, and loss in revenue for any violations – which, either individually or in the aggregate, could have a material
adverse effect on our business, operations, and financial condition.
Our intellectual property rights are valuable and may not be adequately protected, which may adversely affect our financial
results.
Many of our products and services are based on information delivered through a variety of media, including online, software-based
applications, smartphones, tablets, books, journals and dedicated transmission lines. We rely, in part, on agreements with our
customers, employees, consultants, advisors, suppliers and other third parties to protect our confidential proprietary information,
know-how and technology. We also rely on patent, trademark, copyright and other intellectual property laws to establish and
protect our proprietary rights in our products, and services and with our brand. Nonetheless, third parties may be able to copy,
infringe or otherwise profit from our proprietary rights. We also conduct business in some countries where the extent of legal
protection for intellectual property rights is uncertain or may be ineffective. Although we have taken measures to protect our
intellectual property, we cannot assure you that we have adequate protection of our rights. If we are not able to protect our
intellectual property rights, our financial results may be adversely affected.
The intellectual property of an acquired business may also be an important component of the value that we agree to pay for such
a business. However, such acquisitions are subject to the risks that the acquired business may not own the intellectual property
that we believe we are acquiring, that the intellectual property is dependent upon licenses from third parties or that the acquired
business infringes upon the intellectual property rights of others. If we are not able to successfully integrate acquired businesses’
intellectual property rights, our financial results may be adversely affected.
Some of our competitors may also be able to develop new products or services that are similar to ours without infringing our
intellectual property rights, which could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.
Tax matters, including changes to tax laws, regulations and treaties, could impact our effective tax rate and our results of
operations.
We operate in many countries worldwide and our earnings are subject to taxation in many different jurisdictions and at different
rates. We seek to organize our affairs in a tax efficient manner, taking account of the jurisdictions in which we operate. In 2022,
our effective tax rate was lower than the Canadian corporate income tax rate due largely to lower tax rates and differing tax rules
applicable to certain of our operating and financing subsidiaries outside Canada. Our effective tax rate has fluctuated in the past
and is likely to fluctuate in the future, reflecting the mix of taxing jurisdictions in which pre-tax profits and losses are recognized.
Our effective tax rate and our cash tax cost in the future will depend on the laws of numerous countries and the provisions of
multiple income tax treaties between various countries in which we operate. Our income tax expense and our effective tax rate
could also be adversely affected by changes, possibly with retroactive effect, in tax laws and regulations, international treaties and
tax accounting standards and/or uncertainty over their application and interpretation as well as changes in the geographic mix of
our profits.
Page 29
We are subject to regular audits, examinations and reviews by tax authorities in Canada, the United Kingdom, United States and
other jurisdictions during the ordinary course of business. While we believe the positions that we take on our tax filings are
sustainable and supported by the weight of law, certain positions taken may be challenged by the applicable tax authorities. We
may be required in some instances to pay additional taxes to a tax authority prior to contesting a matter through available
administrative or judicial remedies. We regularly assess the likely outcomes of these audits to determine the adequacy of our tax
provision. However, our judgments may not be sustained, and the amounts ultimately paid could be different from the amounts
previously recorded. If any such challenge results in an adverse outcome, including unforeseen tax-related liabilities, this could
negatively affect our financial results and operations for the period at issue and on an ongoing basis. Many governments in
jurisdictions where we operate are facing budget deficits and challenges and as a result, may look to increase their tax revenues
through increased audit activity and tax reform.
Various tax-related legislative initiatives have been proposed or are being discussed that if enacted, could adversely affect our tax
positions and/or our tax liabilities. The Organization for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD), which is comprised of
member countries that encompass many of the jurisdictions where we operate, has been working on a coordinated, multi-
jurisdictional approach to address issues in existing tax systems associated with “base erosion and profit shifting” (BEPS) and the
digitalization of the economy that the OECD believes may lead to tax avoidance by global companies. The OECD’s proposals to
address BEPS and the tax challenges of the digitalization of the economy, notably a new global minimum tax regime, if finalized
and adopted by the associated countries, will likely increase tax uncertainty and may adversely affect our financial results. A
number of jurisdictions, including Canada, the U.K. and the E.U., have announced or begun implementing plans for the adoption
of this new global minimum tax regime as soon as 2024.
Various countries have enacted or are considering digital service taxes, which could result in multinational companies such as
Thomson Reuters being subject to tax in additional jurisdictions or subject to increased taxes in jurisdictions in which they already
have a taxable presence.
The U.S. Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (Tax Act), which was enacted into law in 2017, changed U.S. tax law and requires complex
computations and significant judgments and estimates. The U.S. Treasury Department, the Internal Revenue Service and other
standard-setting bodies may issue further regulations or guidance on how the provisions of the Tax Act will be applied or
otherwise administered that is different from our interpretations and certain aspects of the Tax Act could be repealed or modified
in future legislation. The U.S. Inflation Reduction Act, which was enacted in 2022, adopted a new corporate alternative minimum
tax (CAMT) of 15% on adjusted book income, beginning in 2023. Due to potential volatility in differences between U.S. book and
taxable income, the impact of CAMT is difficult to predict and it may adversely affect our financial results.
We expect our company will remain resident only in Canada for tax purposes. However, if our company were to cease to be
resident solely in Canada for tax purposes (including as a result of changes in applicable laws or regulatory practice), this could
cause us adverse tax consequences.
We operate in a litigious environment which may adversely affect our financial results.
We may become involved in legal actions and claims arising in the ordinary course of business, including employment matters,
commercial matters, libel/defamation/privacy claims and intellectual property infringement claims. Regardless of the merit of
legal actions and claims, such matters can be expensive, time consuming, or harmful to our reputation and in recognition of these
considerations, we may engage in arrangements to settle litigation. While we maintain insurance for certain potential liabilities,
such insurance does not cover all types and amounts of potential liabilities and is subject to various exclusions as well as caps on
amounts recoverable. Due to the inherent uncertainty in the litigation process, the resolution of any particular legal proceeding
could result in changes to our products and business practices and could have a material adverse effect on our financial position
and results of operations.
Page 30
We are significantly dependent on technology and the rights related to it. From time to time, we have been sued by other
companies for allegedly violating their patents. Our company and other companies have experienced alleged claims from third
parties whose sole or primary business is to monetize patents. If an infringement suit against our company is successful, we may
be required to compensate the third-party bringing the suit either by paying a lump sum or ongoing license fees to be able to
continue selling a particular product or service. This type of compensation could be significant, in addition to legal fees and other
costs that we would incur defending such a claim.
We might also be prevented or enjoined by a court from continuing to provide the affected product or service. We may also be
required to defend or indemnify any customers who have been sued for allegedly infringing a third-party’s patent in connection
with using one of our products or services. Responding to intellectual property claims, regardless of the validity, can be time
consuming for our technology personnel and management.
Antitrust/competition-related claims or investigations could result in changes to how we do business and could be costly.
We are subject to applicable antitrust and competition laws and regulations in the countries where we have operations. These
laws and regulations seek to prevent and prohibit anti-competitive activity. From time to time, we may be subject to antitrust/
competition-related claims and investigations. Following such a claim or investigation, we may be required to change the way that
we offer a particular product or service and if we are found to have violated antitrust or competition laws or regulations, we may be
subject to fines or penalties. Any antitrust or competition-related claim or investigation could be costly for our company in terms
of time and expense and could have an adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.
Financial Risks
We generate a significant percentage of our revenues from recurring, subscription-based arrangements, and our ability to
maintain existing revenues and generate higher revenues is dependent in part on maintaining a high renewal rate.
In 2022, 80% of our revenues were derived from subscriptions or similar contractual arrangements, which result in recurring
revenues. Our revenues are supported by a relatively fixed cost base that is generally not impacted by fluctuations in revenues.
Because a high proportion of our revenues are recurring, we believe that our revenue patterns are generally more stable compared
to other business models that primarily involve the sale of products in discrete or one-off arrangements. However, there is often a
lag in realizing the impact of current sales or cancellations in our reported revenues, as we recognize revenues over the term of the
arrangement. Because of this lag effect, our revenues are typically slower to decline when economic conditions worsen, but are
also often slower to return to growth when economic activity improves, as compared to other businesses that are not subscription-
based. Our transactions revenues (11% of our 2022 revenues), which include volume-based fees related to online searches, fees
from software licenses, professional fees from service and consulting arrangements and advertising and sponsorship revenues in
our Reuters Professional business fluctuate when economic conditions worsen, such as during part of the COVID-19 pandemic.
Our subscription and similar contractual arrangements typically have terms ranging from one to five years, which most customers
renew at the end of each term. Renewal dates are spread over the course of the year. Many of our customer agreements have
automatic renewal provisions, but customers are often able to terminate these types of agreements prior to automatic renewal of
a new term by providing appropriate notice to us within a specified time period. In order to maintain existing revenues and to
generate higher revenues, we are dependent on a significant number of our customers to renew their arrangements with us. Our
revenues could also be lower if a significant number of our customers renewed their arrangements with us, but reduced the
amount of their spending.
Currency and interest rate fluctuations and volatility in global markets may have a significant impact on our reported
revenues and earnings.
Our financial statements are expressed in U.S. dollars and are, therefore, subject to movements in exchange rates on the
translation of the financial information of businesses whose functional currencies are not U.S. dollars. We recognize revenues and
incur expenses in many currencies and are thereby exposed to the impact of fluctuations in various foreign currency exchange
rates. We monitor the financial stability of the foreign countries in which we operate. Volatility and uncertainty in global markets in
the future could adversely affect our results.
Page 31
Exchange rate movements in our foreign currency exposures may cause fluctuations in our consolidated financial statements. If
our operations outside of the U.S. expand, we would expect this exposure to grow. We monitor foreign currency exposures on a
regular basis and some of our largest foreign currency exposures are currently to the British pound sterling, the Euro, the
Canadian dollar, the Brazilian real and the Indian rupee. We have historically, and may in the future, hedge some of our foreign
currency exposure if we believe that it may be material to our financial results.
The value of our LSEG shares, which are publicly traded, is subject to share price fluctuation and general volatility in the global
markets. A significant decline in the LSEG share price and/or significant deterioration in the British pound sterling to U.S. dollar
foreign exchange rate would decrease the value of our investment. We have entered into derivative financial instruments to
mitigate U.S. dollar/British pound sterling foreign exchange risk related to our investment in LSEG shares. While these derivative
financial instruments assist with mitigating these foreign exchange risks, they do not eliminate them entirely. We assess these
contracts at fair value each reporting period to record the gains and losses arising from foreign currency fluctuations. As discussed
later in this annual report, subject to certain exceptions, we are subject to a lock-up for our LSEG shares. Pursuant to the lock-up,
we are entitled to sell approximately 31 million of our company’s indirectly owned shares in the twelve-month period beginning
January 30, 2023, 22 million shares in the twelve-month period beginning January 30, 2024, and 8 million shares after the
lock-up arrangement terminates on January 29, 2025. As of March 1, 2023, we indirectly owned approximately 61.1 million LSEG
shares, which had a market value of approximately $5.5 billion, based on LSEG’s closing share price on that day.
We may issue non-U.S. dollar-denominated debt in the future and would expect to hedge any such debt into U.S. dollars, as has
been our practice. In addition, an increase in interest rates from current levels could adversely affect our results in future periods.
Our credit ratings may be downgraded, which may impede our access to the debt markets or raise our borrowing rates.
Our access to financing depends on, among other things, suitable market conditions and the maintenance of suitable long-term
credit ratings. Our credit ratings may be adversely affected by various factors, including increased debt levels, decreased earnings,
declines in customer demands, increased competition, a further deterioration in general economic and business conditions and
adverse publicity. Any future downgrades in our credit ratings may impede our access to the debt markets or raise our borrowing
rates. For additional information on our current credit ratings, please see the “Management’s Discussion and Analysis” and
“Additional Information – Ratings of Debt Securities” sections of this annual report.
We have significant funding obligations for pension arrangements that are affected by factors outside of our control.
We have significant funding obligations for various pension arrangements that are affected by factors outside of our control,
including market factors and changes in legislation. In the past, we have contributed to our pension plans to pre-fund certain
obligations. We may be required or we may opt to make additional contributions to some pension plans in the future and the
amounts of any such contributions may be material. In 2020, we amended our U.S. pension plan to freeze service accruals
effective on January 1, 2023.
Valuations of obligations for material plans are determined by independent actuaries and require assumptions in respect of
expected mortality, inflation, and medical cost trends, along with the discount rates used to measure obligations. These
assumptions are reviewed annually. While we believe that these assumptions are appropriate given current economic conditions,
significant differences in actual experience or significant changes in assumptions may materially affect our valuations of pension
obligations and related future expenses. In addition, the performance of equity and fixed income markets, which may be
influenced by general economic conditions, including interest rates, inflation and currency exchange rates, may impact the
funding level of our funded plans and required contributions.
Page 32
We may be required to take future impairment charges that would reduce our reported assets and earnings.
Goodwill and other identifiable intangible assets comprise a substantial portion of our total assets. We are required under IFRS to
test our goodwill and identifiable intangible assets with indefinite lives for impairment on an annual basis. We also are required by
IFRS to perform an interim or periodic review of our goodwill and all identifiable intangible assets if events or changes in
circumstances indicate that impairment may have occurred. Impairment testing requires our company to make significant
estimates about our future performance and cash flows, as well as other assumptions. Economic, legal, regulatory, competitive,
contractual and other factors as well as changes in our company’s share price and market capitalization may affect these
assumptions. If our testing indicates that impairment has occurred relative to current fair values, we may be required to record an
impairment charge in the period the determination is made. Recognition of an impairment would reduce our reported assets and
earnings.
Corporate Structure Risks

Woodbridge controls our company and is in a position to affect our governance and operations.
Woodbridge beneficially owned approximately 69% of our common shares as of March 1, 2023. For so long as Woodbridge
maintains its controlling interest in our company, it will generally be able to approve matters submitted to a majority vote of our
shareholders without the consent of other shareholders, including, among other things, the election of our Board. In addition,
Woodbridge may be able to exercise a controlling influence over our business and affairs, the selection of our senior management,
the acquisition or disposition of our assets, our access to capital markets, the payment of dividends and any change of control of
our company, such as a merger or take-over. The effect of this control may be to limit the price that investors are willing to pay for
our shares. In addition, a sale of shares by Woodbridge or the perception of the market that a sale may occur may adversely affect
the market price of our shares. For additional information, please see the “Executive Officers and Directors – Woodbridge” section
of this annual report.
Thomson Reuters Founders Share Company holds a Thomson Reuters Founders Share in our company and may be in a
position to affect our governance and management.
Thomson Reuters Founders Share Company was established to safeguard the Thomson Reuters Trust Principles, including that of
integrity, independence and freedom from bias in the gathering and dissemination of information and news. The Thomson
Reuters Founders Share Company holds a Thomson Reuters Founders Share in our company. The interest of the Thomson
Reuters Founders Share Company in safeguarding the Trust Principles may conflict with our other business objectives, impose
additional costs or burdens on us or otherwise affect our management and governance. In addition, the Founders Share enables
the Thomson Reuters Founders Share Company to exercise extraordinary voting power to safeguard the Trust Principles and to
thwart those whose holdings of voting shares of Thomson Reuters threaten the Trust Principles. As a result, the Thomson Reuters
Founders Share Company may prevent a change of control (including by way of a take-over bid or similar transaction) of our
company in the future. We have agreed not to effect a sale (or similar transactions) of Reuters News to an unrelated third-party or
to effect or permit material acquisitions by, or material dispositions from, Reuters News unless we have received Thomson Reuters
Founders Share Company’s prior written consent. The effect of the rights of the Thomson Reuters Founders Share Company may
be to limit the price that investors are willing to pay for our shares. For additional information, please see the “Additional
Information – Material Contracts” section of this annual report.
Page 33
Management’s Discussion and Analysis

This management’s discussion and analysis is designed to provide you with a narrative explanation through the eyes of our
management of how we performed in the last two years, as well as information about our financial condition and future prospects. As
this management’s discussion and analysis is intended to supplement and complement our financial statements, we recommend that
you read this in conjunction with our 2022 and 2021 annual consolidated financial statements. This management’s discussion and
analysis contains forward-looking statements, which are subject to risks and uncertainties that could cause our actual results to differ
materially from the forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, our 2023 outlook and our
expectations related to general economic conditions and market trends and their anticipated effects on our business segments. For
additional information related to forward-looking statements, material assumptions and material risks associated with them, please
see the “Outlook” and “Additional Information—Cautionary Note Concerning Factors That May Affect Future Results” sections of this
management’s discussion and analysis. This management’s discussion and analysis is dated as of March 1, 2023, unless otherwise
indicated.
We have organized our management’s discussion and analysis in the following key sections:
Executive Summary – an overview of our business and key financial highlights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Investment in LSEG – a discussion of our current ownership interest in LSEG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40
Results of Operations – a comparison of our current and prior-year results . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Liquidity and Capital Resources – a discussion of our cash flow and debt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Outlook – trends, priorities and our financial outlook, including material assumptions and material risks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Related Party Transactions – a discussion of transactions with our principal and controlling shareholder, The Woodbridge
Company Limited (Woodbridge) and other related parties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Subsequent Events – a discussion of material events occurring after December 31, 2022 and through the date of this
management’s discussion and analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Changes in Accounting Policies – a discussion of changes in our accounting policies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .68
Critical Accounting Estimates and Judgments – a discussion of critical estimates and judgments made by our
management in applying accounting policies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .68
Additional Information – other required disclosures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Appendix – supplemental information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Unless otherwise indicated or the context otherwise requires, references in this discussion to “we,” “our,” “us”, the “Company” and
“Thomson Reuters” are to Thomson Reuters Corporation and our subsidiaries.
Basis of Presentation
We prepare our consolidated financial statements in U.S. dollars and in accordance with International Financial Reporting
Standards (IFRS), as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB).
Other than EPS, we report our results in millions of U.S. dollars, but we compute percentage changes and margins using whole
dollars to be more precise. As a result, percentages and margins calculated from reported amounts may differ from those
presented, and growth components may not total due to rounding.
In the first quarter of 2022, we made two changes to our segment reporting to reflect changes in how we manage our businesses.
Prior-period amounts have been revised to reflect the current presentation. Refer to the “Additional Information” section of this
management’s discussion and analysis for further information.
Page 34
Use of Non-IFRS Financial Measures

In this management’s discussion and analysis, we discuss our results on an IFRS and non-IFRS basis. We use non-IFRS financial
measures, which include ratios that incorporate one or more non-IFRS financial measures, as supplemental indicators of our operating
performance and financial position as well as for internal planning purposes, our management incentive programs and our business
outlook. We believe non-IFRS financial measures provide more insight into our performance. Non-IFRS measures do not have
standardized meanings prescribed by IFRS and therefore are unlikely to be comparable to the calculation of similar measures used by
other companies, and should not be viewed as alternatives to measures of financial performance calculated in accordance with IFRS.
See Appendix A of this management’s discussion and analysis for a description of our non-IFRS financial measures, including an
explanation of why we believe they are useful measures of our performance. Refer to the “Liquidity and Capital Resources” section
of this management’s discussion and analysis and Appendices B and C for reconciliations of our non-IFRS financial measures to
the most directly comparable IFRS measures.
Executive Summary
Our Company
Thomson Reuters is a leading provider of business information services. Our products include highly specialized information-
enabled software and tools for legal, tax, accounting and compliance professionals combined with the world’s most global news
service – Reuters.
Our company purpose is to Inform the Way Forward, where together with the professionals and institutions we serve, we help
uphold the rule of law, turn the wheels of commerce, catch bad actors, report the facts, and provide trusted, unbiased information
to people all over the world.
We are organized as five reportable segments reflecting how we manage our businesses.
Legal Professionals
Serves law firms and governments with research and workflow 9%
products, focusing on intuitive legal research powered by 11%
emerging technologies and integrated legal workflow solutions
that combine content, tools and analytics. 42%
15%
Corporates
Serves corporate customers from small businesses to multinational
organizations, including the seven largest global accounting firms, 23%
with our full suite of content-driven technology solutions for
in-house legal, tax, regulatory, compliance and IT professionals. Legal Professionals (42%)
Tax & Accounting Professionals Corporates (23%)
Serves tax, accounting and audit professionals in accounting Tax & Accounting Professionals (15%)
firms (other than the seven largest, which are served by our Reuters News (11%)
Corporates segment) with research and workflow products,
focusing on intuitive tax offerings and automating tax workflows. Global Print (9%)
Reuters News
Supplies business, financial and global news to the world’s
media organizations, professionals and news consumers through
Reuters News Agency, Reuters.com, Reuters Events, Thomson
Reuters products and to financial market professionals
exclusively via LSEG products.
Global Print
Provides legal and tax information, primarily in print format, to
customers around the world.
Page 35
We refer to our Legal Professionals, Corporates and Tax & Accounting Professionals segments, on a combined basis, as our
“Big 3” segments.
Our businesses are supported by a corporate center that manages our commercial and technology operations, including those
around our sales capabilities, digital customer experience, and product and content development, as well as our global facilities.
Costs relating to these activities are allocated to our business segments. We also centrally manage functions such as finance,
legal and human resources, as well as our recently completed Change Program. Costs relating to these activities are reported
within “Corporate Costs”.
Our Business Model and Key Operating Characteristics

We derive most of our revenues from selling information and software solutions, primarily on a recurring subscription basis. Our
solutions blend deep domain knowledge with software and automation tools. We believe our workflow solutions make our
customers more productive by streamlining how they operate, enabling them to focus on higher value activities. Many of our
customers use our solutions as part of their workflows, which has led to strong customer retention. We believe that our customers
trust us because of our history and dependability and our deep understanding of their businesses and industries, and they rely on
our services for navigating a rapidly changing and increasingly complex digital world. Over the years, our business model has
proven to be capital efficient and cash flow generative, and it has enabled us to maintain leading and scalable positions in our
chosen market segments.
Some of our key business and operating characteristics are:
Attractive Balanced and Attractive Strong Disciplined

Industry Diversified Business Competitive Financial
Leadership Model Positioning Policies
• Currently our “Big 3” • A leader in key • 80% of revenues • Proprietary • Focused and
segments operate in Legal are recurring content plus data incentivized on
an estimated Professionals, • Strong and and human organic revenue
$28 billion market Corporates and consistent cash expertise growth and free
segment expected to Tax & Accounting generation combined with cash flow growth
grow between 6% Professionals capabilities artificial • Balance
and 8% over the next market segments intelligence and investing in
5 years • Resilient machine learning business and
• Legal, Tax & businesses, are key returning capital
Government market historically stable, differentiators to shareholders
segments are prime which was • Products deeply • Committed to
for content-driven affirmed by our embedded in maintaining
innovation performance customers’ daily investment grade
during the workflows rating with stable
COVID-19 • 91% retention rate capital structure
pandemic
• Significant
• Approximately potential capital
500,000 capacity affords
customers; largest optionality
customer is
approximately 5%
of revenues*
* The news agreement with the Data & Analytics business of LSEG.
Page 36
Revenues by type
9%
Recurring revenues primarily consist of fees to access products or services over time, such as
11% Westlaw, Practical Law and many of our tax compliance products. Our products are generally
provided under subscription arrangements that have terms ranging from one to five years, which
most customers renew at the end of each term. Because most of our revenues are recurring, we
believe that our revenue patterns are generally more stable compared to other businesses that
80% primarily sell products in discrete or one-off arrangements. However, as we generally recognize
recurring revenues ratably over the contract term, there is a lag in realizing the impact of current
Recurring (80%)
sales or cancellations in our reported revenues. As a result, our revenues are typically slower to
Transactions (11%)
decline when economic conditions worsen, but slower to return to growth when economic
Global Print (9%)
activity improves, compared to other businesses that are not subscription-based.
Transactions revenues include volume-based fees, such as certain fees related to online
searches, as well as transactions in our Confirmation, Reuters Events and our recently acquired
SurePrep businesses. We also charge fees for software licenses and professional fees for service
and consulting arrangements. Transactions revenues are recognized primarily at a point in time
and, based on their type, can fluctuate significantly from period to period.
Global Print revenues largely consist of fees for content that is delivered primarily in traditional
paper format. We also earn fees from printing materials for third-party publishers. While
revenues from our print business are meaningful, we expect them to continue to decline each
year, as customers continue to migrate to online products. Print revenues are recognized at the
point of shipment or, if sold under a subscription arrangement, ratably over the contract term.
4%
Revenues by geography
17% In 2022, we earned 73% of our revenues in the U.S. We also operate regional teams outside
of the U.S., including in emerging markets, where we serve regional customers by either
6% modifying existing products and services for their needs or developing specific products for
the local market. Changes in foreign currency exchange rates relative to our business
73% outside the U.S. may cause variation in our revenue performance from period to period. In
2022, changes in foreign exchange rates decreased our revenues by 2% compared to the
U.S. (73%) prior year.
Other Americas (6%)
Europe, Middle East & Africa (17%)
Asia Pacific (4%)
Expenses
Most of our operating expenses are fixed. As a result, when our revenues increase, we
38% become more profitable and our adjusted EBITDA margin increases. Likewise, when our
revenues decline, we become less profitable and our adjusted EBITDA margin decreases.
62% However, the full impact of incremental revenues is not always reflected in our profitability
as we reinvest in our business. In 2022, staff costs, which are largely comprised of salaries,
performance bonuses, commissions, benefits and share-based compensation, comprised
Staff costs (62%) 62% of our total expenses. Approximately 67% of our 2022 operating expenses were
Other (38%) denominated in U.S. dollars with the balance denominated in currencies other than the
U.S. dollar. In 2022, changes in foreign exchange rates decreased our expenses by 3%
compared to the prior year.
In 2022 and 2021, we incurred $171 million and $183 million, respectively, of expenses
associated with our recently completed Change Program to transition our company from a
holding company to an operating company and from a content provider to a content-driven
technology company.
Page 37
2022 Financial Highlights and Key Accomplishments

For Thomson Reuters, 2022 was a year of significant progress. Relative to our financial results, we met or exceeded our organic
revenue growth, adjusted EBITDA margin and free cash flow performance metrics in our 2022 updated outlook, which we
confirmed in November 2022. We completed our two-year Change Program, achieving $540 million of annualized operating
expense run rate savings, and made significant progress transforming Thomson Reuters into a more streamlined and scalable
business that we believe now has a strong foundation for sustainable future growth. The highlight of our product and innovation
efforts was the launch of Westlaw Precision, a significant upgrade to our flagship legal research offering. In November 2022, we
signed a definitive agreement to acquire SurePrep, LLC (SurePrep), a provider of tax automation software and services for
$500 million. We closed the acquisition in January 2023.
Total company revenues increased 4%, while organic revenues increased 6% driven by 7% growth in recurring revenues. Organic
revenues for our “Big 3” segments increased 7%. Our adjusted EBITDA margin rose over 400bp to 35.1%, despite inflationary
pressure and investments in our businesses. We generated net cash flow from our operating activities and free cash flow of
$1.9 billion and $1.3 billion, respectively.
Our capital capacity and liquidity remain a key asset. In June 2022, we announced plans to repurchase up to $2.0 billion of our
common shares. Through the end of 2022, we repurchased $1.3 billion of our common shares under this program. In aggregate,
we returned $2.1 billion to our shareholders through dividends and repurchases of our common shares. In December 2022, we
announced that we and certain investment funds affiliated with Blackstone agreed to sell approximately 21.2 million LSEG shares
that we co-own to Microsoft. In January 2023, we received gross proceeds of approximately $1.0 billion related to our portion of
the sale. In 2023, following the completion of the share repurchase program, which we anticipate to complete by April, we intend
to initiate a return of capital of at least $2 billion, which will be combined with a share consolidation or reverse stock split, similar
to the return of capital transaction we completed in 2018. This transaction will be funded through proceeds from LSEG share
dispositions, and as such, the timing and amount of the transaction will depend on market conditions and other factors (Refer to
the “Liquidity and Capital Resources” section of this management’s discussion and analysis for further details).
2022 Actual Performance vs. 2022 Updated Outlook
The table below compares our actual performance (before currency) to our updated 2022 outlook, which we confirmed in November
2022. All key metrics met or exceeded our updated 2022 outlook except for accrued capital expenditures as a percentage of
revenues, which missed guidance by 10bp, and “Big 3” segments total revenue growth, which was below our updated outlook due to
divestitures in the fourth quarter of 2022. Our updated full-year 2022 outlook included non-IFRS financial measures, assumed
constant currency rates relative to 2021, and included the impact of the Change Program and closed acquisitions and dispositions.
2022 Actual Performance

Total Thomson Reuters 2022 Updated Outlook (Before currency)(1)
Revenue growth Approximately 6.0% 6.0%
Organic revenue growth(2) Approximately 6.0% 6.5%
Adjusted EBITDA margin(2) Approximately 35% 34.6%
Corporate costs $280 million - $330 million $298 million
Core corporate costs $120 million - $130 million $124 million
Change Program operating expenses $160 million - $200 million $174 million
Free cash flow(2) Approximately $1.3 billion $1.3 billion
Accrued capital expenditures as a percentage of revenues(2) 7.5% - 8.0% 8.1%
Change Program accrued capital expenditures $100 million - $140 million $118 million
Depreciation and amortization of computer software $620 million - $645 million $632 million
Interest expense $190 million - $210 million $196 million
Effective tax rate on adjusted earnings(2)(3) 19% - 21% 17.6%
2022 Actual Performance

“Big 3” Segments(2) 2022 Updated Outlook (Before currency)(1)
Revenue Growth Approximately 7.0% 6.4%
Organic revenue growth Approximately 7.0% 7.0%
Adjusted EBITDA margin Approximately 42% 42.1%
(1) Our 2022 performance (before currency) was measured in constant currency rates relative to 2021, except for free cash flow which was reflected at actual rates.
(2) Non-IFRS financial measures. Refer to Appendices A and B of this management’s discussion and analysis for additional information and reconciliations of our
non-IFRS financial measures to the most directly comparable IFRS financial measures.
(3) Refer to the “Tax Expense” section within the “Results of Operations” section of this management’s discussion and analysis for additional information.
Page 38
2023 Outlook and Dividend Increase

We continue to operate in an uncertain macroeconomic and geopolitical environment caused by high inflation, volatile interest
rates, the Russian military invasion of Ukraine, lingering COVID-19 impacts and supply chain disruptions resulting from these
factors. There are many signs that point to a weakening global economic environment. However, our businesses are resilient and
continue to benefit from the increasing complexity of regulation in our legal, tax and risk-related markets. We operate in
historically stable and growing markets, and 80% of our revenues are recurring. To date, we have not observed significant
changes in customer buying patterns, except for a few pockets within our Corporates segment where sales cycles have lengthened
modestly. While our Reuters News business continues to report from Ukraine and Russia to provide unbiased and reliable news,
our operations in Ukraine and Russia are not material to our business. We are closely monitoring the evolving macroeconomic and
geopolitical conditions to assess potential impacts on our businesses.
On February 9, 2023, we announced that our 2023 outlook for organic revenue growth and adjusted EBITDA margin remains
unchanged compared to the updated 2023 outlook we provided in November 2022 in conjunction with our third-quarter report.
Refer to the “Outlook” section of this management’s discussion and analysis for additional information. We also announced a 10%
or $0.18 per share annualized increase in our dividend to $1.96 per common share. This represents our 30th consecutive annual
dividend increase as well as the second consecutive year we increased our annual dividend by 10%.
Change Program
In December 2022, we completed our two-year Change Program, which enabled our transition from a holding company into an
operating company, and from a content provider into a content-driven technology company. Our investments strengthened our
foundation and created a scalable platform for growth by:
• Making it easier for our customers to do business with us;
• Significantly modernizing and simplifying our product portfolio and product development groups;
• Reducing complexity across the organization and modernizing our technology and services; and
• Optimizing our organizational design and location strategy to enable increased speed to market, access to talent, flexible
working and better connectivity.
We invested the following amounts in our Change Program on technology, organizational and market-related initiatives.
Change Program Investments
Year ended December 31,
Total Total
(millions of U.S. dollars) 2022 2021 Program Expected
Change Program investments
Operating expenses 171 183 354 343 – 383
Accrued capital expenditures 118 112 230 212 – 252
Total investments 289 295 584 600
We supplemented our existing teams with experienced talent to strengthen skill sets across product development, digital,
technology, strategy and change management. We have made 50% of our revenues available in a cloud solution, increased the
proportion of sales we make through our digital channels and improved our customers’ experience when interacting with us. We
combined our content and editorial efforts to improve how we deliver our products to our customers and to drive efficiencies. We
reduced our product portfolio as well as our global footprint of office locations and call centers. As of December 31, 2022, we
achieved $540 million of annualized run-rate operating expense savings, and broadly delivered against the financial targets set
out in 2021.
Page 39
Acquisitions and Dispositions

Acquisitions. In April 2022, we acquired ThoughtTrace, a business that uses artificial intelligence and machine learning to read,
organize and manage document workflows. In November 2022, we signed a definitive agreement to acquire SurePrep, a provider
of tax automation software and services for $500 million, which closed in January 2023. These acquisitions support our strategy of
pursuing both organic and inorganic growth opportunities as we promote seamless, cloud-based workflows for professionals
through innovative digital solutions and open, smart and connected platforms. We also invested $18 million in our TR Ventures
Fund to support companies that are building innovations to allow professionals to operate more productively and with greater
insights. We plan to invest up to $100 million in our Venture Fund. We did not acquire any businesses in 2021.
We expect that acquisitions will continue to play an important role in our strategy, and we may make tactical acquisitions from
time to time that we believe will strengthen our positions in key growth segments. Generally, the businesses we acquire initially
have lower margins than our existing businesses, largely reflecting the costs of integration.
Dispositions. To ensure that we are investing in parts of our business that offer the greatest opportunities to achieve growth and
returns, we may sell businesses or investments from time to time. In 2022, we sold certain non-core businesses which generated
over $200 million of proceeds.
On January 29, 2021, our company and Blackstone’s consortium sold Refinitiv to LSEG. In December 2022, we and Blackstone’s
consortium agreed to sell shares in LSEG that we co-own to Microsoft. This transaction closed on January 31, 2023 (see the
“Investment in LSEG” section below for further information regarding these transactions).
Investment in LSEG
In January 2021, our company and Blackstone’s consortium sold Refinitiv to LSEG in an all-share transaction. We hold our LSEG
shares through YPL, an entity jointly owned by our company, Blackstone’s consortium and certain current LSEG and former
members of Refinitiv senior management. As of December 31, 2022, we owned 42.84% of YPL and indirectly owned 72.0 million
LSEG shares. On January 31, 2023, our company and Blackstone’s consortium collectively sold approximately 21.2 million LSEG
shares through YPL to Microsoft, of which 10.5 million LSEG shares were indirectly owned by our company. We received
approximately $1.0 billion of gross proceeds from the sale, which was fixed in U.S. dollars. After the sale, we indirectly owned
approximately 61.5 million LSEG shares. The market value of our investment in LSEG on March 1, 2023 was approximately
$5.5 billion, based on LSEG’s closing share price on that date and 61.1 million shares, which reflects additional shares sold
through our participation in LSEG’s open market buyback program.
In conjunction with the sale of shares to Microsoft, LSEG amended the terms of contractual lock-up provisions previously agreed
between LSEG and the Blackstone/Thomson Reuters entities that hold the LSEG shares. As such, we are entitled to sell
approximately 31 million of our company’s indirectly owned shares in the twelve-month period beginning January 30, 2023,
22 million shares in the twelve-month period beginning January 30, 2024, and 8 million shares after the lock-up arrangement
terminates on January 29, 2025. We expect to begin selling LSEG shares in March, after LSEG reports their year-end results, in
tranches throughout the year, subject to market conditions. Relative to our remaining shares, we expect to pay 25% capital gains
tax on proceeds above our cost basis of $2.6 billion. See the “Liquidity and Capital Resources” section of this management’s
discussion and analysis for information about our expected use of proceeds from the sale of LSEG shares.
Reuters News’ 30-year news agreement with the Data & Analytics business of LSEG continues under the same terms and
conditions and is scheduled to run to 2048.
See the “Liquidity and Capital Resources” section of the management’s discussion and analysis for information about our
expected use of proceeds from the sale of LSEG shares.
Page 40
Results of Operations
Refer to the “Additional Information” section of this management’s discussion and analysis regarding an update to our income tax
expense after the announcement of our 2022 fourth-quarter and full-year results on February 9, 2023.
Consolidated Results
Change
Constant
(millions of U.S. dollars, except per share amounts and margins) 2022 2021 Total Currency
IFRS Financial Measures

Revenues 6,627 6,348 4%
Operating profit 1,834 1,242 48%
Diluted EPS $2.75 $11.50 (76%)
Non-IFRS Financial Measures(1)
Revenues 6,627 6,348 4% 6%
Organic revenue growth 6%
Adjusted EBITDA 2,329 1,970 18% 18%
Adjusted EBITDA margin 35.1% 31.0% 410bp 350bp
Adjusted EBITDA less accrued capital expenditures 1,784 1,429 25%
Adjusted EBITDA less accrued capital expenditures margin 26.9% 22.5% 440bp
Adjusted EPS $2.56 $1.95 31% 30%
“Big 3” Segments
Revenues 5,325 5,067 5% 6%
Adjusted EBITDA 2,256 1,966 15% 16%
(1) Refer to Appendices A and B of this management’s discussion and analysis for additional information and reconciliations of our non-IFRS financial measures to the
most directly comparable IFRS financial measures.
Revenues
Change
Constant
(millions of U.S. dollars) 2022 2021 Total Currency Organic
Recurring revenues 5,324 5,048 5% 7% 7%
Transactions revenues 711 691 3% 5% 6%
Global Print revenues 592 609 (3%) (1%) (1%)
Revenues 6,627 6,348 4% 6% 6%
Revenues increased 4% in total driven by growth across four of our five business segments. Foreign currency negatively impacted
revenue growth by 2%. On an organic basis, total revenues increased 6%, driven by 7% growth in recurring revenues (80% of total
revenues) and 6% growth in transactions revenues. Global Print revenues decreased 1% organically.
Revenues from the “Big 3” segments (80% of total revenues) increased 5% in total. Foreign currency negatively impacted revenue
growth by 1%. On an organic basis, revenues increased 7%, driven by 8% growth in recurring revenues, while transactions revenues
grew 2%.
Page 41
Foreign currency negatively impacted revenue growth due to the strengthening of the U.S. dollar against most major currencies,
compared to the prior-year period, with the greatest impact coming from the British pound sterling and the Euro.
Operating profit, adjusted EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA less accrued capital expenditures
Operating profit increased 48% due to higher revenues, lower costs, which included cost benefits resulting from the Change
Program as well as currency benefits, and gains on the sale of certain non-core businesses.
Adjusted EBITDA, which excludes gains on the sale of non-core businesses, as well as other adjustments, increased 18%, and the
related margin increased to 35.1%, due to higher revenues and lower costs. Investments in the Change Program negatively
impacted the full year of 2022 adjusted EBITDA margin by 260bp. Foreign currency benefited the year-over-year change in
adjusted EBITDA margin by 60bp.
Adjusted EBITDA less accrued capital expenditures and the related margin increased due to higher adjusted EBITDA, which more
than offset slightly higher accrued capital expenditures. Accrued capital expenditures included $118 million and $112 million in
2022 and 2021, respectively, associated with the Change Program.
Operating expenses
Change
Constant
(millions of U.S. dollars) 2022 2021 Total Currency
Operating expenses 4,280 4,370 (2%) 1%
Remove fair value adjustments(1) 19 8
Operating expenses excluding fair value adjustments 4,299 4,378 (2%) 1%
(1) Fair value adjustments primarily represent gains or losses on intercompany balances that arise in the ordinary course of business due to changes in foreign currency
exchange rates.
Due to the strengthening of the U.S. dollar against most major currencies, operating expenses, excluding fair value adjustments,
decreased, compared to the prior-year period. On a constant currency basis, operating expenses, excluding fair value adjustments,
increased as cost savings from our Change Program were more than offset by higher sales related expenses associated with
higher revenues, and investments in technology. Change Program costs were $171 million and $183 million in 2022 and 2021,
respectively, which included severance as well as costs to drive technology and digital sales efficiencies.
Depreciation and amortization
(millions of U.S. dollars) 2022 2021 Change
Depreciation 140 177 (21%)

Amortization of computer software 485 474 2%
Subtotal 625 651 (4%)
Amortization of other identifiable intangible assets 99 119 (17%)
• Depreciation and amortization of computer software on a combined basis decreased due to the completion of depreciation and
amortization on certain assets acquired in previous years and because the prior year included the write-down of assets
associated with real estate leases we have vacated. These factors more than offset higher computer software amortization due
to our April 2022 acquisition of ThoughtTrace.
• Amortization of other identifiable intangible assets decreased due to the completion of amortization of assets acquired in
previous years.
Page 42
Other operating gains, net

(millions of U.S. dollars) 2022 2021
Other operating gains, net 211 34
In 2022, other operating gains, net, included gains on the sale of certain non-core businesses. In 2021, other operating gains, net,
included a benefit from the revaluation of warrants that we previously held in Refinitiv prior to its sale to LSEG on January 29,
2021, income related to a license that allowed the Refinitiv business of LSEG to use the “Reuters” mark and a gain on the sale of a
non-core business.
Net interest expense

(millions of U.S. dollars) 2022 2021 Change
Net interest expense 196 196
Net interest expense was unchanged as higher interest costs associated with commercial paper borrowings and tax liabilities
offset lower interest costs on net pension obligations and higher interest income. As substantially all of our long-term debt
obligations paid interest at fixed rates (after swaps), the net interest expense on our term debt was essentially unchanged
compared to the prior-year period.
Other finance income

Other finance income 444 8
In 2022, other finance income included gains of $328 million from foreign exchange contracts on instruments that are intended to
reduce foreign currency risk on a portion of our indirect investment in LSEG, which is denominated in British pounds sterling, and
net foreign exchange gains on intercompany funding arrangements. In 2021, net foreign exchange gains on intercompany funding
arrangements more than offset $19 million of losses from foreign exchange contracts. Refer to the “Risk Management” section of
this management’s discussion and analysis for a discussion on how we manage and mitigate our foreign currency risks.
Share of post-tax (losses) earnings in equity method investments

YPL (formerly Refinitiv Holdings Limited) (416) 6,233
Other equity method investments (16) 7
Share of post-tax (losses) earnings in equity method investments (432) 6,240
Our investment in LSEG is subject to equity accounting because the LSEG shares are held through YPL, over which we have
significant influence. The investment in LSEG shares held by YPL is accounted for at fair value, based on the share price of LSEG,
which is denominated in British pounds sterling.
In 2022, share of post-tax losses in equity method investments reflected a decrease in value of our LSEG investment due to
foreign exchange losses of $787 million, which more than offset increases in value of $207 million due to a higher share price,
dividend income of $87 million and a $77 million gain on a forward contract relating to the agreement to sell LSEG shares to
Microsoft for a fixed price. See the “Investment in LSEG” section of this management’s discussion and analysis for further
information.
Page 43
In 2022, LSEG repurchased approximately 1.2 million ordinary shares from YPL under a buyback program announced by LSEG in
August 2022. We received proceeds of $43 million, for approximately 0.5 million shares, which were distributed as a dividend and
reduced our investment.
In 2021, share of post-tax earnings in equity method investments reflected an $8,075 million gain from the sale of Refinitiv and
$75 million in dividend income, which was partly offset by a $1,749 million decline in the value of the LSEG investment after the
sale and $168 million of post-tax losses related to the Refinitiv operations prior to the sale. In March 2021, as permitted under a
lock-up exception, approximately 10.1 million of our LSEG shares were sold for pre-tax net proceeds of $994 million. Proceeds
from the sale of the shares by YPL were also distributed to us as a dividend.
Tax expense
Tax expense 259 1,607
Our effective income tax rate on earnings from continuing operations was 15.7% compared to 22.0% in 2021. Tax expense in each
year included significant impacts related to our indirect investment in LSEG. In 2022, tax expense included $124 million of tax
benefit related to our losses in equity method investments and $80 million of tax expense related to other finance income,
primarily from gains on foreign exchange contracts related to our investment in LSEG. Tax expense in 2022 also included a
charge of $64 million to reflect our intention to settle a tax dispute with a tax loss carryforward that had been previously
recognized as a deferred tax asset on our balance sheet. In 2021, tax expense included $1,497 million related to our earnings in
equity method investments, primarily related to the gain on sale of Refinitiv to LSEG and $21 million of benefits from the reversal
of reserves for uncertain tax positions attributable to prior tax years. The comparability of our tax expense was further impacted by
various transactions and accounting adjustments during each year. In each year, the tax expense reflected the mix of taxing
jurisdictions in which pre-tax profits and losses were recognized. The following table sets forth certain components within income
tax expense that impacted comparability from year to year, including tax expense (benefit) associated with items that are removed
from adjusted earnings:
Tax expense (benefit)
Tax items impacting comparability:
Corporate tax laws and rates(1) (13) (17)
Deferred tax adjustments(2) 28 (7)
Subtotal 15 (24)
Tax related to:
Amortization of other identifiable intangible assets (22) (26)
Share of post-tax (losses) earnings in equity method investments(3) (124) 1,497
Other finance income 80 (5)
Other items 2 -
Subtotal (22) 1,475
Total (7) 1,451
(1) In 2022, the amount consists primarily of adjustments to deferred tax balances due to changes in effective state tax rates. In 2021, the amount includes changes in
deferred tax assets due to changes in foreign tax rates.
(2) In 2022, includes a charge for the use of a deferred tax asset in connection with a tax dispute, recognition of deferred tax assets for a tax basis step-up attributable
to a non-U.S. subsidiary, adjustments required for a business that was classified as held for sale as well as adjustments required due to divestitures and acquisitions. In
2021, includes adjustments required due to divestitures and acquisitions.
Page 44
Because the items described above impact the comparability of our tax expense for each year, we remove them from our
calculation of adjusted earnings, along with the pre-tax items to which they relate. The computation of our adjusted tax expense is
set forth below:
Tax expense 259 1,607
Remove: Items from above impacting comparability 7 (1,451)
Total tax expense on adjusted earnings 266 156
Our 2022 effective tax rate on adjusted earnings was 17.6% (2021 – 13.9%). On an adjusted earnings basis, our effective income
tax rates in both years were lower than the Canadian corporate income tax rate of 26.5%. The difference is primarily attributable
to lower tax rates and differing tax rules applicable to certain of our operating and financing subsidiaries outside of Canada. As a
global company, our income taxes depend on the laws of numerous countries and the provisions of multiple income tax
conventions between various countries in which we operate.
Because of the requirements of income tax accounting under IFRS, income tax expense can differ significantly from taxes paid in
any reporting period. We paid income taxes from net earnings on our worldwide business as follows:
Income taxes paid (millions of U.S. dollars) 2022 2021
Operating activities – continuing operations 193 172
Operating activities – discontinued operations - 2
Investing activities – continuing operations 7 850
Investing activities – discontinued operations 16 42
Total income taxes paid 216 1,066
In January 2021, our company and Blackstone’s consortium sold Refinitiv to LSEG for a gain of $8,075 million. The transaction was
predominantly tax deferred for our company except for $627 million that was paid in 2021. In March 2021, as permitted under a
lock-up exception, approximately 10.1 million of our LSEG shares were sold for pre-tax net proceeds of $994 million. Out of these
proceeds, we paid $223 million of tax on the sale of the shares and $627 million on taxes due on the LSEG transaction. The total
tax payments of $850 million were reflected in “Investing activities – continuing operations” above.
Our effective tax rate and our cash tax cost in the future will depend on the laws of numerous countries and the provisions of
multiple income tax conventions between various countries in which we operate. Our effective tax rate will be dependent upon tax
laws and conventions remaining unchanged or favorable to our company, as well as the geographic mix of our profits. See the
“Liquidity and Capital Resources — Contingencies” section of this management’s discussion and analysis for further discussion of
income tax liabilities.
In the first half of 2023, we expect new tax legislation to be enacted in Canada that will reduce our ability to deduct interest
expense against our Canadian income. As a result, we expect to increase our taxable profits in Canada against which we will apply
tax loss carryforwards. When the legislation is enacted, we expect to recognize previously unrecognized tax loss carryforwards in
our income statement and record corresponding deferred tax assets, the amount of which could be significant.
Results of Discontinued Operations

(Loss) earnings from discontinued operations, net of tax, included the following:
(Loss) earnings from discontinued operations, net of tax (53) 2
Page 45
In 2022, loss from discontinued operations, net of tax, was primarily comprised of losses arising on a receivable balance from
LSEG relating to a tax indemnity. The losses were due to changes in foreign exchange and interest rates. In 2021, earnings from
discontinued operations, net of tax, included residual income and expenses related to our former Financial & Risk business.
Net earnings and diluted EPS

Change
Constant
(millions of U.S. dollars, except per share amounts) 2022 2021 Total Currency
Net earnings 1,338 5,689 (76%)
Diluted EPS $2.75 $11.50 (76%)
Non- IFRS Financial Measures(1)
Adjusted earnings 1,239 965 28%
Adjusted EPS $2.56 $1.95 31% 30%
Net earnings and diluted EPS decreased compared to the prior-year period because 2021 included a gain of approximately
$8.1 billion on the sale of Refinitiv to LSEG in January 2021.
Adjusted earnings and the related per share amount increased primarily due to higher adjusted EBITDA, which more than offset
higher income tax expense.
Segment Results
The following is a discussion of our five reportable segments and our Corporate costs. We assess revenue growth for each
segment, as well as the businesses within each segment, in constant currency and on an organic basis. See Appendix A of this
management’s discussion and analysis for additional information.
Legal Professionals
Change
Constant
(millions of U.S. dollars, except margins) 2022 2021 Total Currency Organic
Transactions revenues 172 189 (9%) (7%) (5%)
Revenues 2,803 2,712 3% 5% 6%
Segment adjusted EBITDA 1,227 1,091 13% 14%
Segment adjusted EBITDA margin 43.8% 40.2% 360bp 350bp
Revenues increased in total, constant currency and on an organic basis. Organic revenues increased due to growth in recurring
revenues (94% of the Legal Professionals segment) driven by Practical Law, Westlaw, HighQ and our Government business.
Transactions revenues declined on an organic basis (6% of the Legal Professionals segment), reflecting lower Government
revenues due to a slower release of U.S. federal funding.
Revenues in our Legal Professionals segment grew 6% organically, despite a modest decrease in the segment’s revenue growth
trend during the fourth quarter. The decreased trend was primarily due to our Elite and Government businesses, which comprised
24% of our Legal Professionals segment revenue in 2022. See the fourth-quarter revenue discussion for Legal Professionals for
further detail.
Page 46
Segment adjusted EBITDA and the related margin increased due to higher revenues and lower expenses, which reflected cost
savings from our Change Program and a benefit from foreign currency. Foreign currency benefited the year-over-year change in
segment adjusted EBITDA margin by 10bp.
Corporates
Change
Constant
Transactions revenues 231 231 - 1% 2%
Revenues 1,536 1,440 7% 8% 8%
Segment adjusted EBITDA 578 496 17% 16%
Revenues increased in total, constant currency and on an organic basis. The increase in organic revenues was driven by 9% growth
in recurring revenues (85% of the Corporates segment) led by Practical Law, CLEAR, Direct Tax, Indirect Tax and HighQ. On the
same basis, transactions revenues (15% of the Corporates segment) increased 2% as growth in the Trust, Confirmation and the
segment’s businesses in Asia and Latin America more than offset decreases in revenues from implementation services and certain
risk products.
Segment adjusted EBITDA and the related margin increased as higher revenues more than offset higher expenses, which were
mitigated by cost savings from our Change Program. Foreign currency benefited the year-over-year change in segment adjusted
EBITDA margin by 50bp.

Change
Constant
Recurring revenues 799 742 8% 8% 9%
Revenues 986 915 8% 8% 9%
Revenues increased in total, constant currency and on an organic basis. The increase in organic revenues reflected growth in
recurring (81% of the Tax & Accounting Professionals segment) and transactions revenues (19% of the Tax & Accounting
Professionals segment), both of which were due to growth in UltraTax and the segment’s businesses in Latin America.
Transactions revenues also benefited from growth in Confirmation and higher training revenues.
savings from our Change Program and a benefit from foreign currency. Foreign currency benefited the year-over-year change in
Page 47
Reuters News
Change
Constant
Recurring revenues 612 596 3% 5% 5%
Revenues 733 694 6% 9% 9%
Revenues increased in total, constant currency and on an organic basis driven by growth from Reuters Events and the segment’s
news agreement with the Data & Analytics business of LSEG. The Reuters Events business benefited from a return to in-person
events from primarily virtual events last year.
Reuters News has a news agreement with the Data & Analytics business of LSEG through October 1, 2048. In 2022, we recorded
$360 million (2021—$339 million) of revenues under this agreement, which represent the current minimum annual value.
However, these revenues may increase further as the contract requires adjustments related to changes in the consumer price
index and foreign exchange rates.
Segment adjusted EBITDA and the related margin increased primarily reflecting the favorable impact of foreign currency due to
the strengthening of the U.S. dollar against most major currencies, as well as higher revenues. Expenses also benefited from cost
savings associated with our Change Program. Foreign currency benefited the year-over-year change in segment adjusted EBITDA
margin by 240bp.
Global Print
Change
Constant
Revenues 592 609 (3%) (1%) (1%)
Segment adjusted EBITDA 212 226 (6%) (4%)
Segment adjusted EBITDA margin 35.7% 37.1% (140)bp (130)bp
Revenues decreased in total, constant currency, and on an organic basis. The performance was better than expected due to
improved customer retention, higher third-party revenues for printing services, and timing benefits, which are expected to
normalize in the first quarter of 2023.
Segment adjusted EBITDA and the related margin decreased due to lower revenues. The decrease in margins also reflected the
dilutive impact of lower margin third-party print revenues. Foreign currency negatively impacted the year-over-year change in
Corporate costs
Corporate costs 293 325
The decrease in Corporate costs reflected lower Change Program expenses, which were $171 million in 2022 and $183 million in
2021, as well as a benefit from foreign currency.
Page 48
Review of Fourth-Quarter Results

Our revenues and operating profit on a consolidated basis do not tend to be significantly impacted by seasonality as we record a large
portion of our revenues ratably over the contract term and our costs are generally incurred evenly throughout the year. However, our
revenues from quarter to consecutive quarter can be impacted by the release of certain tax products, which tend to be concentrated in
the fourth quarter and, to a lesser extent, in the first quarter of the year. The timing of costs related to the Change Program impacted
the seasonality of our expenses and operating profit in 2022 and 2021.
Consolidated Results
Three months ended December 31,
Change
Constant
(millions of U.S. dollars, except per share amounts and margins) 2022 2021 Total Currency
Revenues 1,765 1,710 3%
Operating profit 631 257 146%
Net earnings (loss) 218 (175) n/m
Diluted earnings (loss) per share $0.45 $(0.36) n/m
Net cash provided by operating activities 676 397 70%
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities 64 (299) n/m
Net cash used in financing activities (132) (829) n/m
Non-IFRS Financial Measures(1)
Revenues 1,765 1,710 3% 5%
Adjusted EBITDA 633 452 40% 41%
Adjusted EBITDA less accrued capital expenditures 495 275 80%
Adjusted EBITDA less accrued capital expenditures margin 28.1% 16.1% 1200bp
Adjusted earnings 352 210 67%
Adjusted EPS $0.73 $0.43 70% 72%
Free cash flow 526 255 106%
“Big 3” Segments
Revenues 1,409 1,359 4% 5%
Revenues
Revenues increased 3% in total driven by growth across four of our five business segments. Foreign currency and divestitures
negatively impacted revenue growth by 2% and 1%, respectively. On an organic basis, revenues increased 6%, driven by 7% growth
in recurring revenues (82% of total revenues) and 5% growth in transactions revenues. Global Print revenues decreased 1%
organically.
Revenues from the “Big 3” segments (80% of total revenues) increased 4% in total. Foreign currency and divestitures negatively
impacted revenue growth by 1% and 2%, respectively. On an organic basis, revenues increased 7%, driven by recurring revenue
growth of 8%. Transactions revenues declined 2% organically. This is the seventh consecutive quarter our “Big 3” segments, in
aggregate, have grown at least 6% organically.
Page 49
Operating profit, adjusted EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA less accrued capital expenditures
Operating profit increased 146% due to lower costs, which included cost benefits resulting from the Change Program and lower
performance bonus expense, higher revenues and gains on the sale of certain non-core businesses.
Adjusted EBITDA, which excludes gains on the sale of non-core businesses, as well as other adjustments, increased 40%, and the
related margin increased to 35.9%, due to lower costs and higher revenues. Investments in the Change Program negatively
impacted the fourth quarter of 2022 adjusted EBITDA margin by 340bp. Foreign currency benefited the year-over-year change in
adjusted EBITDA margin by 30bp.
Adjusted EBITDA less accrued capital expenditures and the related margin increased due to higher adjusted EBITDA and lower
accrued capital expenditures. Accrued capital expenditures included $21 million and $47 million in 2022 and 2021, respectively,
associated with the Change Program.
Net earnings (loss) and diluted earnings (loss) per share

In 2022, net earnings and diluted EPS compared to a net loss and a diluted loss per share in the prior-year period due to higher
operating profit and because the prior-year period included a decrease in value in our LSEG investment.
Adjusted earnings and adjusted EPS

Adjusted earnings and the related per share amount, which excludes the change in value of our LSEG investment, as well as other
adjustments, increased as higher adjusted EBITDA more than offset higher income tax expense.
Net cash provided by operating activities

Net cash provided by operating activities increased, reflecting the cash benefits from higher operating profit as well as favorable
movements in working capital. The prior-year period included a $48 million payment of the employer’s portion of 2020 payroll-
related taxes, which we had previously deferred under the U.S. CARES Act.
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

In 2022, net cash provided by investing activities primarily reflected proceeds from disposals of non-core businesses of
$187 million, which more than offset capital expenditures of $135 million. In 2021, net cash used in investing activities included
$188 million of taxes paid related to the sale of Refinitiv and the subsequent sale of LSEG shares. Capital expenditures were
$123 million.
Net cash used in financing activities

In 2022 and 2021, net cash used in financing activities included dividends paid to common shareholders and share repurchases of
$791 million (2021- $788 million), in aggregate. In 2022, returns to our shareholders were partly offset by $673 million of net
borrowings under our commercial paper program.
Free cash flow

Free cash flow increased due to higher cash flows from operating activities.
Page 50
Segment Results
Change
Constant
(millions of U.S. dollars, except margins) 2022 2021 Total Currency(1) Organic(1)
Revenues
Legal Professionals 704 689 2% 4% 5%
Corporates 379 358 6% 7% 9%
Tax & Accounting Professionals 326 312 5% 5% 8%
“Big 3” Segments Combined(1) 1,409 1,359 4% 5% 7%
Reuters News 198 187 7% 10% 10%
Global Print 162 170 (4%) (2%) (1%)
Eliminations/ Rounding (4) (6)
Revenues 1,765 1,710 3% 5% 6%
Adjusted EBITDA(1)
Legal Professionals 294 239 23% 27%
Corporates 135 93 45% 46%
Tax & Accounting Professionals 189 156 22% 21%
“Big 3” Segments Combined 618 488 27% 28%
Reuters News 40 15 162% 125%
Global Print 59 61 (3%) (1%)
Corporate costs (84) (112) n/a n/a
Adjusted EBITDA margin(1)

Legal Professionals 41.7% 34.5% 720bp 740bp
Corporates 35.7% 26.0% 970bp 940bp
Tax & Accounting Professionals 58.1% 50.0% 810bp 740bp
“Big 3” Segments Combined 43.9% 35.8% 810bp 780bp
Reuters News 19.8% 8.1% 1170bp 840bp
Global Print 36.1% 35.9% 20bp 20bp
Legal Professionals
Revenues increased in total, constant currency and on an organic basis. The increase in organic revenues reflected 6% growth in
recurring revenues (94% of the Legal Professionals segment), driven by Practical Law, Westlaw and HighQ. Transactions revenues
(6% of the Legal Professionals segment) declined 8% due to lower professional services revenues in the segment’s Elite business
and lower revenues in the Government business. In the fourth quarter, the growth trend of Legal Professionals on an organic basis
declined to 5% from 6%, primarily due to our Elite and Government businesses. Elite’s professional services revenues were lower
because the business began to transition from on-premise software solutions to a cloud-based software-as-a-service (SaaS)
offering. However, over the long term, we expect the transition will increase recurring revenues and segment adjusted EBITDA
margins. In our Government business, overall organic revenue growth decreased in the fourth quarter, compared to the nine-
month period, reflecting slowdowns in the release of U.S. Federal funding.
Page 51
savings from our Change Program and lower performance bonus expense. Foreign currency negatively impacted the year-over
year change in segment adjusted EBITDA margin by 20bp.
Corporates
Revenues increased in total, constant currency and on an organic basis. The increase in organic revenues was due to 11% growth in
recurring revenues (89% of the Corporates segment), driven by Practical Law, CLEAR, Direct Tax and Global Trade Management.
Transactions revenues (11% of the Corporates segment) declined 5%, as expected, due to a decrease in revenues from
implementation services and certain risk products.
savings from our Change Program and lower performance bonus expense. Foreign currency benefited the year-over-year change
in segment adjusted EBITDA margin by 30bp.

Revenues increased in total, constant currency and on an organic basis. The increase in organic revenues reflected 8% growth in
recurring revenues (90% of the Tax & Accounting Professionals segment) and 10% growth in transactions revenues (10% of the
Tax & Accounting Professionals segment), both of which were due to growth in UltraTax and the segment’s businesses in Latin
America. The increase in transactions revenues also included growth in Confirmation.
savings from our Change Program and lower performance bonus expense. Foreign currency benefited the year-over-year change
in segment adjusted EBITDA margin by 70bp.
Tax & Accounting Professionals is a more seasonal business relative to our other businesses, with a higher percentage of its
segment adjusted EBITDA historically generated in the fourth quarter and to a slightly lesser extent, the first quarter, due to the
release of certain tax products. Small movements in the timing of revenues and expenses can impact quarterly margins. Full-year
margins are more reflective of the segment’s performance.
Reuters News
Revenues increased in total, constant currency and on an organic basis driven by growth from Reuters Events and the segment’s
news agreement with the Data & Analytics business of LSEG.
Segment adjusted EBITDA and the related margin increased due to the favorable impact of foreign currency reflecting the
strengthening of the U.S. dollar against most major currencies as well as higher revenues. Expenses also benefited from cost
savings associated with our Change Program and lower performance bonus expense. Foreign currency benefited the year-over
year change in segment adjusted EBITDA margin by 330bp.
Global Print
Revenues decreased in total, constant currency, and on an organic basis. The performance was better than expected due to
improved customer retention, higher third-party revenues for printing services and timing benefits. In the first quarter of 2023, we
expect a larger revenue decline as the favorable timing experienced in 2022 should normalize.
Segment adjusted EBITDA decreased as lower revenues more than offset lower expenses. The related margin increased slightly
despite the dilutive impact of lower margin third-party print revenues. Foreign currency had no impact on the year-over-year
change in segment adjusted EBITDA margin.
Corporate costs
Corporate costs decreased primarily due to lower Change Program expenses, which were $60 million in 2022 and $78 million in
2021.
Page 52
Liquidity and Capital Resources

Capital Strategy
We have historically maintained a disciplined capital strategy that balances growth, long-term financial leverage, credit ratings
and returns to shareholders. We are focused on having the investment capacity to drive revenue growth, both organically and
through acquisitions, while also maintaining our long-term financial leverage and credit ratings and continuing to provide returns
to shareholders. Our principal sources of liquidity are cash and cash equivalents and cash provided by operating activities. From
time to time, we also issue commercial paper, borrow under our credit facility and issue debt securities. Our principal uses of cash
are for debt repayments, debt servicing costs, dividend payments, capital expenditures, share repurchases and acquisitions.
Our capital strategy approach has provided us with a strong capital structure and liquidity position. As of December 31, 2022, we
had $1.1 billion of cash on hand, and none of our debt securities are scheduled to mature until the fourth quarter of 2023. Our
disciplined approach and cash generative business model have allowed us to weather economic volatility in recent years caused
by macroeconomic and geopolitical factors, while continuing to invest in our business. While we are closely monitoring the global
disruption caused by Russia’s invasion of Ukraine, our operations in the region are not material to our business.
We expect that the operating leverage of our business will increase our free cash flow if we increase revenues as contemplated by
our outlook. We target a maximum leverage ratio of 2.5x net debt to adjusted EBITDA and have set a target to pay out 50% to
60% of our expected free cash flow as dividends to our shareholders. As of December 31, 2022, we repurchased $1.3 billion of our
common shares under our $2.0 billion share repurchase program announced in June 2022 (see the “Share Repurchases – Normal
Course Issuer Bid (NCIB)” section below). We plan to complete our $2.0 billion share repurchase program in April 2023. In 2022,
we returned a total of $2.1 billion of cash to shareholders through dividends and share repurchases. In January 2023, we acquired
SurePrep for $500 million, a provider of tax automation software and services (see the “Subsequent Events” section of this
management’s discussion and analysis).
In January 2023, we received approximately $1.0 billion of gross proceeds from the sale of 10.5 million LSEG shares to Microsoft.
In accordance with amended contractual lock-up provisions, we are entitled to sell the remainder of our indirectly owned shares as
follows: approximately 31 million shares in the twelve-month period beginning January 30, 2023, 22 million shares in the twelve
month period beginning January 30, 2024, and 8 million shares after the lock-up arrangement terminates on January 29, 2025.
We expect to begin selling LSEG shares in March 2023, after LSEG reports their year-end results, in tranches throughout the year,
subject to market conditions. In 2023, following the completion of the share repurchase program described above, we intend to
initiate a return of capital of at least $2 billion, which will be combined with a share consolidation or reverse stock split (similar to
the return of capital transaction we completed in 2018). This transaction will be funded through proceeds from LSEG share
dispositions, and as such, the timing and amount of the transaction will depend on market conditions and other factors.
In the future, we expect that proceeds from sales of our remaining LSEG shares after the expiration of the applicable contractual
lock-up provisions will provide us with further options for investment and returns to shareholders.
Our net debt to adjusted EBITDA leverage ratio as of December 31, 2022 was 1.7:1, which is lower than our target of 2.5:1. As
calculated under our credit facility covenant, our net debt to adjusted EBITDA leverage ratio as of December 31, 2022 was 1.6:1,
which is well below the maximum leverage ratio allowed under the credit facility of 4.5:1.
We believe that our existing sources of liquidity will be sufficient to fund our expected 2023 cash requirements in the normal
course of business.
Certain information above in this section is forward-looking and should be read in conjunction with the section entitled “Additional
Information – Cautionary Note Concerning Factors That May Affect Future Results”.
Page 53
Cash Flow
Summary of Consolidated Statement of Cash Flow

(millions of U.S. dollars) 2022 2021 $ Change
Net cash provided by operating activities 1,915 1,773 142
Net cash used in investing activities (462) (504) 42
Net cash used in financing activities (1,156) (2,273) 1,117
Translation adjustments (6) (5) (1)
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents 291 (1,009) 1,300
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period 778 1,787 (1,009)
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period 1,069 778 291
Non-IFRS Financial Measure(1):
Free cash flow 1,340 1,256 84
Operating activities. Net cash provided by operating activities increased as the cash benefits from higher operating profit more
than offset higher payments for our Change Program and annual incentive plan bonuses.
Investing activities. In 2022, net cash used in investing activities included $595 million of capital expenditures and $191 million of
acquisition spending. These outflows were partly offset by $216 million in proceeds from the sale of certain non-core businesses
and $130 million of dividends from YPL, $43 million of which related to YPL’s participation in LSEG’s share buyback program. In
April 2022, we acquired ThoughtTrace.
In 2021, net cash used in investing activities included $850 million of taxes paid related to the sale of Refinitiv and the subsequent
sale of LSEG shares. The discontinued operations portion of investing activities included $252 million of tax assessments related
to our former Financial & Risk business (see the “Contingencies – Uncertain Tax Positions” sections of this management’s
discussion and analysis). In 2021, capital expenditures were $487 million. These outflows were partly offset by $1,069 million of
dividends received, which included $994 million from the sale of LSEG shares and $75 million paid by LSEG.
Financing activities. In 2022 and 2021, net cash used in financing activities included dividends paid to common shareholders and share
repurchases of $2,116 million (2021- $2,173 million), in aggregate. In 2022, returns to our shareholders were partly offset by
$1,042 million of net borrowings under our commercial paper program. Refer to the “Commercial paper program”, ”Dividends” and
“Share repurchases” subsections below for additional information.
Cash and cash equivalents. The increase in cash and cash equivalents reflects the proceeds from commercial paper borrowings,
a portion of which was used to fund our $500 million acquisition of SurePrep on January 3, 2023.
Free cash flow. Free cash flow increased as higher cash flows from operating activities were partially offset by higher capital
expenditures, primarily associated with the Change Program.
Additional information about our debt and credit arrangements, dividends and share repurchases is as follows:
• Commercial paper program. Our $2.0 billion commercial paper program provides cost-effective and flexible short-term funding.
The carrying amount of outstanding commercial paper of $1,048 million is included in “Current indebtedness” within the
consolidated statement of financial position as of December 31, 2022 (December 31, 2021 – nil).
Page 54
• Credit facility. In November 2022, we amended and restated our credit facility agreement to increase the commitment to
$2.0 billion from $1.8 billion and extend the maturity to November 2027. The facility may be used to provide liquidity for general
corporate purposes (including acquisitions or support for its commercial paper program). There were no outstanding borrowings
under the credit facility as of December 31, 2022 and 2021. Based on our current credit ratings, the cost of borrowing under the
facility is priced at the Term Secure Overnight Financing Rate (SOFR)/Euro Interbank Offered Rate (EURiBOR)/Simple Sterling
Overnight Index Average (SONIA) plus 102.5 basis points. We have the option to request an increase, subject to approval by
applicable lenders, in the lenders’ commitments in an aggregate amount of $600 million for a maximum credit facility
commitment of $2.6 billion. If our debt rating is downgraded by Moody’s, S&P or Fitch, our facility fees and borrowing costs would
increase, although availability would be unaffected. Conversely, an upgrade in our ratings may reduce our facility fees and
borrowing costs. We also monitor the lenders that are party to our facility and believe they continue to be able to lend to us.
We guarantee borrowings by our subsidiaries under the credit facility. We must also maintain a ratio of net debt as defined in the
credit agreement (total debt after swaps less cash and cash equivalents) as of the last day of each fiscal quarter to EBITDA as
defined in the credit agreement (earnings before interest, income taxes, depreciation and amortization and other modifications
described in the credit agreement) for the last four quarters ended of not more than 4.5:1. If we complete an acquisition with a
purchase price of over $500 million, the ratio of net debt to EBITDA would temporarily increase to 5.0:1 for three quarters after
completion, at which time the ratio would revert to 4.5:1. As of December 31, 2022, we were in compliance with this covenant as
our ratio of net debt to EBITDA, as calculated under the terms of our syndicated credit facility, was 1.6:1.
• Long-term debt. We did not issue notes or repay principal amounts of debt in 2022 or 2021.
In June 2022, we filed a new base shelf prospectus under which Thomson Reuters Corporation and one of its U.S.
subsidiaries, TR Finance LLC, may collectively issue up to $3.0 billion of unsecured debt securities from time to time through
July 29, 2024. Any debt securities issued by TR Finance LLC will be fully and unconditionally guaranteed on an unsecured
basis by Thomson Reuters Corporation and three U.S. subsidiary guarantors, which are also indirect 100%-owned and
consolidated subsidiaries of Thomson Reuters Corporation. Except for TR Finance LLC and the subsidiary guarantors, none of
Thomson Reuters Corporation’s other subsidiaries have guaranteed or would otherwise become obligated with respect to any
issued TR Finance LLC debt securities. Neither Thomson Reuters Corporation nor TR Finance LLC has issued any debt
securities under the prospectus. Please refer to Appendix G of this management’s discussion and analysis for condensed
consolidating financial information of the Company, including TR Finance LLC and the subsidiary guarantors.
• Credit ratings. Our access to financing depends on, among other things, suitable market conditions and the maintenance of
suitable long-term credit ratings. Our credit ratings may be adversely affected by various factors, including increased debt
levels, decreased earnings, declines in customer demand, increased competition, a deterioration in general economic and
business conditions and adverse publicity. Any downgrades in our credit ratings may impede our access to the debt markets
or result in higher borrowing rates.
The following table sets forth the credit ratings we have received from rating agencies in respect of our outstanding securities
as of the date of this management’s discussion and analysis:
Moody’s S&P Global Ratings DBRS Limited Fitch

Long-term debt Baa2 BBB BBB (high) BBB+
Commercial paper P-2 A-2 R-2 (high) F1
Trend/Outlook Stable Stable Stable Stable
These credit ratings are not recommendations to purchase, hold, or sell securities and do not address the market price or
suitability of a specific security for a particular investor. Credit ratings may not reflect the potential impact of all risks on the
value of securities. We cannot assure you that our credit ratings will not be lowered in the future or that rating agencies will
not issue adverse commentaries regarding our securities.
Page 55
• Dividends. Dividends on our common shares are declared in U.S. dollars. In February 2022, we announced a 10% or
$0.16 per share increase in the annualized dividend rate to $1.78 per common share (beginning with the common share
dividend we paid in March 2022). In our consolidated statement of cash flow, dividends paid on common shares are shown
net of amounts reinvested in our company under our dividend reinvestment plan (DRIP). Registered holders of common
shares may participate in our DRIP, under which cash dividends are automatically reinvested in new common shares.
Common shares are valued at the weighted-average price at which the shares traded on the Toronto Stock Exchange (TSX)
during the five trading days immediately preceding the record date for the dividend.
Details of dividends declared per common share and dividends paid on common shares are as follows:
(millions of U.S. dollars, except per share amounts) 2022 2021
Dividends declared per common share $1.78 $1.62
Dividends declared 861 797
Dividends reinvested (27) (24)
Dividends paid 834 773
In February 2023, we announced a 10% or $0.18 per share increase in the annualized dividend rate to $1.96 per common
share (beginning with the common share dividend that we plan to pay in March 2023). See the “Subsequent Events” section
of this management’s discussion and analysis for additional information.
• Share repurchases – Normal Course Issuer Bid (NCIB). We buy back shares (and subsequently cancel them) from time to
time as part of our capital strategy. In June 2022, we announced that we plan to repurchase up to $2.0 billion of our common
shares. Share repurchases are typically executed under a NCIB. Under the current NCIB, we may repurchase up to 24 million
common shares between June 13, 2022 and June 12, 2023 in open market transactions on the TSX, the NYSE and/or other
exchanges and alternative trading systems, if eligible, or by such other means as may be permitted by the TSX and/or NYSE
or under applicable law, including private agreement purchases if we receive an issuer bid exemption order in the future from
applicable securities regulatory authorities in Canada for such purchases.
Details of share repurchases were as follows:
2022 2021
Share repurchases (millions of U.S. dollars) 1,282 1,400
Shares repurchased (number in millions) 11.9 12.8
Share repurchases – average price per share in U.S. dollars $107.99 $109.42
Decisions regarding any future repurchases will depend on certain factors such as market conditions, share price and other
opportunities to invest capital for growth. We may elect to suspend or discontinue share repurchases at any time, in
accordance with applicable laws. From time to time when we do not possess material nonpublic information about ourselves
or our securities, we may enter into an automatic share repurchase plan with our broker to allow for the repurchase of shares
at times when we ordinarily would not be active in the market due to our own internal trading blackout periods, insider
trading rules or otherwise. Any such plans entered into with our broker will be adopted in accordance with applicable
Canadian securities laws and the requirements of Rule 10b5-1 under the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
Financial Position
Our total assets were $21.7 billion as of December 31, 2022, compared to $22.1 billion as of December 31, 2021. The change
reflected a decrease in the value of our LSEG investment.
As of December 31, 2022, our current liabilities exceeded our current assets by $2.1 billion, largely due to $1.0 billion of commercial
paper and $0.6 billion of term debt, which is due in the fourth quarter of 2023. We believe we can refinance these amounts at any
time, given our credit facility and access to long term debt markets, both of which are supported by our strong investment grade
credit ratings. We also have significant cash on hand which we could use to repay a portion of the amounts outstanding.
Page 56
Additionally, current liabilities included $0.9 million of deferred revenue, which arises from the sale of subscription-based products
and services that many customers pay for in advance. The cash received from these advance payments is used to currently fund the
operating, investing and financing activities of our business. However, for accounting purposes, these advance payments must be
deferred and recognized over the term of the subscription. As such, we typically reflect a negative working capital position in our
consolidated statement of financial position. In the ordinary course of business, deferred revenue does not represent a cash
obligation, but rather an obligation to perform services or deliver products, and therefore when we are in that situation, we do not
believe it is indicative of a liquidity issue, but rather an outcome of the required accounting for our business model.
Net debt and leverage ratio of net debt to adjusted EBITDA
December 31,
Current indebtedness 1,647 -
Long-term indebtedness 3,114 3,786
Total debt 4,761 3,786
Swaps (42) (99)
Total debt after swaps 4,719 3,687
Remove fair value adjustments for hedges(1) 7 (10)
Total debt after currency hedging arrangements 4,726 3,677
Remove transaction costs, premiums or discounts included in the carrying value of debt 33 33
Add: Lease liabilities (current and non-current) 235 261
Less: cash and cash equivalents(2) (1,069) (778)
Net debt(3) 3,925 3,193
Leverage ratio of net debt to adjusted EBITDA
Adjusted EBITDA(3) 2,329 1,970
Net debt/adjusted EBITDA(3) 1.7:1 1.6:1
(1) Represents the interest-related fair value component of hedging instruments that are removed to reflect net cash outflow upon maturity.
(2) Includes cash and cash equivalents of $81 million and $70 million as of December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively, held in subsidiaries which have regulatory
restrictions, contractual restrictions or operate in countries where exchange controls and other legal restrictions apply and are therefore not available for general use by
our company.
(3) Amounts represent non-IFRS financial measures. For additional information about our liquidity, we provide our leverage ratio of net debt to adjusted EBITDA. Refer
to Appendix A of this management’s discussion and analysis for additional information of our non-IFRS financial measures.
As of December 31, 2022, our total debt position (after swaps) was $4.7 billion. The maturity dates for our term debt are well
balanced with no significant concentration in any one year. As of December 31, 2022, the average maturity of our term debt (total
debt excluding commercial paper) was approximately eight years at an average interest rate (after swaps) of slightly over 4%, all
of which is fixed. Our leverage ratio of net debt to adjusted EBITDA was below our target ratio of 2.5:1. The increase in our net debt
is primarily due to the increase in our current indebtedness, which includes $1,048 million of commercial paper borrowings (refer
to the “Cash Flow” section of this management’s discussion and analysis for additional information).
Page 57
The following table illustrates our expected term debt maturities (after swaps) as of December 31, 2022.
1,500
1,369
999
1,000
($ Millions)
600
500
500
242
0
2023 2024 2025 2026 2035+
Financial Risk Management

Our global operations expose us to a variety of financial risks including market risk (primarily currency risk, price risk and interest
rate risk), credit risk and liquidity risk. The section entitled “Financial Risk Management” in note 19 of our 2022 annual
consolidated financial statements provides a discussion of the material financial risks we believe we are exposed to and our
approach to mitigating the potential adverse effects on our financial performance. Under the oversight of our Chief Financial
Officer, our centralized corporate treasury group is responsible for our financial risk management strategy and execution and
operates under strict guidelines and internal control processes. We strive to minimize the potential adverse economic effects
associated with financial risks on our financial performance and to ensure we have sufficient liquidity to fund our operations,
reinvest in our business, pay dividends and service our debt obligations.
Most of our business is conducted in U.S. dollars. However, 18% of our 2022 revenues and 33% of our 2022 operating expenses
were denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar, the most significant of which is the British pound sterling with the
balance spread over several currencies, including the Canadian dollar, the Euro, the Brazilian real and the Indian rupee. Changes
in foreign exchange rates typically impact the growth in our expenses more than our revenues, because a higher percentage of our
expenses are denominated in foreign currency. In 2022, foreign currency decreased revenues by 2% and operating expenses by
3% compared to the prior year.
We routinely monitor our currency exposures and may enter derivative financial instruments to mitigate our foreign exchange risk.
As our indirect investment in LSEG is denominated in British pounds sterling, it is subject to variability based on changes in the
British pound sterling and U.S. dollar foreign exchange rate. To reduce our foreign currency risk, we have entered into foreign
exchange contracts with a notional amount of £3.9 billion ($5.0 billion), which were outstanding on December 31, 2022. After the
sale of 10.5 million of our LSEG shares to Microsoft in January 2023 (see “Investment in LSEG” section of this management’s
discussion and analysis for further information), the substantial majority of our remaining LSEG investment is hedged by these
forward exchange contracts.
Page 58
The following charts outline the currency profile of our revenues and the operating expenses included in our calculation of
adjusted EBITDA for 2022:
Revenues Expenses
11%
23%
7%
10% 67%
82%
U.S. dollar (Revenues 82%; Expenses 67%)

British pound sterling (Revenues 7%; Expenses 10%)
Other (Revenues 11%; Expenses 23%)
We monitor the financial stability of the foreign countries in which we operate. To mitigate risk of loss, we monitor the
creditworthiness of our customers and have policies and procedures for trade receivables collection and global cash management
to ensure adequate liquidity is available to us.
We also monitor the financial strength of financial institutions with which we have banking and other commercial relationships,
including those that hold our cash and cash equivalents, as well as those which are counterparties to derivative financial
instruments and other arrangements.
Approximately 68% of our cash and cash equivalents as of December 31, 2022 were held by subsidiaries outside the U.S. We have
historically accessed such funds in a tax efficient manner to meet our liquidity requirements. Due to our legal entity structure, we
continue to expect to have access to our funds held by subsidiaries outside the U.S. in a tax efficient manner.
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements, Commitments and Contractual Obligations

The following table summarizes our contractual obligations and off-balance sheet commitments:
(millions of U.S. dollars) 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 Thereafter Total
Commercial paper 1,050 - - - - - 1,050
Notes/debentures(1) 600 242 1,033 500 - 1,369 3,744
Interest payable(1) 151 125 105 84 76 943 1,484
Debt-related hedges outflows(2) 22 22 1,011 - - - 1,055
Debt-related hedges inflows(1) (23) (23) (1,045) - - - (1,091)
Lease obligations(3) 72 53 40 29 23 118 335
Foreign exchange contracts outflows(4) 2,951 2,092 - - - - 5,043
Foreign exchange contracts inflows(5) (3,118) (2,233) - - - - (5,351)
Unconditional purchase obligations 342 225 135 42 2 2 748
Defined benefit obligations 32 - - - - - 32
Total 2,079 503 1,279 655 101 2,432 7,049
(1) Represents contractual cash flows calculated using spot foreign exchange rates as of December 31, 2022.
(2) Represents contractual U.S. dollar cash flows.
(3) Includes leases with a term of 12 months or less, certain low-value assets and lease commitments that have not commenced, all of which are not recognized in the
consolidated statement of financial position.
(4) Represents contractual cash flows translated at the contract rate.
(5) Represents contractual cash flows calculated using forward foreign exchange rates as of December 31, 2022.
Page 59
We provide further information about certain of our obligations below:

• Subsidiary guarantees – For certain property leases, banking arrangements and commercial contracts, we guarantee the
obligations of some of our subsidiaries. We also guarantee borrowings by our subsidiaries under our credit agreement.
• Guarantees – See the “Contingencies” section below for information on guarantees and other credit support provided by our
company to 3 Times Square Associates LLC (3XSQ Associates) in connection with a loan facility.
• Unconditional purchase obligations – We have various obligations for materials, supplies, outsourcing and other services
contracted in the ordinary course of business. In the table above, certain commitments have been estimated over the
contractual period.
• Defined benefit obligations – We sponsor defined benefit plans that provide pension and other post-employment benefits to
covered employees. As of December 31, 2022, the fair value of plan assets for our material funded pension plans was 93% of
the plan obligations. In 2022, we contributed $31 million to our material defined benefit plans. In 2023, we expect to contribute
approximately $32 million to our material defined benefit plans, of which $5 million will be in accordance with the normal
funding policy of funded plans and $27 million will be for claims expected to arise under unfunded and retiree medical plans.
The amount and timing of any future required contributions to pension plans could differ significantly from our estimates as of
December 31, 2022. We cannot estimate contributions beyond 2023 because they depend on future economic conditions, plan
performance and potential future government legislation. For certain plans, the trustees have the right to call for special
valuations, which could subsequently result in us having to make an unexpected contribution. Additionally, from time to time,
we may elect to make voluntary contributions to improve the funded status of the plans.
• Disposition contingencies – In certain disposition agreements, including as described in the “Uncertain Tax Positions” section
below, we guarantee indemnification obligations of our subsidiary that sold the business or assets. We believe that based upon
current facts and circumstances, additional payments in connection with these transactions would not have a material adverse
impact on our financial condition taken as a whole.
Other than as described above, we do not engage in off-balance sheet financing arrangements and we do not have any interests
in unconsolidated special-purpose or structured finance entities.
Contingencies
Lawsuits and Legal Claims
We are engaged in various legal proceedings, claims, audits and investigations that have arisen in the ordinary course of business.
These matters include, but are not limited to, employment matters, commercial matters, defamation claims and intellectual
property infringement claims. The outcome of all of the matters against us is subject to future resolution, including the
uncertainties of litigation. Based on information currently known to us and after consultation with outside legal counsel,
management believes that the ultimate resolution of any such matters, individually or in the aggregate, will not have a material
adverse impact on our financial condition taken as a whole.
Uncertain Tax Positions

We are subject to taxation in numerous jurisdictions and we are routinely under audit by many different taxing authorities in the
ordinary course of business. There are many transactions and calculations during the course of business for which the ultimate tax
determination is uncertain, as taxing authorities may challenge some of our positions and propose adjustments or changes to our
tax filings.
Page 60
As a result, we maintain provisions for uncertain tax positions that we believe appropriately reflect our risk. These provisions are
made using our best estimates of the amount expected to be paid based on a qualitative assessment of all relevant factors. When
appropriate, we perform an expected value calculation to determine our provisions. We review the adequacy of these provisions at
the end of each reporting period and adjust them based on changing facts and circumstances. Due to the uncertainty associated
with tax audits, it is possible that at some future date, liabilities resulting from such audits or related litigation could vary
significantly from our provisions. However, based on currently enacted legislation, information currently known to us and after
consultation with outside tax advisors, management believes that the ultimate resolution of any such matters, individually or in
the aggregate, will not have a material adverse impact on our financial condition taken as a whole.
Prior to 2022, we paid $379 million of tax as required under notices of assessment issued by the U.K. tax authority, HM Revenue &
Customs (HMRC), under the Diverted Profits Tax (DPT) regime that collectively related to the 2015, 2016 and 2018 taxation years
of certain of our current and former U.K. affiliates. In 2022, HMRC issued additional DPT notices aggregating $85 million
collectively related to the 2016, 2017 and 2018 taxation years. We paid these additional notices during the calendar year 2022.
HMRC continues to have the statutory authority to amend the above assessments solely for the 2017 taxation year by issuing DPT
supplementary notices for that year.
As we do not believe these current and former U.K. affiliates fall within the scope of the DPT regime, we will continue contesting
these assessments (including any amended by HMRC) through all available administrative and judicial remedies and we intend to
vigorously defend our position. Payments we make are not a reflection of our view on the merits of the case. As the assessments
largely relate to businesses we have sold, the majority are subject to indemnity arrangements under which we have been or will be
required to pay additional taxes to HMRC or the indemnity counterparty.
Because we believe our position is supported by the weight of law, we do not believe that the resolution of this matter will have a
material adverse effect on our financial condition taken as a whole. As we expect to receive refunds of substantially all of the
aggregate of amounts paid and potential future payments pursuant to these notices of assessment, we expect to continue recording
substantially all of these payments as non-current receivables from HMRC or the indemnity counterparty on our financial statements.
We expect our existing sources of liquidity will be sufficient to fund any required additional payments if HMRC issues further notices.
Guarantees
We have an investment in 3XSQ Associates, an entity jointly owned by one of our subsidiaries and Rudin Times Square Associates
LLC (Rudin), that owns and operates the 3 Times Square office building (the building) in New York, New York. In June 2022, 3XSQ
Associates obtained a $415 million, 3-year term loan facility to refinance existing debt, fund the building’s redevelopment, and
cover interest and operating costs during the redevelopment period. The building is pledged as loan collateral. We and Rudin
each guarantee 50% of (i) certain principal loan amounts and (ii) interest and operating costs. We and Rudin also jointly and
severally guarantee (i) completion of commenced works and (ii) lender losses arising from disallowed acts, environmental or
otherwise. To minimize economic exposure to 50% for the joint and several obligations, we and a parent entity of Rudin entered
into a cross-indemnification arrangement. We believe the value of the building is expected to be sufficient to cover obligations
that could arise from the guarantees. The guarantees do not impact our ability to borrow funds under our $2.0 billion syndicated
credit facility or the related covenant calculation.
For additional information, please see the “Risk Factors” section of this annual report, which contains further information on risks
related to legal and tax matters.
Page 61
Outlook
The information in this section is forward-looking and should be read in conjunction with the section entitled “Additional Information
— Cautionary Note Concerning Factors That May Affect Future Results”.
Trends
Technology and societal forces continue to drive the digital transformation of the Legal, Tax and Accounting, Risk, Fraud and
Compliance ecosystems in which we operate. We believe the desire and ability to work virtually will be a lasting consequence of
the COVID 19 pandemic. We observe that the expectations of professionals in their work environments is increasingly influenced
by their consumer digital experiences. Our customers – professionals in law firms, accounting firms, government agencies and
corporations – must continually improve efficiency and demonstrate the value of their service to their clients. These factors, in
conjunction with sustained interest in automation, continue to drive demand for content-enabled, cloud-based solutions that are
powered by artificial intelligence for the professionals we serve.
While the pace and drivers of technology adoption vary, the overall trend towards cloud and artificial intelligence enabled
automation is consistent across every customer segment we serve. The following forces are driving changes in our customer
segments:
• Legal Professionals: Law firms are increasing their use of technology, as in workflow automation and contract analysis, to
drive efficiency and competitive advantage, and to provide clients with modern, digitally-enabled client service. Demand for
digital collaboration tools among lawyers within firms, as well as with their clients, remains high. Demand for fraud prevention,
detection and investigative solutions continues to grow across government and corporate customers. Technology solutions,
enabled by public and proprietary information, are increasingly being used to manage risks, adhere to regulations, minimize
fraud, provide greater access to justice via virtual courts and to maintain global security.
• Corporates: Tax & Trade departments are investing in digital solutions due to governments’ increased focus on tax compliance
and law enforcement, and in response to the introduction of digital tax reporting services. There is growing pressure to operate
efficiently and respond swiftly to changing regulations, including from evolving Environmental, Social and Governance (ESG)
proposals. Similarly, corporate legal departments are embracing technology to enhance productivity and demonstrate value
and impact to the corporations they serve, driving demand for automation.
• Tax & Accounting Professionals: Legacy tax, audit and accounting preparation and practice management on-premises
systems are gradually being replaced by cloud-based, Software-as-a-Service (SaaS) offerings with more automation to
improve efficiency and accuracy. Client expectations for digital engagement as well as rapidly changing regulations are also
driving transformation of audit services and increasing client demand for advisory services.
Relative to our Reuters News business, the media sector continues to transform, with the traditional news agency market
declining due to audiences’ shift to digital and streaming services. In the Professional sector, we expect slower growth in digital
advertising and sponsorships due to the anticipated economic downturn.
We continue to expect revenue declines in our Global Print business as customers migrate to online delivery. The migration
reflects a variety of factors such as the acceleration of digitization due to hybrid virtual working environments and the reduction in
our customers’ office and library space footprint as a consequence of the COVID-19 pandemic.
The opportunity created by technology in the professional markets we serve continues to attract significant capital and
entrepreneurial talent, creating a highly competitive environment. Our traditional competitors are investing in content, analytics
and software to provide new value to customers, as well as acquiring businesses to add new capabilities. More narrowly focused
technology companies, including private companies often funded by private equity or start-ups funded by venture capital, are all
investing heavily to pursue growth opportunities in our market segments. Large horizontal business systems vendors as well as
some smaller vendors provide similar solutions to certain of our offerings. Professional service firms such as the Global 7
accounting firms, who have traditionally been our customers as well as our go-to-market partners, are developing their own
competitive technology solutions. Start-ups continue to produce attractive innovations using the latest technologies. In the global
news market segment, audiences are fragmenting across platforms while news consumption is shifting to on demand and mobile
formats. While competition continues to be intense and dynamic, we believe that our strengths, high quality content, deep domain
expertise, technology expertise and strong customer relationships will allow us to continue to serve the needs of our customers.
Page 62
Priorities
Our investments in the Change Program strengthened our foundation and created a scalable platform for growth, including
improved customer facing capabilities, a modernized technology and operations organization and a more flexible talent footprint.
We plan to continue our evolution from a holding company into an operating company, and from a content provider into a
content-driven technology company through the following key priorities for 2023:
• Continue to simplify our product portfolio;
• Further improve our customer and digital experiences;
• Drive new functionality and modernization efforts across our strategic products;
• Continue to move key products to the cloud, enhance our application programming interface (API) infrastructure, and leverage
shared capabilities/tooling across the development teams;
• Continue to modernize our content suite;
• Increase the overall stability and security of our strategic products;
• Further simplify our organizational structure; and
• Leverage significant capital capacity.
Please see the “Business” section of this annual report for further discussion of our strategic investment priorities we believe can
drive further organic revenue growth reflecting our strong market segment positions, opportunities and potential to scale.
Financial Outlook
The following table sets forth our updated 2023 outlook and our full-year 2022 actual results, which includes non-IFRS financial
measures. In February 2023, we announced that we maintained our 2023 outlook, which was communicated in November 2022,
for organic revenue growth and adjusted EBITDA margin, but updated select other performance measures. Our updated February
2023 outlook incorporates our January 2023 acquisition of SurePrep and the impact of the disposal of certain non-core
businesses in 2022. Additionally, our 2023 outlook:
• Assumes constant currency rates relative to 2022; and
• Does not factor in the impact of any other acquisitions or divestitures that may occur in future periods.
We believe this type of guidance provides useful insight into the performance of our business.
Page 63
We continue to operate in an uncertain macroeconomic and geopolitical environment. There are many signs that point to a
weakening global economic environment amid rising interest rates, high inflation and ongoing geopolitical risks. Any worsening of
the global economic or business environment could impact our ability to achieve our outlook.
2023 Outlook 2023 Outlook

Total Thomson Reuters 2022 Actual November 1, 2022 February 9, 2023
Revenue growth 4.4% 5.5% – 6.0% 4.5% – 5.0%
Organic revenue growth(1) 6.5% 5.5% – 6.0% 5.5% – 6.0%
Adjusted EBITDA margin(1) 35.1% 39% - 40% Approximately 39%
Corporate costs $293 million $110 – $120 million $110 – $120 million
Core corporate costs $122 million $110 – $120 million $110 – $120 million
Change Program operating expenses $171 million n/a n/a
Free cash flow(1) $1.3 billion $1.9 – $2.0 billion Approximately $1.8 billion
Accrued capital expenditures as a percentage of revenues(1) 8.2% 6.0% – 6.5% Approximately 7.0%
Real estate optimization spend(2) n/a n/a $30 million
Depreciation and amortization of computer software $625 million $580 – $605 million $595 – $625 million
Interest expense $196 million $190 – $210 million $190 – $210 million
Effective tax rate on adjusted earnings(1) 17.6% n/a Approximately 18%
2023 Outlook 2023 Outlook

“Big 3” Segments(1) 2022 Actual November 1, 2022 February 9, 2023
Revenue growth 5.1% 6.5% – 7.0% 5.5% – 6.0%
Organic revenue growth 7.0% 6.5% – 7.0% 6.5% – 7.0%
Adjusted EBITDA margin 42.4% 44% – 45% Approximately 44%
(2) Real estate optimization spend in 2023 is incremental to the accrued capital expenditures as a percentage of revenues outlook.
For the first quarter of 2023, we expect:

• Organic revenue growth to be at the low end of the full-year range of 5.5% - 6.0%, due to slower growth at Reuters News and a
larger decline in Global Print.
• Adjusted EBITDA margin to be approximately 38%, which includes approximately $20 million of severance.
Page 64
The following table summarizes our material assumptions and risks that may cause actual performance to differ from our
expectations underlying our financial outlook.
Revenues
Material assumptions Material risks

• Uncertain macroeconomic and geopolitical conditions will continue to disrupt • Rising interest rates, inflation, geopolitical instability, including the war in
the economy and cause periods of volatility Ukraine and lingering impacts from the pandemic (e.g. supply chain
• Continued need for trusted products and services that help customers disruptions) continue to impact the global economy. The severity and
navigate evolving and complex legal, tax, accounting, regulatory, geopolitical duration of any one, or a combination, of these conditions could impact
and commercial changes, developments and environments, and for cloud- the global economy and lead to lower demand for our products and
based digital tools that drive productivity services (beyond our assumption that these disruptions will cause periods
of volatility)
• Continued ability to deliver innovative products that meet evolving customer
• Demand for our products and services could be reduced by changes in
demands
customer buying patterns, or our inability to execute on key product
• Acquisition of new customers through expanded and improved digital design or customer support initiatives
platforms, simplification of the product portfolio and through other sales
• Competitive pricing actions and product innovation could impact our
initiatives
revenues
• Improvement in customer retention through commercial simplification efforts
• Our sales, commercial simplification and product design initiatives may
and customer service improvements
be insufficient to retain customers or generate new sales
Adjusted EBITDA margin

• Our ability to achieve revenue growth targets • Same as the risks above related to the revenue outlook
• Business mix continues to shift to higher-growth product offerings • Higher than expected inflation may lead to greater than anticipated
increase in labor costs, third-party supplier costs and costs of print
materials
• Acquisition and disposal activity may dilute adjusted EBITDA margin
Free Cash Flow

• Our ability to achieve our revenue and adjusted EBITDA margin targets • Same as the risks above related to the revenue and adjusted EBITDA
• Accrued capital expenditures expected to approximate 7.0% of revenues, margin outlook
excluding real estate optimization projects • A weaker macroeconomic environment could negatively impact working
• Incremental capital expenditures of approximately $30 million on real capital performance, including the ability of our customers to pay us
estate optimization projects • Accrued capital expenditures may be higher than currently expected
• The timing and amount of tax payments to governments may differ from
our expectations
Effective tax rate on adjusted earnings

• Our ability to achieve our adjusted EBITDA target • Same as the risks above related to adjusted EBITDA
• The mix of taxing jurisdictions where we recognized pre-tax profit or losses • A material change in the geographical mix of our pre-tax profits and
in 2022 does not significantly change in 2023 losses
• Minimal changes in tax laws and treaties within the jurisdictions where we • A material change in current tax laws or treaties to which we are subject,
operate and did not expect
• Significant gains that will prevent the imposition of certain minimum taxes • Depreciation and amortization of computer software as well as interest
• No significant charges or benefits from the finalization of prior tax years expense may be significantly higher or lower than expected
• Depreciation and amortization of computer software between $595 million
and $625 million
• Interest expense between $190 million and $210 million
Page 65
Our outlook contains various non-IFRS financial measures. We believe that providing reconciliations of forward-looking non-IFRS
financial measures in our outlook would be potentially misleading and not practical due to the difficulty of projecting items that
are not reflective of ongoing operations in any future period. The magnitude of these items may be significant. Consequently, for
outlook purposes only, we are unable to reconcile these measures to the most comparable IFRS measures because we cannot
predict, with reasonable certainty, the impact of changes in foreign exchange rates which impact (i) the translation of our results
reported at average foreign currency rates for the year and (ii) other finance income or expense related to intercompany financing
arrangements and foreign exchange contracts. Additionally, we cannot reasonably predict (i) our share of post-tax earnings or
losses in equity method investments, which is subject to changes in the stock price of LSEG or (ii) the occurrence or amount of
other operating gains and losses, which generally arise from business transactions we do not currently anticipate.
Related Party Transactions

As of March 1, 2023, our principal shareholder, Woodbridge, beneficially owned approximately 69% of our common shares.
Transactions with Woodbridge

From time to time, in the normal course of business, we enter transactions with Woodbridge and certain of its affiliates. These
transactions involve providing and receiving product and service offerings and are not material to our results of operations or
financial condition either individually or in the aggregate.
Transactions with YPL

In 2022, we received dividends from YPL of $87 million reflecting our portion of dividends related to our LSEG investment and
$43 million in connection with YPL’s participation in LSEG’s share buyback program.
In March 2021, we received proceeds of $994 million related to the sale of LSEG shares. This amount was distributed to us in the
form of a dividend by YPL. In 2021, we also received dividends of $75 million from YPL, reflecting our portion of dividends related
to our LSEG investment.
See the “Results of Operations – Share of post-tax earnings in equity method investments” section of this management’s
discussion and analysis for additional information regarding the above transactions.
Transactions with 3XSQ Associates

In 2022, we paid $6 million (2021 - $1 million) of rent to 3XSQ Associates, an equity method investment, for office space in the
3 Times Square building in New York, New York related to a lease that runs through December 2023.
In 2022, we contributed $10 million in cash pursuant to capital calls and made a $15 million in-kind contribution representing the
fair value of guarantees provided in connection with a $415 million loan facility obtained by 3XSQ Associates (see the “Liquidity
and Capital Resources – Contingencies ” section of this management’s discussion and analysis for additional information). In
2021, our company’s investment increased by $20 million due to capital contributions, of which $8 million was paid in 2022.
Transactions with the Refinitiv business of LSEG

On January 29, 2021, our company and Blackstone’s consortium sold Refinitiv to LSEG in an all share transaction (see the
“Investment in LSEG” section of this management’s discussion and analysis for additional information). Prior to the sale to LSEG,
Refinitiv was a related party of our company. In 2021, prior to the date of the sale, we recorded revenues of $28 million related to
our 30-year news agreement with the Refinitiv business of LSEG and $2 million of income related to a license permitting Refinitiv
to use the “Reuters” mark. Our 30-year news agreement with Refinitiv, now known as the Data & Analytics business of LSEG,
continues under the same terms and conditions after the sale and is scheduled to run to 2048.
Page 66
Transactions with other associates and joint ventures

In September 2021, we redeemed our ownership interest in an equity method investment and received proceeds of $13 million.
From time to time, we enter transactions with other associates and joint ventures. These transactions typically involve providing or
receiving services in the normal course of business and are not material to our company’s results of operations or financial
condition either individually or in the aggregate.
Compensation of key management personnel

Key management personnel compensation, including directors, was as follows:

Salaries and other benefits 24 45
Share-based payments 17 20
Total compensation 41 65
Key management personnel are comprised of our company’s directors and executive officers.
Subsequent Events
Sale of LSEG Shares
On January 31, 2023, our company and Blackstone’s consortium collectively sold approximately 21.2 million LSEG shares through
YPL to Microsoft, of which 10.5 million LSEG shares were indirectly owned by our company. We received approximately $1.0 billion
of gross proceeds from the sale, which was fixed in U.S. dollars.
On March 8, 2023, our company and Blackstone’s consortium collectively sold 28 million LSEG shares they co-own at a price of
£71.50 per share through a placing to institutional investors and an offer to retail investors. Of the shares sold, approximately
13.6 million were indirectly owned by our company.
Acquisition
In January 2023, we acquired SurePrep, a provider of tax automation software and services, for $500 million. We are in the
process of allocating the purchase consideration to the assets and liabilities assumed for accounting purposes.
2023 Dividends
In February 2023, we announced a 10% or $0.18 per share increase in the annualized dividend to $1.96 per common share, which
was approved by our board of directors. A quarterly dividend of $0.49 per share will be paid on March 16, 2023 to shareholders of
record as of February 23, 2023.
Share Repurchases
From January 1, 2023 through March 1, 2023, we repurchased 4.4 million of our common shares for $519 million under the
$2.0 billion share buyback program announced in June 2022. Under this program, we have repurchased approximately
$1.8 billion of our common shares.
Page 67
Intention to Execute Return of Capital of at least $2 Billion

In 2023, following the completion of the share repurchase program, we intend to initiate a return of capital of at least $2 billion,
which will be combined with a share consolidation or reverse stock split, similar to the return of capital we completed in 2018. This
transaction will be funded through proceeds from LSEG share dispositions, and as such, the timing and amount of the transaction
will depend on market conditions and other factors.
Changes in Accounting Policies

We had no significant changes to our accounting policies for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021.
Accounting pronouncements effective in future periods

In February 2021, the IASB issued Disclosures of Accounting Policies, amendments to International Accounting Standard (IAS) 1,
Presentation of Financial Statements, and IFRS Practice Statement 2, Making Materiality Judgements, which require companies to
disclose their material accounting policies rather than their significant accounting policies. The amendments define material
accounting policies as those policies that, when considered together with other information included in the financial statements,
can reasonably be expected to influence decisions users make based on those financial statements. The amendments also
encourage more entity-specific information within policy disclosures. The amendments are effective for annual reporting periods
beginning on or after January 1, 2023. We are assessing the impact of these amendments on our financial statement disclosures.
Other pronouncements issued by the IASB and International Financial Reporting Interpretations Committee (IFRIC) are not
applicable or consequential to our company.
Critical Accounting Estimates and Judgments

The preparation of financial statements requires management to make estimates and judgments about the future. Estimates and
judgments are continually evaluated and are based on historical experience and other factors, including expectations of future
events that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. Refer to Appendix D of this management’s discussion and
analysis for additional information on our critical accounting estimates and judgments.
Page 68
Additional Information
Basis of presentation
Revision to segment results
In the first quarter of 2022, we made two changes to our segment reporting to reflect how we currently manage our businesses. The
changes (i) reflect the transfer of certain revenues from our Corporates business to our Tax & Accounting Professionals business
where they are better aligned; and (ii) record intercompany revenue in Reuters News for content-related services that it provides to
Legal Professionals, Corporates and Tax & Accounting Professionals. Previously, these services had been reported as a transfer of
expense from Reuters News to these businesses. These changes impact the financial results of our segments, but do not change our
consolidated financial results. The table below summarizes the changes for the three months and year ended December 31, 2021.
Three months ended December 31, 2021 Year ended December 31, 2021
(millions of U.S. dollars) As Reported Adjustments As Revised As Reported Adjustments As Revised
Revenues
Legal Professionals 689 - 689 2,712 - 2,712
Corporates 361 (3) 358 1,449 (9) 1,440
Tax & Accounting Professionals 309 3 312 906 9 915
“Big 3” Segments Combined(1) 1,359 - 1,359 5,067 - 5,067
Reuters News 182 5 187 674 20 694
Global Print 170 - 170 609 - 609
Eliminations/Rounding (1) (5) (6) (2) (20) (22)
Revenues 1,710 - 1,710 6,348 - 6,348
Adjusted EBITDA(1)
Legal Professionals 239 - 239 1,091 - 1,091
Corporates 95 (2) 93 502 (6) 496
Tax & Accounting Professionals 154 2 156 373 6 379
“Big 3” Segments Combined(1) 488 - 488 1,966 - 1,966
Reuters News 15 - 15 103 - 103
Global Print 61 - 61 226 - 226
Corporate costs (112) - (112) (325) - (325)
Adjusted EBITDA 452 - 452 1,970 - 1,970
Disclosure Controls and Procedures

Our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, after evaluating the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures
(as defined in applicable U.S. and Canadian securities law) as of the end of the period covered by this management’s discussion
and analysis, have concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective to ensure that all information that we are
required to disclose in reports that we file or furnish under the U.S. Securities Exchange Act and applicable Canadian securities
law is (i) recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the rules and forms of the SEC and
Canadian securities regulatory authorities and (ii) accumulated and communicated to our management, including our Chief
Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.
Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting to provide
reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external
purposes in accordance with IFRS.
Page 69
On January 1, 2022, we implemented a new financial reporting system, Oracle Cloud EPM Financial Consolidation and Close, to
consolidate our results and prepare our financial statements. In conjunction with the change, we modified certain processes and
procedures that are part of our internal controls over financial reporting. Except as described above, there was no change in our
internal control over financial reporting during 2022 that materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our
internal control over financial reporting.
Our management assessed the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2022 and based on
that assessment determined that our internal control over financial reporting was effective. Refer to our 2022 annual
consolidated financial statements for our management’s report on internal control over financial reporting.
Share Capital
As of March 1, 2023, we had outstanding 471,843,941 common shares, 6,000,000 Series II preference shares, 2,074,280 stock
options and a total of 2,504,494 time-based restricted share units and performance restricted share units. We have also issued a
Thomson Reuters Founders Share which enables Thomson Reuters Founders Share Company to exercise extraordinary voting
power to safeguard the Thomson Reuters Trust Principles.
Public Securities Filings and Regulatory Announcements

Subsequent to our earnings announcement on February 9, 2023, we recorded an adjustment to increase our tax expense and
reduce our deferred tax assets by $64 million. The adjustment relates to an offer from a tax authority to settle a dispute with the
use of tax loss carryforwards. Since we expect to substantially accept this offer, we reflected the use of the deferred tax asset as
part of our tax expense for the quarter and year ended December 31, 2022.
We expect that the settlement will result in no cash outlay and had no impact to total net cash from operating, investing or
financing activities in our consolidated statement of cash flow. Additionally, the accounting adjustment does not impact any of the
non-IFRS measures the company uses to measure its performance. Finally, the proposed settlement does not negatively impact
the company’s tax profile in the impacted jurisdiction due to the existence of significant unused tax loss carryforwards in that
jurisdiction after the proposed settlement.
You may access other information about our company, including our 2022 annual report (which contains information required in
an annual information form) and our other disclosure documents, reports, statements or other information that we file with the
Canadian securities regulatory authorities through SEDAR at www.sedar.com and in the United States with the Securities and
Exchange Commission (SEC) at www.sec.gov.
Cautionary Note Concerning Factors That May Affect Future Results

Certain statements in this management’s discussion and analysis are forward-looking, including, but not limited to, our business
outlook and discussion of anticipated trends, as well as statements regarding the Company’s intention to sell a portion of its shares in
LSEG, the Company’s intention to execute a return of capital, the Company’s intention to target a dividend payout ratio of between
50% to 60% of its free cash flow, the Company’s expectations regarding share repurchases, its expectations regarding refunds on
amounts paid to HMRC, and other expectations regarding the Company’s strategic priorities, initiatives and opportunities,
expectations regarding its liquidity and capital resources, and expectations regarding the impact of tax legislation to be enacted, as
well as statements regarding the future growth of its customer segments or businesses, and statements about the estimated future
growth of the market segments in which Thomson Reuters’ businesses operates. The words “will”, “expect”, “believe”, “target”
“estimate”, “could”, “should”, “intend”, “predict”, “project” and similar expressions identify forward-looking statements. While we
believe that we have a reasonable basis for making forward-looking statements in this management’s discussion and analysis, they
are not a guarantee of future performance or outcomes or that any other events described in any forward-looking statement will
materialize. Forward-looking statements are subject to a number of risks, uncertainties and assumptions that could cause actual
results or events to differ materially from current expectations. Many of these risks, uncertainties and assumptions are beyond our
company’s control and the effects of them can be difficult to predict. In particular, the full extent of the impact of macroeconomic and
geopolitical environment on the Company’s business, operations and financial results will depend on numerous evolving factors that
we may not be able to accurately predict.
Page 70
Some of the material risk factors that could cause actual results or events to differ materially from those expressed in or implied by
forward-looking statements in this management’s discussion and analysis include, but are not limited to, uncertainty, downturns and
changes in the markets that the Company serves; actions of competitors; failure to keep pace with technological developments to
provide new products, services, applications and functionalities to meet customers’ needs, attract new customers and retain existing
ones, or expand into new geographic markets and identify areas of higher growth; failure to derive fully the anticipated benefits from
existing or future acquisitions, dispositions or other strategic investments, including joint ventures and investments; failure to protect
the brands and reputation of Thomson Reuters; fraudulent or unpermitted data access or other cyber-security or privacy breaches;
failures or disruptions of data centers, network systems, telecommunications, or the Internet; failure to adapt to organizational
changes and effectively implement strategic initiatives; failure to attract, motivate and retain high quality, talented and diverse
management and key employees; failure to meet the challenges involved in operating globally; dependency on third parties for data,
information and other services; changes to law and regulations related to privacy, data security, data protection and other areas;
inadequate protection of intellectual property rights; tax matters, including changes to tax laws, regulations and treaties; threat of
legal actions and claims; risk of antitrust/competition-related claims or investigations; failure to maintain a high renewal rate for
recurring, subscription-based services; fluctuations in foreign currency exchange and interest rates; downgrading of credit ratings and
adverse conditions in the credit markets; the effect of factors outside of the control of Thomson Reuters on funding obligations in
respect of pension and post-retirement benefit arrangements; impairment of goodwill and other identifiable intangible assets; actions
or potential actions that could be taken by the Company’s principal shareholder, The Woodbridge Company Limited; and the ability of
Thomson Reuters Founders Share Company to affect the Company’s governance and management. Additional factors are discussed
in the “Risk Factors” and “Financial Outlook” sections of this annual report and in materials that we from time to time file with, or
furnish to, the Canadian securities regulatory authorities and the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.
Our company’s business outlook is based on information currently available to the Company and is based on various external and
internal assumptions made by the Company in light of its experience and perception of historical trends, current conditions and
expected future developments, as well as other factors that the Company believes are appropriate under the circumstances.
Our company has provided a business outlook for the purpose of presenting information about current expectations for 2023. This
information may not be appropriate for other purposes. You are cautioned not to place undue reliance on forward-looking statements
which reflect expectations only as of the date of this management’s discussion and analysis.
Except as may be required by applicable law, Thomson Reuters disclaims any obligation to update or revise any forward-looking
statements.
Page 71
Appendix A
Non-IFRS Financial Measures
We use non-IFRS financial measures, which include ratios that incorporate one or more non-IFRS financial measures, as
supplemental indicators of our operating performance and financial position as well as for internal planning purposes, our
management incentive programs and our business outlook. These measures do not have any standardized meaning prescribed by
IFRS and therefore are unlikely to be comparable to the calculation of similar measures used by other companies.
As of September 30, 2022, we amended our definition for adjusted EBITDA and adjusted earnings to exclude the impact from
having to fair value acquired deferred revenue. Under IFRS rules, when a business is acquired, a purchaser cannot recognize in its
post-acquisition income statement the full amount of deferred revenue originally recorded by the seller. This requirement creates
distortions in comparability from period to period. We believe that these changes to our metrics will eliminate these distortions.
Prior period amounts were not revised as the impact was negligible.
The following table sets forth our non-IFRS financial measures including an explanation of why we believe they are useful
measures of our performance. Reconciliations to the most directly comparable IFRS measure are reflected in Appendix B and the
“Liquidity and Capital Resources” section of this management’s discussion and analysis.
Why We Use It and Why It Is Useful to Most Directly Comparable

How We Define It Investors IFRS Measure
Adjusted EBITDA and the related margin
Represents earnings or losses from continuing Provides a consistent basis to evaluate Earnings (loss) from continuing operations
operations before tax expense or benefit, net interest operating profitability and performance trends
expense, other finance costs or income, depreciation, by excluding items that we do not consider to
amortization of software and other identifiable be controllable activities for this purpose.
intangible assets, our share of post-tax earnings or
losses in equity method investments, other Also represents a measure commonly reported
operating gains and losses, certain asset impairment and widely used by investors as a valuation
charges and fair value adjustments, including those metric, as well as to assess our ability to incur
related to acquired deferred revenue. and service debt.
The related margin is adjusted EBITDA expressed as

a percentage of revenues. For purposes of this
calculation, revenues are before fair value
adjustments to acquired deferred revenue.
Adjusted EBITDA less accrued capital expenditures and the related margin
Represents adjusted EBITDA less accrued capital Provides a basis for evaluating the operating Earnings (loss) from continuing operations
expenditures, where accrued capital expenditures profitability and capital intensity of a business
include amounts that remain unpaid at the reporting in a single measure. This measure captures
date. investments regardless of whether they are
expensed or capitalized, and reflects the basis
The related margin is adjusted EBITDA less accrued on which management measures capital
capital expenditures expressed as a percentage of spending.
revenues. For purposes of this calculation, revenues
are before fair value adjustments to acquired
deferred revenue.
Accrued capital expenditures as a percentage of revenues
Accrued capital expenditures expressed as a Reflects the basis on how we manage capital Capital expenditures
percentage of revenues. For purposes of this expenditures for internal budgeting purposes.
calculation, revenues are before fair value
adjustments to acquired deferred revenue. In 2023,
this measure excludes $30 million of capital
expenditures related to real estate.
Page 72

Adjusted earnings and adjusted EPS
Net earnings or loss including dividends declared on Provides a more comparable basis to analyze Net earnings (loss) and diluted earnings (loss)
preference shares but excluding the post-tax earnings. per share
impacts of fair value adjustments, including those
related to acquired deferred revenue, amortization of These measures are commonly used by
other identifiable intangible assets, other operating shareholders to measure performance.
gains and losses, certain asset impairment charges,
other finance costs or income, our share of post-tax
earnings or losses in equity method investments,
discontinued operations and other items affecting
comparability.
The post-tax amount of each item is excluded from

adjusted earnings based on the specific tax rules and
tax rates associated with the nature and jurisdiction
of each item.
Adjusted EPS is calculated from adjusted earnings

using diluted weighted-average shares and does not
represent actual earnings or loss per share
attributable to shareholders.
Effective tax rate on adjusted earnings
Adjusted tax expense divided by pre-tax adjusted Provides a basis to analyze the effective tax rate Tax expense (benefit)
earnings. Adjusted tax expense is computed as associated with adjusted earnings.
income tax (benefit) expense plus or minus the
income tax impacts of all items impacting adjusted
earnings (as described above), and other tax items
impacting comparability.
In interim periods, we also make an adjustment to Because the geographical mix of pre-tax profits
reflect income taxes based on the estimated full- and losses in interim periods may be different
year effective tax rate. Earnings or losses for interim from that for the full year, our effective tax rate
periods under IFRS reflect income taxes based on computed in accordance with IFRS may be
the estimated effective tax rates of each of the more volatile by quarter. Therefore, we believe
jurisdictions in which we operate. The non-IFRS that using the expected full-year effective tax
adjustment reallocates estimated full-year income rate provides more comparability among
taxes between interim periods but has no effect on interim periods.
full-year income taxes.
Page 73

Net debt and leverage ratio of net debt to adjusted EBITDA
Net debt: Provides a commonly used measure of a Total debt (current indebtedness plus long
Total indebtedness (excluding the associated company’s leverage. term indebtedness)
unamortized transaction costs and premiums or
discount) plus the currency related fair value of Given that we hedge some of our debt to reduce
associated hedging instruments, and lease liabilities risk, we include hedging instruments as we
less cash and cash equivalents. believe it provides a better measure of the total
obligation associated with our outstanding
debt. However, because we intend to hold our
debt and related hedges to maturity, we do not
consider the interest components of the
associated fair value of hedges in our
measurements. We reduce gross indebtedness
by cash and cash equivalents.
Net debt to adjusted EBITDA: Provides a commonly used measure of a For adjusted EBITDA, refer to the definition
Net debt is divided by adjusted EBITDA for the company’s ability to pay its debt. Our non-IFRS above for the most directly comparable IFRS
previous twelve-month period ending with the measure is aligned with the calculation of our measure
current fiscal quarter. internal target and is more conservative than
the maximum ratio allowed under our
contractual covenants in our credit facility.
Free cash flow
Net cash provided by operating activities, proceeds Helps assess our ability, over the long term, to Net cash provided by operating activities
from disposals of property and equipment, and other create value for our shareholders as it
investing activities, less capital expenditures, represents cash available to repay debt, pay
payments of lease principal and dividends paid on common dividends and fund share repurchases
our preference shares. and acquisitions.
Return on invested capital (ROIC)
Adjusted operating profit (operating profit excluding Provides a measure of how efficiently we IFRS does not require a measure comparable to
amortization of other identifiable intangible assets, allocate resources to profitable activities and is ROIC. Refer to our calculation of ROIC in
other operating gains and losses, and fair value indicative of our ability to create value for our Appendix C for a reconciliation of the
adjustments) less net taxes paid expressed as a shareholders. components in the calculation to the most
percentage of the average adjusted invested capital directly comparable IFRS measure.
during the period.
Page 74

Changes before the impact of foreign currency or at “constant currency”
Applicable measures where changes are reported Provides better comparability of business For each non-IFRS measure and ratio, refer to
before the impact of foreign currency or at “constant trends from period to period. the definitions above for the most directly
currency” comparable IFRS measure.
IFRS Measures:
• Revenues
• Operating expenses
Non-IFRS Measures and ratios:
• Adjusted EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA margin
• Adjusted EPS
Our reporting currency is the U.S. dollar. However,

we conduct activities in currencies other than the
U.S. dollar. We measure our performance before the
impact of foreign currency (or at “constant
currency”), which means that we apply the same
foreign currency exchange rates for the current and
equivalent prior period. To calculate the foreign
currency impact between periods, we convert the
current and equivalent prior period’s local currency
results using the same foreign currency exchange
rate.
Changes in revenues computed on an “organic” basis
Represent changes in revenues of our existing Provides further insight into the performance of Revenues
businesses at constant currency. The metric excludes our existing businesses by excluding distortive
the distortive impacts of acquisitions and impacts and serves as a better measure of our
dispositions from not owning the business in both ability to grow our business over the long term.
comparable periods.
• For acquisitions, we calculate organic growth as
though we had owned the acquired business in
both periods. We compare revenues for the
acquired business for the period we owned the
business to the same prior-year period revenues
for that business, when we did not own it.
• For dispositions, we calculate organic growth as
though we did not own the business in either
period. We exclude revenues of the disposed
business from the point of disposition, as well as
revenues from the same prior-year period before
the sale.
“Big 3” segments
Our combined Legal Professionals, Corporates and The “Big 3” segments comprise approximately Revenues
Tax & Accounting Professionals segments. All 80% of revenues and represent the core of our Earnings (loss) from continuing operations
measures reported for the “Big 3” segments are business information service product offerings.
non-IFRS financial measures.
Page 75
Appendix B
This appendix provides reconciliations of certain non-IFRS financial measures to the most directly comparable IFRS measures
that are not presented elsewhere in this management’s discussion and analysis.
Rounding
Other than EPS, we report our results in millions of U.S. dollars, but we compute percentage changes and margins using whole
dollars to be more precise. As a result, percentages and margins calculated from reported amounts may differ from those
presented, and growth components may not total due to rounding.
Reconciliation of Earnings (Loss) From Continuing Operations to Adjusted EBITDA and

Adjusted EBITDA Less Accrued Capital Expenditures
Three months ended December 31, Year ended December 31,
(millions of U.S. dollars, except margins) 2022 2021 2022 2021
Earnings (loss) from continuing operations 179 (177) 1,391 5,687
Adjustments to remove:
Tax expense (benefit) 103 (115) 259 1,607
Other finance costs (income) 418 22 (444) (8)
Net interest expense 51 50 196 196
Amortization of other identifiable intangible assets 23 29 99 119
Amortization of computer software 131 118 485 474
Depreciation 30 49 140 177
EBITDA 935 (24) 2,126 8,252

Share of post-tax (earnings) losses in equity method investments (120) 477 432 (6,240)
Other operating (gains) losses, net (185) 1 (211) (34)
Fair value adjustments(1) 3 (2) (18) (8)
Adjusted EBITDA 633 452 2,329 1,970

Deduct: Accrued capital expenditures (138) (177) (545) (541)
Adjusted EBITDA less accrued capital expenditures 495 275 1,784 1,429
Adjusted EBITDA margin 35.9% 26.4% 35.1% 31.0%
Adjusted EBITDA less accrued capital expenditures margin 28.1% 16.1% 26.9% 22.5%
exchange rates, which are a component of operating expenses.
Reconciliation of Capital Expenditures to Accrued Capital Expenditures

(millions of U.S. dollars) 2022 2021 2022 2021
Capital expenditures 135 123 595 487
Remove: IFRS adjustment to cash basis 3 54 (50) 54
Accrued capital expenditures 138 177 545 541
Accrued capital expenditures as a percentage of revenues(1) n/a n/a 8.2% 8.5%
(1) For purposes of comparison to our 2022 outlook, we calculate our year-end 2022 accrued capital expenditures expressed as a percentage of revenues at constant
currency rates relative to 2021. Excluding the impact of foreign currency, accrued capital expenditures as a percentage of revenues was 8.1%. Foreign currency benefited
this measure by 10bp.
Page 76
Reconciliation of Net Earnings (Loss) to Adjusted Earnings and Adjusted EPS

(millions of U.S. dollars, except per share amounts and share data) 2022 2021 2022 2021
Net earnings (loss) 218 (175) 1,338 5,689
Fair value adjustments(1) 3 (2) (18) (8)
Amortization of other identifiable intangible assets 23 29 99 119
Other operating (gains) losses, net (185) 1 (211) (34)
Other finance costs (income) 418 22 (444) (8)
Share of post-tax (earnings) losses in equity method investments (120) 477 432 (6,240)
Tax on above items(2) (22) (141) (22) 1,475
Tax items impacting comparability(2) 60 (9) 15 (24)
(Earnings) loss from discontinued operations, net of tax (39) (2) 53 (2)
Interim period effective tax rate normalization(2) (3) 10 - -
Dividends declare on preference shares (1) - (3) (2)
Adjusted earnings 352 210 1,239 965
Adjusted EPS $0.73 $0.43 $2.56 $1.95
Diluted weighted-average common shares (millions)(3) 479.5 488.6 484.9 494.5
exchange rates, which are a component of operating expenses.
(2) See the “Results of Operations – Tax expense” section of this management’s discussion and analysis for additional information.
(3) For the three months ended December 31, 2021, refer to “Reconciliation of weighted-average diluted shares used in adjusted EPS” in this appendix.
Reconciliation of Full-year Effective Tax Rate on Adjusted Earnings

(millions of U.S. dollars, except percentages) 2022 2021
Adjusted earnings 1,239 965
Plus: Dividends declared on preference shares 3 2

Plus: Tax expense on adjusted earnings 266 156
Pre-tax adjusted earnings 1,508 1,123
IFRS tax expense 259 1,607
Remove tax related to:
Amortization of other identifiable intangible assets 22 26
Share of post-tax losses (earnings) in equity method investments 124 (1,497)
Other finance income (80) 5
Other operating gains, net (42) (9)
Other items (2) -
Subtotal - Remove tax benefit (expense) on pre-tax items removed from adjusted earnings 22 (1,475)
Remove: Tax items impacting comparability (15) 24
Total - Remove all items impacting comparability 7 (1,451)
Tax expense on adjusted earnings 266 156
Effective tax rate on adjusted earnings 17.6% 13.9%
Page 77
Reconciliation of Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities to Free Cash Flow

(millions of U.S. dollars) 2022 2021 2022 2021
Net cash provided by operating activities 676 397 1,915 1,773
Capital expenditures (135) (123) (595) (487)
Other investing activities 1 25 88 81
Payments of lease principal (15) (44) (65) (109)
Dividends paid on preference shares (1) - (3) (2)
Free cash flow 526 255 1,340 1,256
Reconciliation of Changes in Revenues to Changes in Revenues Excluding the Effects of

Foreign Currency (Constant Currency) as well as Acquisitions/Divestitures (Organic Basis)
Change
Subtotal
Foreign Constant Acquisitions/
(millions of U.S. dollars) 2022 2021 Total Currency Currency Divestitures Organic
Revenues
Legal Professionals 704 689 2% (2%) 4% (1%) 5%
Corporates 379 358 6% (1%) 7% (2%) 9%
Tax & Accounting Professionals 326 312 5% (1%) 5% (3%) 8%
“Big 3” Segments Combined 1,409 1,359 4% (2%) 5% (2%) 7%
Reuters News 198 187 7% (4%) 10% - 10%
Global Print 162 170 (4%) (2%) (2%) (1%) (1%)
Eliminations/Rounding (4) (6)
Total revenues 1,765 1,710 3% (2%) 5% (1%) 6%
Recurring Revenues
Legal Professionals 664 642 4% (2%) 5% (1%) 6%
Corporates 337 311 8% (1%) 10% (2%) 11%
Reuters News 153 150 3% (2%) 5% - 5%
Total recurring revenues 1,442 1,376 5% (2%) 6% (1%) 7%
Transactions Revenues
Legal Professionals 40 47 (16%) (6%) (11%) (2%) (8%)
Corporates 42 47 (10%) (2%) (8%) (3%) (5%)
Tax & Accounting Professionals 34 33 6% - 6% (4%) 10%
“Big 3” Segments Combined 116 127 (8%) (3%) (5%) (3%) (2%)
Reuters News 45 37 22% (9%) 31% - 31%
Total transactions revenues 161 164 (2%) (4%) 3% (3%) 5%
Page 78
Reconciliation of Changes in Revenues to Changes in Revenues Excluding the Effects of

Foreign Currency (Constant Currency) as well as Acquisitions/Divestitures (Organic Basis)
Change
Subtotal
Foreign Constant Acquisitions/
(millions of U.S. dollars) 2022 2021 Total Currency Currency Divestitures Organic
Revenues
Legal Professionals 2,803 2,712 3% (2%) 5% (1%) 6%
Corporates 1,536 1,440 7% (1%) 8% - 8%
Reuters News 733 694 6% (3%) 9% - 9%
Global Print 592 609 (3%) (2%) (1%) - (1%)
Total revenues 6,627 6,348 4% (2%) 6% - 6%
Recurring Revenues
Legal Professionals 2,631 2,523 4% (2%) 6% - 6%
Corporates 1,305 1,209 8% (1%) 9% - 9%
“Big 3” Segments Combined 4,735 4,474 6% (1%) 7% - 8%
Reuters News 612 596 3% (3%) 5% - 5%
Total recurring revenues 5,324 5,048 5% (2%) 7% - 7%
Transactions Revenues
Legal Professionals 172 189 (9%) (2%) (7%) (2%) (5%)
Corporates 231 231 - (1%) 1% (1%) 2%
Tax & Accounting Professionals 187 173 8% - 8% (1%) 9%
“Big 3” Segments Combined 590 593 (1%) (1%) 1% (1%) 2%
Reuters News 121 98 24% (7%) 31% - 31%
Total transactions revenues 711 691 3% (2%) 5% (1%) 6%
Page 79
Reconciliation of Changes in Adjusted EBITDA and the Related Margin, and Consolidated
Operating Expenses and Adjusted EPS, Excluding the Effects of Foreign Currency
Change
Foreign Constant
(millions of U.S. dollars, except margins and per share amounts) 2022 2021 Total Currency Currency
Adjusted EBITDA
Legal Professionals 294 239 23% (3%) 27%
Corporates 135 93 45% (1%) 46%
“Big 3” Segments Combined 618 488 27% (1%) 28%
Reuters News 40 15 162% 37% 125%
Global Print 59 61 (3%) (2%) (1%)
Corporate costs (84) (112) n/a n/a n/a
Adjusted EBITDA 633 452 40% (1%) 41%

Legal Professionals 41.7% 34.5% 720bp (20)bp 740bp
Corporates 35.7% 26.0% 970bp 30bp 940bp
Tax & Accounting Professionals 58.1% 50.0% 810bp 70bp 740bp
“Big 3” Segments Combined 43.9% 35.8% 810bp 30bp 780bp
Reuters News 19.8% 8.1% 1170bp 330bp 840bp
Global Print 36.1% 35.9% 20bp - 20bp
Adjusted EBITDA margin 35.9% 26.4% 950bp 30bp 920bp
Operating expenses 1,135 1,256 (10%) (2%) (8%)
Adjusted EPS $0.73 $0.43 70% (2%) 72%
Page 80

Change
Foreign Constant
(millions of U.S. dollars, except margins and per share amounts) 2022 2021 Total Currency Currency
Adjusted EBITDA
Legal Professionals 1,227 1,091 13% (2%) 14%
Corporates 578 496 17% - 16%
“Big 3” Segments Combined 2,256 1,966 15% (1%) 16%
Reuters News 154 103 50% 14% 36%
Global Print 212 226 (6%) (2%) (4%)
Corporate costs (293) (325) n/a n/a n/a
Adjusted EBITDA 2,329 1,970 18% - 18%

Legal Professionals 43.8% 40.2% 360bp 10bp 350bp
Corporates 37.6% 34.4% 320bp 50bp 270bp
Tax & Accounting Professionals 45.8% 41.3% 450bp 60bp 390bp
“Big 3” Segments Combined 42.4% 38.8% 360bp 30bp 330bp
Reuters News 21.0% 14.8% 620bp 240bp 380bp
Global Print 35.7% 37.1% (140)bp (10)bp (130)bp
Adjusted EBITDA margin 35.1% 31.0% 410bp 60bp 350bp
Operating expenses 4,280 4,370 (2%) (3%) 1%
Adjusted EPS $2.56 $1.95 31% 1% 30%
Reconciliation of Weighted-Average Diluted Shares Used in Adjusted EPS

Because we reported a net loss for continuing operations under IFRS for the three months ended December 31, 2021, the
weighted-average number of common shares used for basic and diluted loss per share is the same for all per share calculations in
the period, as the effect of stock options and other equity incentive awards would reduce the loss per share, and therefore be anti-
dilutive. Since our non-IFRS measure “adjusted earnings” is a profit, potential common shares are included, as they lower
adjusted EPS and are therefore dilutive.
The following table reconciles IFRS and non-IFRS common share information:
(weighted-average common shares) 2021
IFRS: Basic and diluted 487,297,738

Effect of stock options and other equity incentive awards 1,291,196
Non-IFRS diluted 488,588,934
Page 81
Appendix C
Calculation of Return on Invested Capital (ROIC)
We calculate ROIC as adjusted operating profit after net taxes paid expressed as a percentage of the average invested
capital during the period. Invested capital represents our net operating assets that contribute to, or arise from, our post-tax
adjusted operating profit.
The following table provides the calculation of our ROIC for 2022 and 2021.
For the years ended and as of December 31,

Calculation of adjusted operating profit after taxes
Operating profit 1,834 1,242
Fair value adjustments (18) (8)
Other operating gains, net (211) (34)
Adjusted operating profit – continuing operations 1,704 1,319
Net cash taxes paid on continuing operations (193) (172)
Post-tax adjusted operating profit- continuing operations 1,511 1,147
Post-tax adjusted operating loss- discontinued operations (4) (8)
Consolidated post-tax adjusted operating profit 1,507 1,139
Calculation of invested capital
Trade and other receivables 1,069 1,057
Prepaid expenses and other current assets 469 510
Property and equipment, net 414 502
Computer software, net 922 822
Other identifiable intangible assets (excludes accumulated amortization) 5,912 5,987
Goodwill(1) 4,907 4,962
Payables, accruals and provisions (1,222) (1,363)
Current tax liabilities (324) (169)
Deferred revenue (886) (874)
Total invested capital(2) 11,261 11,434
Average invested capital 11,348 11,563
Return on invested capital 13.3% 9.9%
(1) Goodwill excludes deferred tax impact of approximately $1.0 billion in 2022 and 2021, respectively, arising from acquisition accounting.
(2) Invested capital excludes other financial assets and liabilities, including cash, debt and lease liabilities, equity method investments, other non-current assets,
deferred taxes, and provisions and other non-current liabilities.
ROIC increased to 13.3% in 2022 from 9.9% in 2021 primarily due to higher adjusted operating profit.
We measure our ROIC to assess, over the long term, our ability to create value for our shareholders. Our goal is to increase this
return over the long term by using our capital to invest in areas with high returns and realizing operating efficiencies to further
enhance our profitability.
Page 82
Appendix D
Critical Accounting Estimates and Judgments
judgments are continually evaluated and are based on historical experience and other factors, including future events that are
believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. Accounting estimates will, by definition, seldom equal the actual results.
We continue to operate in an uncertain macroeconomic and geopolitical environment caused by high inflation, volatile interest
rates, the Russian military invasion of Ukraine, lingering COVID-19 impacts and supply chain disruptions resulting from these
factors. We are closely monitoring the evolving macroeconomic and geopolitical conditions to assess potential impacts on our
businesses. Due to the significant uncertainty created by these circumstances, some of management’s estimates and judgments
may be more variable and may change materially in the future.
The following discussion sets forth management’s:
• Most critical estimates and assumptions in determining the value of assets and liabilities; and
• Most critical judgments in applying accounting policies.
Critical accounting estimates and assumptions

Allowance for doubtful accounts and sales adjustments
We must assess whether accounts receivable are collectible from customers. Accordingly, we establish an allowance for expected
losses arising from non-payment and other sales adjustments, taking into consideration customer creditworthiness, current
economic trends, experience and expected credit losses. If future collections differ from estimates, future earnings would be
affected. As of December 31, 2022, the combined allowances were $57 million, or 5%, of the gross trade accounts receivable
balance of $1,097 million. An increase to the reserve based on 1% of accounts receivable would have decreased pre-tax earnings
by approximately $11 million for the year ended December 31, 2022.
Computer software
Computer software represented $922 million of total assets in the consolidated statement of financial position as of December 31,
2022. As a content driven technology company, most of our software expenditures relate to product development and
enhancements, including a portion which relates to software licensed directly to customers. As part of the software development
process, we must estimate the expected period of benefit over which capitalized costs should be amortized. The basis of these
estimates includes the timing of technological obsolescence, economic and competitive pressures, historical experience and internal
business plans for the use of the software. Due to rapidly changing technology and the uncertainty of the software development
process itself, future results could be affected if our current assessment of our software projects differs from actual performance.
Other identifiable intangible assets and goodwill

Other identifiable intangible assets and goodwill represented $3,219 million and $5,882 million, respectively, of total assets in the
consolidated statement of financial position as of December 31, 2022. Other identifiable intangible assets and goodwill arise out of
business combinations. Business combinations are accounted for under the acquisition method of accounting, which requires us to
identify and attribute values to the intangible assets acquired based on their estimated fair value as well as to estimate their useful lives.
These determinations involve significant estimates and assumptions regarding cash flow projections, economic risk and weighted-
average cost of capital. The excess of acquisition cost over the fair value of identifiable net assets acquired is recorded as goodwill.
Subsequent to acquisition, we test other identifiable intangible assets and goodwill for impairment as required. The outcome of
these tests is highly dependent on our latest estimates and assumptions regarding cash flow projections, economic risk and
weighted-average cost of capital. Specifically, cash flow projections could be impacted by deterioration in macroeconomic
conditions, including potential impacts of regulation on customers, changes in customer buying patterns or competitive pressures.
Our assumption of perpetual growth could be impacted by changes in long-term outlooks for global inflation. Additionally, the
discount rate, tax rate and EBITDA multiples used in various impairment tests are based on those for comparable companies,
which are driven by market conditions and prevailing tax laws.
Page 83
If future events or results differ adversely from the estimates and assumptions made at acquisition or as part of subsequent
impairment tests, we could record increased amortization or impairment charges in the future.
We performed our annual goodwill impairment test as of October 1, 2022. No goodwill impairment was recorded as the estimated
fair value less costs of disposal of each cash-generating unit (CGU) exceeded their carrying values by a substantial amount. We
performed the test for each CGU to which goodwill was allocated and monitored by management at the date of the test. The
valuation techniques, significant assumptions and sensitivities applied in the goodwill impairment test are described below.
Valuation Techniques
The selection and application of valuation techniques and the determination of significant assumptions requires judgment. An
impairment of goodwill occurs when the recoverable amount of a CGU is below the carrying value of the CGU. The recoverable
amount is the higher of a CGU’s fair value less costs of disposal or its value in use. As with previous impairment tests, the recoverable
value of each CGU was based on fair value less costs of disposal, using a weighted average of the income approach and market
approach. IFRS 13, Fair Value Measurement, defines fair value as a market-based measurement rather than an entity-specific
measurement. Therefore, the fair value of the CGU must be measured using the assumptions that market participants would use
rather than those related specifically to us. To calculate market participant assumptions, publicly available data was gathered from
companies operating in businesses similar to each CGU, which includes key competitors. As certain inputs to the valuation are not
based on observable market data, the recoverable value of each CGU is categorized in Level 3 of the fair value measurement
hierarchy.
Income approach
The income approach is predicated upon the value of the future cash flows that a business will generate. We used the discounted
cash flow (DCF) method, which involves projecting cash flows and converting them into a present value equivalent through
discounting. The discounting process uses a rate of return that is commensurate with the risk associated with the business and the
time value of money. This approach requires assumptions about revenue growth rates, operating margins, capital expenditures,
tax rates and discount rates.
Market approach
The market approach assumes that companies operating in the same industry will share similar characteristics and that company
values will correlate to those characteristics. Therefore, a comparison of a CGU to similar companies whose financial information
is publicly available may provide a reasonable basis to estimate fair value. Under the market approach, fair value is calculated
based on EBITDA multiples of benchmark companies comparable to the businesses in each CGU. Data for the benchmark
companies was obtained from publicly available information.
Significant Assumptions
Weighting of Valuation Techniques
We weighted the results of the two valuation techniques noted above, consistently applied to each CGU, as follows: 60% income
approach/40% market approach. We believe that given volatility in capital markets, it is appropriate to apply a heavier weighting
to the income approach.
Cash Flow Projections

Cash flow projections were based on our internal budget. We projected cash flows for a period of three years and applied a perpetual
growth rate thereafter, as prescribed by IAS 36, Impairment of Assets. To project cash flows for the three-year period, we considered
growth in revenues and costs as well as capital expenditures. In preparing our projections, we considered experience, economic
trends such as GDP growth and inflation as well as industry and market trends. The projections also considered the expected impact
from efficiency initiatives, new product launches, customer retention, as well as the maturity of the markets in which each business
operates.
Page 84
Discount Rate
We assumed a discount rate to calculate the present value of our projected cash flows. The discount rate represented a weighted-
average cost of capital (WACC) for comparable companies operating in similar industries as the applicable CGU, based on publicly
available information. The WACC is an estimate of the overall required rate of return on an investment for both debt and equity
owners and serves as the basis for developing an appropriate discount rate. Determination of the WACC requires separate
analysis of the cost of equity and the cost of debt. The cost of equity reflects the long-term risk-free interest rate associated with
U.S. Treasury bonds and considers a risk premium based on an assessment of risks related to the projected cash flows of each
CGU.
Lower discount rates were applied to CGUs whose cash flows are expected to be less volatile due to factors such as the maturity of
the market they serve and their market position. Higher discount rates were applied to CGUs whose cash flows are expected to be
more volatile due to competition or participation in less stable geographic markets.
Tax Rate
The tax rates applied to the projections were based on effective tax rates of comparable companies operating in similar industries
as the applicable CGU, based on publicly available information or statutory tax rates. Tax assumptions are sensitive to changes in
tax laws and the jurisdictions in which profits are earned.
The key assumptions used in performing the impairment test, by CGU, are presented below:
Perpetual
Cash-Generating Unit growth rate(1) Discount rate Tax rate
Legal Professionals 2.5% 10.0% 26.0%
Corporates 2.5% 10.5% 26.2%
Tax & Accounting Professionals 3.0% 10.5% 27.3%
Reuters News 2.5% 12.0% 21.9%
Global Print (5.5%) 11.5% 26.3%
(1) The perpetual growth rate is applied to the final year of cash flow projections.
Results and Sensitivities

As the fair value for each CGU exceeded its carrying value by a substantial amount, the sensitivity analysis demonstrated that no
reasonably possible change in the perpetual growth rate, discount rate or income tax assumptions would cause the carrying
amounts of any CGU to exceed its recoverable amount.
Employee future benefits

We sponsor defined benefit plans providing pension and other post-employment benefits to covered employees. The determination
of benefit expense associated with employee future benefits requires assumptions such as the discount rate, which is used to
measure service cost, benefit plan obligations and the net interest income (expense) on the net benefit plan assets (obligations).
Other significant assumptions include expected mortality, the expected rate of increase with respect to certain future pension
payments, as well as the expected healthcare cost trend rate. As the Company’s most significant defined benefit plans in the U.S. and
U.K. have already stopped accruing benefits to employees, management no longer needs to make assumptions about future
compensation for those plans. Because the determination of the cost and obligations associated with employee future benefits
requires the use of various assumptions, there is measurement uncertainty inherent in the actuarial valuation process. Actual results
will differ from results which are estimated based on assumptions.
Page 85
Discount rate
The discount rate was based on current market interest rates of high-quality, fixed-rate debt securities adjusted to reflect the
duration of expected future cash outflows for pension benefit payments. To estimate the discount rate, we used a hypothetical
yield curve that represented yields on high quality zero-coupon bonds with durations that mirrored the expected payment stream
of the benefit obligation. For the Thomson Reuters Group Pension Plan (TRGP) and The Thomson Corporation PLC Pension
Scheme (TTC) plans combined, a 0.25% increase or decrease in the discount rate would have decreased or increased the defined
benefit obligation by approximately $78 million as of December 31, 2022.
Rates of inflation and pension payments

The rate of inflation, which impacts increases in eligible U.K. pension payments, was determined by reference to consumer and retail
price indices. For the TTC plan, a 0.25% increase or decrease in the rate of increase in pension payments would have increased or
decreased the defined benefit obligation by approximately $14 million.
Medical cost trend

The medical cost trend is based on our actuarial medical claims experience and future projections of medical costs. The average
medical cost trend rate used was 7.3% for 2022, which is reduced gradually to 4.8% in 2034. A 1% increase or decrease in the
trend rate would have resulted in an increase or decrease in the benefit obligation for post-retirement benefits of approximately
$5 million as of December 31, 2022.
Mortality assumptions
The mortality assumptions used to assess the defined benefit obligation as of December 31, 2022 are based on the following:
• TRGP: Pri-2012/MP-2021 Generational Table; and
• TTC plan: SAPS S3 Light Tables with allowances for plan demographic specifics and longevity improvements.
For the TRGP and the TTC plans combined, an increase in life expectancy of one year across all age groups would have increased
the defined benefit obligation by approximately $54 million as of December 31, 2022.
Income taxes
We compute an income tax provision in each of the jurisdictions in which we operate. These income tax provisions include
amounts that are based upon our estimates and assumptions regarding prices and values used to record intercompany
transactions. Actual amounts of income tax expense only become final upon filing and acceptance of the tax return by the
relevant authorities, which occurs after the issuance of the financial statements. Additionally, estimation of income taxes includes
evaluating the recoverability of deferred tax assets based on an assessment of the ability to use the underlying future tax
deductions before they expire against future taxable income. The assessment is based upon existing tax laws and estimates of
future taxable income. To the extent estimates differ from the final tax return, earnings would be affected in a subsequent period.
In interim periods, the income tax provision is based on estimates of full-year earnings by jurisdiction. The average annual effective
income tax rates are re-estimated at each interim reporting date. To the extent that forecasts differ from actual results,
adjustments are recorded in subsequent periods.
We have deferred tax assets in connection with the intercompany transfer of certain operations. The determination of these assets
requires management to make significant estimates and assumptions about the fair value of the related operations. Critical estimates
include, but are not limited to, internal revenue and expense forecasts and discount rates, while critical assumptions include those
regarding macroeconomic conditions and prevailing tax laws. The discount rates used in the income method to reduce expected future
cash flows to present value are derived from a weighted-average cost of capital analysis and are adjusted to reflect the inherent risks
related to the cash flow. Although we believe our assumptions and estimates are reasonable and appropriate, they are based in part
on historical experience and are inherently uncertain. Unanticipated events and circumstances may occur that could differ adversely
from our assumptions and estimates, which could require the Company to reduce its deferred tax assets in future periods.
Our 2022 effective income tax rate on earnings from continuing operations was 15.7% (2021 – 22.0%). A 1% increase in the
effective income tax rate would have increased 2022 income tax expense and decreased earnings from continuing operations by
approximately $17 million.
Page 86
Critical judgments in applying accounting policies

Revenue recognition
To determine the appropriate revenue recognition for our products and services, management must assess whether multiple
products and services in customer contracts are distinct performance obligations that should be accounted for separately, or
whether they must be accounted for together. In making the determination, management considers, for example, whether we
regularly sell a product or service separately, or whether the products or services are highly interrelated. Management must also
determine the standalone selling price (SSP) for each distinct performance obligation. We typically have more than one SSP for
individual products and services due to the stratification of our offerings by customer. As a result, management determines the
SSP taking into consideration market conditions and other factors, including the value of our contracts, the product or service sold,
the customer’s market, geographic location and the number and types of users in each contract. Finally, management must also
estimate the period over which to amortize assets arising from incremental costs of obtaining a contract. As management
estimates that this period corresponds to the period over which a customer benefits from existing technology in the underlying
product or service, this judgment is closely linked with the determination of software amortization periods.
Uncertain tax positions

We are subject to taxation in numerous jurisdictions and we are routinely under audit by many different taxing authorities in the ordinary
course of business. There are many transactions and calculations in the course of business for which the ultimate tax determination is
uncertain, as taxing authorities may challenge some of our positions and propose adjustments or changes to our tax filings. As a result,
we maintain provisions for uncertain tax positions that we believe appropriately reflect our risk. These provisions are made using our best
estimates of the amount expected to be paid based on a qualitative assessment of all relevant factors. When appropriate, we perform an
expected value calculation to determine our provisions. We review the adequacy of these provisions at the end of each reporting period
and adjust them based on changing facts and circumstances. Due to the uncertainty associated with tax audits, it is possible that at
some future date, liabilities resulting from such audits or related litigation could vary significantly from our provisions. Where the
outcome of these tax-related matters is different from the amounts that were initially recorded, such differences will affect the tax
provisions in the period in which such determination is made. As of December 31, 2022, the liability associated with uncertain tax
positions was $229 million and is primarily included within “Current tax liabilities” on the consolidated statement of financial position.
Deferred Tax Assets

Deferred tax assets are recognized to the extent it is probable that taxable profits will be available against which the deductible
temporary differences can be utilized, and are reduced to the extent that it is not probable that sufficient taxable profits will be
available to allow all or part of the asset to be recovered. In evaluating deferred tax assets, management must make judgments to
assess the future taxable profits and likely outcomes of unresolved tax audits associated with the relevant jurisdictions. As of
December 31, 2022, we had deferred tax assets of $1,493 million and disclosed unrecognized deferred tax assets of $1,317 million
in note 23 of our 2022 annual consolidated financial statements.
Page 87
Appendix E
Selected Annual Information
The following table summarizes selected annual information for 2022, 2021 and 2020.
For the years ended and as of December 31,
(millions of U.S. dollars, except per share amounts) 2022 2021 2020
IFRS Consolidated Income Statement Data
Revenues 6,627 6,348 5,984
Operating profit 1,834 1,242 1,929
Earnings from continuing operations 1,391 5,687 1,149
(Loss) earnings from discontinued operations, net of tax (53) 2 (27)
Net earnings 1,338 5,689 1,122
Earnings attributable to common shareholders 1,338 5,689 1,122
Basic earnings per share from continuing operations $2.87 $11.52 $2.31
Basic (loss) earnings per share from discontinued operations $(0.11) $0.01 $(0.06)
Basic earnings per share $2.76 $11.53 $2.25
Diluted earnings per share from continuing operations $2.86 $11.50 $2.30
Diluted loss per share from discontinued operations $(0.11) - $(0.05)
Diluted earnings per share $2.75 $11.50 $2.25
IFRS Consolidated Statement of Financial Position Data:
Total assets 21,711 22,149 17,881
Total long-term financial liabilities(1) 3,347 4,020 3,996
Dividend Data:
Dividends per Thomson Reuters Corporation common share (US$) $1.78 $1.62 $1.52
Dividends per Thomson Reuters Corporation Series II preference share (C$) C$0.71 C$0.43 C$0.49
(1) Comprised of “Long-term indebtedness” and “Other financial liabilities – non-current”.
Revenues increased over the three-year period due to growth across four of our five segments. As expected, Global Print revenues
declined. As most of our business is conducted in U.S. dollars, foreign currency had a minimal impact on our revenues over the
three-year period. In 2022, the U.S. dollar strengthened against most major currencies, which caused a moderate decrease in our
revenues compared to 2021. In 2021, the U.S. dollar weakened, which caused a moderate increase in our revenues compared to
2020. Acquisitions and divestitures did not significantly impact our revenues over the three-year period.
Operating profit increased in 2022 compared to 2021 due to higher revenues, lower costs, which reflected cost savings from our
Change Program and a benefit from foreign currency, and gains from the sale of certain non-core businesses. Both 2022 and
2021 included costs associated with our two-year Change Program, which was completed in December of 2022. Operating profit
decreased in 2021 compared to 2020, as 2020 included significant gains from the sale of an investment and from an amendment
to a pension plan.
Earnings from continuing operations in 2021 was significantly higher than both 2022 and 2020 due to the gain on sale of
Refinitiv to LSEG in January 2021.
(Loss) earnings from discontinued operations, net of tax in 2022 was primarily comprised of losses arising on a receivable balance
from LSEG relating to a tax indemnity. The losses were due to changes in foreign exchange and interest rates. The amounts in 2020
and 2021 included residual income and expenses related to our former Financial & Risk business.
Total assets increased significantly in 2021 reflecting the sale of our former Refinitiv business for an investment in LSEG. Total
assets decreased from 2021 to 2022 due to a decrease in the value of our investment in LSEG.
Total long-term financial liabilities decreased in 2022 due to the reclassification of $600 million of debt from long-term to
current.
Page 88
Appendix F
Quarterly Information (unaudited)
The following table presents a summary of our consolidated operating results for the eight most recent quarters.
Quarters ended
(millions of U.S. dollars, except per share December 31, September 30, June 30, March 31, December 31, September 30, June 30, March 31,
amounts) 2022 2022 2022 2022 2021 2021 2021 2021
Revenues 1,765 1,574 1,614 1,674 1,710 1,526 1,532 1,580
Operating profit 631 398 391 414 257 282 316 387
Earnings (loss) from continuing operations 179 265 (71) 1,018 (177) (241) 1,072 5,033
Earnings (loss) from discontinued operations,
net of tax 39 (37) (44) (11) 2 1 (4) 3
Net earnings (loss) 218 228 (115) 1,007 (175) (240) 1,068 5,036
Earnings (loss) attributable to common
shareholders 218 228 (115) 1,007 (175) (240) 1,068 5,036
Basic earnings (loss) per share

From continuing operations $0.37 $0.55 $(0.15) $2.09 $(0.36) $(0.49) $2.16 $10.15
From discontinued operations 0.08 (0.08) (0.09) (0.02) - - (0.01) -
$0.45 $0.47 $(0.24) $2.07 $(0.36) $(0.49) $2.15 $10.15
Diluted earnings (loss) per share
From continuing operations $0.37 $0.55 $(0.15) $2.09 $(0.36) $(0.49) $2.16 $10.13
From discontinued operations 0.08 (0.08) (0.09) (0.03) - - (0.01) -
$0.45 $0.47 $(0.24) $2.06 $(0.36) $(0.49) $2.15 $10.13
Revenues – Our revenues do not tend to be significantly impacted by seasonality as we record a large portion of our revenues
ratably over a contract term. However, our revenues from quarter to consecutive quarter can be impacted by the release of certain
tax products, which tend to be concentrated in the fourth quarter and, to a lesser extent, in the first quarter of the year. As most of
our business is conducted in U.S. dollars, foreign currency had a minimal impact on our revenues, except in the third and fourth
quarters of 2022 when a significant strengthening in the U.S. dollar caused a moderate decrease to our revenues. Acquisitions
and divestitures did not significantly impact our revenues throughout the eight-quarter period.
Operating profit – Similarly, our operating profit does not tend to be significantly impacted by seasonality, as most of our
operating expenses are fixed. As a result, when our revenues increase, we generally become more profitable, and when our
revenues decline, we generally become less profitable. In 2022 and 2021, our operating profit was impacted by the timing of costs
associated with our Change Program, as well as benefits stemming from the Program. The fourth quarter of 2022 included gains
from the sale of certain non-core businesses.
Net earnings (loss) – Our net earnings (loss) have been significantly impacted by our investment in LSEG. Beginning with the first
quarter of 2021, net earnings included a significant gain on the sale of Refinitiv to LSEG. The net loss in the third and fourth
quarters of 2021, as well as the second quarter of 2022, reflected decreases in the value of our LSEG investment. While the third
quarter of 2022 also included a significant reduction in the value of our LSEG investment, the reduction was virtually all due to the
strengthening of the U.S. dollar against the British pound sterling, which was mitigated by gains on foreign exchange contracts
related to a portion of the investment, which is denominated in British pound sterling. The fourth quarter of 2022, first quarter of
2022 and second quarter of 2021 reflected increases in the value of our LSEG investment.
Page 89
Appendix G
Guarantor Supplemental Financial Information
The following tables set forth consolidating summary financial information in connection with the full and unconditional
guarantee by Thomson Reuters Corporation and three U.S. subsidiary guarantors, which are also indirect 100%-owned and
consolidated subsidiaries of Thomson Reuters Corporation (referred to as the Guarantor Subsidiaries), of any debt securities
issued by TR Finance LLC under a trust indenture to be entered into between Thomson Reuters Corporation, TR Finance LLC, the
Guarantor Subsidiaries, Computershare Trust Company of Canada and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas. TR Finance LLC
is an indirect 100%-owned subsidiary of Thomson Reuters Corporation and was formed with the sole purpose of issuing debt
securities. TR Finance LLC has no significant assets or liabilities, as well as no subsidiaries or ongoing business operations of its
own. The ability of TR Finance LLC to pay interest, premiums, operating expenses and to meet its debt obligations will depend
upon the credit support of Thomson Reuters Corporation and the subsidiary guarantors. See the “Liquidity and Capital Resources”
section of this management’s discussion and analysis for additional information.
The tables below contain condensed consolidating financial information for the following:
• Parent – Thomson Reuters Corporation, the direct or indirect owner of all of its subsidiaries
• Subsidiary Issuer – TR Finance LLC
• Guarantor Subsidiaries on a combined basis
• Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries – Other subsidiaries of Thomson Reuters Corporation on a combined basis that will not guarantee
TR Finance LLC debt securities
• Eliminations – Consolidating adjustments
• Thomson Reuters on a consolidated basis
The Guarantor Subsidiaries referred to above are comprised of the following indirect 100%-owned and consolidated subsidiaries
of Thomson Reuters Corporation:
• Thomson Reuters Applications Inc., which operates part of the Company’s Legal Professionals, Tax & Accounting Professionals
and Corporates businesses;
• Thomson Reuters (Tax & Accounting) Inc., which operates part of the Company’s Tax & Accounting Professionals and
Corporates businesses; and
• West Publishing Corporation, which operates part of the Company’s Legal Professionals, Corporates and Global Print businesses.
Thomson Reuters Corporation accounts for its investments in subsidiaries using the equity method for purposes of the condensed
consolidating financial information. Where subsidiaries are members of a consolidated tax filing group, Thomson Reuters
Corporation allocates income tax expense pursuant to the tax sharing agreement among the members of the group, including
application of the percentage method whereby members of the consolidated group are reimbursed for losses when they occur,
regardless of the ability to use such losses on a standalone basis. We believe that this allocation is a systematic, rational approach
for allocation of income tax balances. Adjustments necessary to consolidate the Parent, Guarantor Subsidiaries and
Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries are reflected in the “Eliminations” column.
This basis of presentation is not intended to present the financial position of Thomson Reuters Corporation and the results of its
operations for any purpose other than to comply with the specific requirements for guarantor reporting and should be read in
conjunction with our consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2022 and 2021, as well as this
management’s discussion and analysis, which are included in this annual report.
The following condensed consolidating financial information is provided in compliance with the requirements of Section 13.4 of
National Instrument 51-102 - Continuous Disclosure Obligations providing for an exemption for certain credit support issuers.
Thomson Reuters Corporation has also elected to provide the following supplemental financial information in accordance with
Article 13 of Regulation S-X, as adopted by the SEC and set forth in SEC Release No. 33-10762.
Page 90
The following condensed consolidating financial information has been prepared in accordance with IFRS, as issued by the IASB
and is unaudited.
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING INCOME STATEMENT
Year ended December 31, 2022
Subsidiary Guarantor Non-Guarantor
(millions of U.S. dollars) Parent Issuer Subsidiaries Subsidiaries Eliminations Consolidated
CONTINUING OPERATIONS
Revenues - - 2,261 5,129 (763) 6,627
Operating expenses (7) - (1,724) (3,312) 763 (4,280)
Depreciation - - (48) (92) - (140)
Amortization of computer software - - (10) (475) - (485)
Amortization of other identifiable intangible assets - - (49) (50) - (99)
Other operating gains, net - - 36 175 - 211
Operating (loss) profit (7) - 466 1,375 - 1,834
Finance (costs) income, net:
Net interest expense (162) - (1) (33) - (196)
Other finance (costs) income (122) - - 566 - 444
Intercompany net interest income (expense) 155 - (49) (106) - -
(Loss) income before tax and equity method investments (136) - 416 1,802 - 2,082
Share of post-tax losses in equity method investments - - - (432) - (432)
Share of post-tax earnings in subsidiaries 1,474 - 6 304 (1,784) -
Tax expense - - (112) (147) - (259)
Earnings from continuing operations 1,338 - 310 1,527 (1,784) 1,391
Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax - - - (53) - (53)
Net earnings 1,338 - 310 1,474 (1,784) 1,338
Earnings attributable to common shareholders 1,338 - 310 1,474 (1,784) 1,338
Page 91
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING INCOME STATEMENT

Revenues - - 4,398 3,437 (1,487) 6,348
Operating expenses (11) - (3,815) (2,031) 1,487 (4,370)
Depreciation - - (66) (111) - (177)
Amortization of computer software - - (19) (458) 3 (474)
Amortization of other identifiable intangible assets - - (51) (68) - (119)
Other operating gains (losses), net - - 78 (44) - 34
Operating (loss) profit (11) - 525 725 3 1,242
Finance (costs) income, net:
Net interest expense (157) - (1) (38) - (196)
Other finance income (costs) 10 - - (2) - 8
Intercompany net interest income (expense) 111 - (50) (61) - -
(Loss) income before tax and equity method investments (47) - 474 624 3 1,054
Share of post-tax earnings in equity method investments - - - 6,240 - 6,240
Share of post-tax earnings in subsidiaries 5,736 - 12 370 (6,118) -
Tax expense - - (104) (1,503) - (1,607)
Earnings from continuing operations 5,689 - 382 5,731 (6,115) 5,687
Earnings from discontinued operations, net of tax - - - 2 - 2
Net earnings 5,689 - 382 5,733 (6,115) 5,689
Earnings attributable to common shareholders 5,689 - 382 5,733 (6,115) 5,689
Page 92
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION

December 31, 2022
Cash and cash equivalents 5 - 125 939 - 1,069
Trade and other receivables - - 458 611 - 1,069
Intercompany receivables 3,566 - 354 2,791 (6,711) -
Other financial assets - - 5 199 - 204
Prepaid expenses and other current assets - - 245 224 - 469
Current assets 3,571 - 1,187 4,764 (6,711) 2,811
Property and equipment, net - - 159 255 - 414
Computer software, net - - 4 918 - 922
Other identifiable intangible assets, net - - 1,066 2,153 - 3,219
Goodwill - - 3,788 2,094 - 5,882
Equity method investments - - - 6,199 - 6,199
Other financial assets 60 - 11 456 - 527
Other non-current assets - - 126 493 - 619
Intercompany receivables 190 - - 778 (968) -
Investments in subsidiaries 15,979 - 64 4,145 (20,188) -
Deferred tax - - - 1,118 - 1,118
Total assets 19,800 - 6,405 23,373 (27,867) 21,711
LIABILITIES AND EQUITY

Liabilities
Current indebtedness 1,647 - - - - 1,647
Payables, accruals and provisions 48 - 395 779 - 1,222
Current tax liabilities - - 2 322 - 324
Deferred revenue - - 341 545 - 886
Intercompany payables 2,385 - 406 3,920 (6,711) -
Other financial liabilities 718 - 18 76 - 812
Current liabilities 4,798 - 1,162 5,642 (6,711) 4,891
Long-term indebtedness 3,114 - - - - 3,114
Provisions and other non-current liabilities 2 - 4 685 - 691
Other financial liabilities - - 33 200 - 233
Intercompany payables 1 - 778 189 (968) -
Deferred tax - - 219 678 - 897
Total liabilities 7,915 - 2,196 7,394 (7,679) 9,826
Equity
Total equity 11,885 - 4,209 15,979 (20,188) 11,885
Total liabilities and equity 19,800 - 6,405 23,373 (27,867) 21,711
Page 93
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION

December 31, 2021
Cash and cash equivalents 15 - 237 526 - 778
Trade and other receivables - - 690 367 - 1,057
Intercompany receivables 3,477 - 648 2,545 (6,670) -
Other financial assets - - 6 102 - 108
Prepaid expenses and other current assets 2 - 244 264 - 510
Current assets 3,494 - 1,825 3,804 (6,670) 2,453
Property and equipment, net - - 201 301 - 502
Computer software, net - - 12 810 - 822
Other identifiable intangible assets, net - - 1,136 2,195 - 3,331
Goodwill - - 3,822 2,118 - 5,940
Equity method investments - - - 6,736 - 6,736
Other financial assets 100 - 16 313 - 429
Other non-current assets - - 128 669 - 797
Intercompany receivables 230 - - 778 (1,008) -
Investments in subsidiaries 15,899 - 71 4,526 (20,496) -
Deferred tax - - - 1,139 - 1,139
Total assets 19,723 - 7,211 23,389 (28,174) 22,149

Liabilities
Payables, accruals and provisions 51 - 409 903 - 1,363
Current tax liabilities - - - 169 - 169
Deferred revenue - - 634 240 - 874
Intercompany payables 2,049 - 497 4,124 (6,670) -
Current liabilities 2,100 - 1,562 5,589 (6,670) 2,581
Long-term indebtedness 3,786 - - - - 3,786
Provisions and other non-current liabilities 3 - 6 700 - 709
Intercompany payables - - 779 229 (1,008) -
Deferred tax - - 199 806 - 1,005
Total liabilities 5,889 - 2,614 7,490 (7,678) 8,315
Equity
Total equity 13,834 - 4,597 15,899 (20,496) 13,834
Total liabilities and equity 19,723 - 7,211 23,389 (28,174) 22,149
Page 94
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENT OF CASH FLOW

Net cash provided by operating activities 26 - 751 1,138 - 1,915
Net cash provided by (used in) investing
activities 765 - 66 193 (1,486) (462)
Net cash used in financing activities (801) - (929) (912) 1,486 (1,156)
Translation adjustments - - - (6) - (6)
(Decrease) increase in cash and cash
equivalents (10) - (112) 413 - 291

Net cash (used in) provided by operating
activities (33) - 237 1,569 - 1,773
Net cash provided by (used in) investing
activities 2,697 - (322) (147) (2,732) (504)
Net cash used in financing activities (2,652) - (37) (2,316) 2,732 (2,273)
Translation adjustments - - - (5) - (5)
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash
equivalents 12 - (122) (899) - (1,009)
Page 95
Consolidated Financial Statements

Management’s Responsibility for the Consolidated Financial Statements
The management of Thomson Reuters Corporation (the “Company”) is responsible for the accompanying consolidated financial
statements and other information included in this annual report. The financial statements have been prepared in conformity with
International Financial Reporting Standards, as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board, using the best estimates
and judgments of management, where appropriate. Information presented elsewhere in this annual report is consistent with that
in the financial statements.
The Company’s board of directors is responsible for ensuring that management fulfills its responsibilities in respect of financial
reporting and internal control. The Audit Committee of the board of directors meets periodically with management and the
Company’s independent auditor to discuss auditing matters and financial reporting issues. In addition, the Audit Committee
approves the interim consolidated financial statements and recommends to the board of directors the approval of the annual
consolidated financial statements and the annual appointment of the independent auditor. The board of directors has approved
the information contained in the accompanying consolidated financial statements.
Steve Hasker Michael Eastwood

President and Chief Executive Officer Chief Financial Officer
March 8, 2023
Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting.
Internal control over financial reporting is a process that is designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of
financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with International Financial
Reporting Standards (“IFRS”), as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board. Internal control over financial reporting
includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly
reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of Thomson Reuters Corporation (the “Company”); (ii) provide reasonable
assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with IFRS, and
that receipts and expenditures of the Company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors
of the Company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or
disposition of the Company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also,
projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate
because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies and procedures may deteriorate.
Management conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of its system of internal control over financial reporting based on the
framework and criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring
Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on this evaluation, management concluded that the Company’s internal
control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2022.
The effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2022 has been audited by
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in its report which appears herein.
Steve Hasker Michael Eastwood

President and Chief Executive Officer Chief Financial Officer
March 8, 2023
Page 96
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of Thomson Reuters Corporation
Opinions on the Financial Statements and Internal Control over Financial Reporting
We have audited the accompanying consolidated statement of financial position of Thomson Reuters Corporation and its
subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2022 and 2021, and the related consolidated statements of income, of
comprehensive income, of changes in equity and of cash flow for the years then ended, including the related notes (collectively
referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). We also have audited the Company’s internal control over financial
reporting as of December 31, 2022, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the
Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position
of the Company as of December 31, 2022 and 2021, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the years then ended in
conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board. Also in
our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31,
2022, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the COSO.
Basis for Opinions

The Company’s management is responsible for these consolidated financial statements, for maintaining effective internal control
over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the
accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express opinions on the
Company’s consolidated financial statements and on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audits.
We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are
required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable
rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the
audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement,
whether due to error or fraud, and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects.
Our audits of the consolidated financial statements included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement
of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks.
Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated
financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. Our audit of internal control
over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a
material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the
assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We
believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.
Definition and Limitations of Internal Control over Financial Reporting

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the
reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally
accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that
(i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of
the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of
financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the
company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide
reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s
assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Page 97
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also,
projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate
because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
Critical Audit Matters

The critical audit matter communicated below is a matter arising from the current period audit of the consolidated financial
statements that was communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that (i) relates to accounts or
disclosures that are material to the consolidated financial statements and (ii) involved our especially challenging, subjective, or
complex judgments. The communication of critical audit matters does not alter in any way our opinion on the consolidated
financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matter below, providing a separate
opinion on the critical audit matter or on the accounts or disclosures to which it relates.
Uncertain Tax Positions

As described in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company is subject to taxation in numerous jurisdictions and
there are transactions within those jurisdictions for which the ultimate tax determination is uncertain. The Company maintains
provisions for uncertain tax positions that it believes appropriately reflect its risk. These provisions are made using management’s
best estimates of the amount expected to be paid based on a qualitative assessment of all relevant factors. When appropriate,
management performs an expected value calculation to determine its provisions. Management reviews the adequacy of these
provisions at the end of each reporting period and adjusts them based on changing facts and circumstances. The estimate of
uncertain tax positions includes estimates and assumptions regarding prices and values used to record intercompany
transactions. As of December 31, 2022, the liability associated with uncertain tax positions was $229 million.
The principal considerations for our determination that performing procedures relating to the Company’s uncertain tax positions is
a critical audit matter are the significant judgment by management to assess uncertain tax positions, including the prices and
values used to record intercompany transactions, which in turn led to a high degree of auditor judgment, subjectivity and effort in
performing procedures and in evaluating the timely identification and accurate measurement of uncertain tax positions. Also, the
evaluation of audit evidence available to support the tax liabilities for uncertain tax positions is complex and resulted in a high
degree of auditor judgment as the nature of the evidence is often highly subjective, and the audit effort involved the use of
professionals with specialized skill and knowledge.
Addressing the matter involved performing procedures and evaluating audit evidence in connection with forming our overall
opinion on the consolidated financial statements. These procedures included testing the effectiveness of controls relating to the
identification, recognition, and measurement of the liability for uncertain tax positions and controls addressing completeness of
the uncertain tax positions. These procedures also included, among others (i) testing the information used in the calculation of the
liability for uncertain tax positions, including intercompany agreements, international and Canadian domestic filing positions, and
the related final tax returns; (ii) testing the calculation of the liability for uncertain tax positions by jurisdiction, including
management’s assessment of the technical merits of tax positions and estimates of the amount of tax benefit expected to be
sustained; (iii) testing management’s assessment of the identification of uncertain tax positions and possible outcomes of selected
uncertain tax positions; and (iv) evaluating the status and results of income tax audits with the relevant tax authorities.
Professionals with specialized skill and knowledge were used to assist in evaluating the completeness of the identification and
possible outcomes of the uncertain tax positions, including evaluating the reasonableness of management’s assessment of
whether tax positions are probable to be sustained and the amount of potential benefit to be realized, as well as the application of
relevant tax laws.
New York, New York

March 8, 2023
We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2012.
Page 98
THOMSON REUTERS CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED INCOME STATEMENT
(millions of U.S. dollars, except per share amounts) Notes 2022 2021
Revenues 3 6,627 6,348
Operating expenses 5 (4,280) (4,370)
Depreciation (140) (177)
Amortization of computer software (485) (474)
Other operating gains, net 6 211 34
Finance costs, net:
Net interest expense 7 (196) (196)
Other finance income 7 444 8
Income before tax and equity method investments 2,082 1,054
Share of post-tax (losses) earnings in equity method investments 8 (432) 6,240
Tax expense 9 (259) (1,607)
Earnings from continuing operations 1,391 5,687
(Loss) earnings from discontinued operations, net of tax 10 (53) 2
Net earnings 1,338 5,689
Earnings attributable to common shareholders 1,338 5,689
Earnings (loss) per share: 11

Basic earnings per share
From continuing operations $2.87 $11.52
From discontinued operations (0.11) 0.01
Basic earnings per share $2.76 $11.53
Diluted earnings per share

From continuing operations $2.86 $11.50
From discontinued operations (0.11) -
Diluted earnings per share $2.75 $11.50
The related notes form an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
Page 99

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
(millions of U.S. dollars) Notes 2022 2021

Net earnings 1,338 5,689
Other comprehensive (loss) income

Items that have been or may be subsequently reclassified to net earnings:
Cash flow hedges adjustments to net earnings 19 74 (10)
Cash flow hedges adjustments to equity 19 (57) (1)
Foreign currency translation adjustments to equity 19 (317) (61)
Share of other comprehensive loss in equity method investments 8 - (98)
Related tax benefit on share of other comprehensive loss in equity method investments 9 - 23
Reclassification of foreign currency translation adjustments on disposal of business and equity
method investment (19) 3
(319) (144)
Items that will not be reclassified to net earnings:
Fair value adjustments on financial assets 19 (25) 22
Remeasurement on defined benefit pension plans 26 (162) 228
Related tax benefit (expense) on remeasurement on defined benefit pension plans 9 43 (58)
(144) 192
Other comprehensive (loss) income (463) 48
Total comprehensive income 875 5,737
Comprehensive income (loss) for the period attributable to:

Common shareholders:
Continuing operations 928 5,735
Discontinued operations (53) 2
Total comprehensive income 875 5,737
Page 100

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION
December 31,
(millions of U.S. dollars) Notes 2022 2021(1)
ASSETS
Cash and cash equivalents 12 1,069 778
Trade and other receivables 13 1,069 1,057
Other financial assets 19 204 108
Prepaid expenses and other current assets 14 469 510
Current assets 2,811 2,453
Property and equipment, net 15 414 502
Computer software, net 16 922 822
Other identifiable intangible assets, net 17 3,219 3,331
Goodwill 18 5,882 5,940
Equity method investments 8 6,199 6,736
Other financial assets 19 527 429
Other non-current assets 20 619 797
Deferred tax 23 1,118 1,139
Total assets 21,711 22,149

Liabilities
Current indebtedness 19 1,647 -
Payables, accruals and provisions 21 1,222 1,363
Current tax liabilities 324 169
Deferred revenue 3 886 874
Other financial liabilities 19 812 175
Current liabilities 4,891 2,581
Long-term indebtedness 19 3,114 3,786
Provisions and other non-current liabilities 22 691 709
Other financial liabilities 19 233 234
Deferred tax 23 897 1,005
Total liabilities 9,826 8,315
Equity
Capital 24 5,398 5,496
Retained earnings 7,642 9,149
Accumulated other comprehensive loss (1,155) (811)
Total equity 11,885 13,834
Total liabilities and equity 21,711 22,149
Contingencies (note 30)
(1) Amounts have been reclassified to reflect the current presentation.
These consolidated financial statements were approved by the Company’s board of directors on March 1, 2023.
David Thomson Steve Hasker

Director Director
Page 101

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOW
(millions of U.S. dollars) Notes 2022 2021
Cash provided by (used in):
OPERATING ACTIVITIES
Adjustments for:
Depreciation 140 177
Amortization of computer software 485 474
Share of post-tax losses (earnings) in equity method investments 8 432 (6,240)
Net gains on disposals of businesses and investments (217) (5)
Deferred tax 23 (80) 662
Other 28 (276) 135
Changes in working capital and other items 28 8 832
Operating cash flows from continuing operations 1,982 1,841
Operating cash flows from discontinued operations (67) (68)
Net cash provided by operating activities 1,915 1,773
INVESTING ACTIVITIES
Acquisitions, net of cash acquired 29 (191) (18)
Proceeds from disposals of businesses and investments 216 28
Dividend from sale of LSEG shares 8 43 994
Capital expenditures (595) (487)
Other investing activities 8 88 81
Taxes paid on sale of Refinitiv and LSEG shares 8 (7) (850)
Investing cash flows from continuing operations (446) (252)
Investing cash flows from discontinued operations (16) (252)
Net cash used in investing activities (462) (504)
FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Net borrowings under short-term loan facilities 19 1,042 -
Payments of lease principal 27 (65) (109)
Repurchases of common shares 24 (1,282) (1,400)
Dividends paid on preference shares (3) (2)
Dividends paid on common shares 24 (834) (773)
Other financing activities (14) 11
Net cash used in financing activities (1,156) (2,273)
Translation adjustments (6) (5)
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents 291 (1,009)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period 778 1,787
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period 12 1,069 778
Supplemental cash flow information is provided in note 28.
Interest paid, net of debt-related hedges (168) (165)
Interest received 8 3
Income taxes paid 28 (216) (1,066)
Interest received and interest paid are reflected as operating cash flows.
Income taxes paid are reflected as either operating or investing cash flows depending on the nature of the underlying transaction.
Page 102

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY
Unrecognized Foreign Total accumulated
gain (loss) on currency other
Stated share Contributed Total Retained financial translation comprehensive
(millions of U.S. dollars) capital surplus capital earnings instruments adjustments loss (“AOCL”) Total equity
Balance, December 31, 2021 3,813 1,683 5,496 9,149 25 (836) (811) 13,834
Net earnings - - - 1,338 - - - 1,338
Other comprehensive loss - - - (119) (8) (336) (344) (463)
Total comprehensive income (loss) - - - 1,219 (8) (336) (344) 875
Dividends declared on preference shares - - - (3) - - - (3)
Dividends declared on common shares - - - (861) - - - (861)
Shares issued under Dividend Reinvestment
Plan (“DRIP”) 27 - 27 - - - - 27
Repurchases of common shares (see note 24) (94) - (94) (1,188) - - - (1,282)
Automatic share purchase plan (see note 24) (50) - (50) (668) - - - (718)
Stock compensation plans 168 (149) 19 (6) - - - 13
Balance, December 31, 2022 3,864 1,534 5,398 7,642 17 (1,172) (1,155) 11,885
Unrecognized Foreign
(loss) gain on currency
Stated share Contributed Total Retained financial translation
(millions of U.S. dollars) capital surplus capital earnings instruments adjustments AOCL Total equity
Balance, December 31, 2020 3,719 1,739 5,458 5,211 (8) (681) (689) 9,980
Net earnings - - - 5,689 - - - 5,689
Other comprehensive income (loss) - - - 170 33 (155) (122) 48
Total comprehensive income (loss) - - - 5,859 33 (155) (122) 5,737
Dividends declared on preference shares - - - (2) - - - (2)
Dividends declared on common shares - - - (797) - - - (797)
Shares issued under DRIP 24 - 24 - - - - 24
Repurchases of common shares (see note 24) (78) - (78) (1,122) - - - (1,200)
Stock compensation plans 148 (56) 92 - - - - 92
Balance, December 31, 2021 3,813 1,683 5,496 9,149 25 (836) (811) 13,834
Page 103
Thomson Reuters Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(unless otherwise stated, all amounts are in millions of U.S. dollars)
Note 1: Summary of Business and Significant Accounting Policies

General business description
Thomson Reuters Corporation (the “Company” or “Thomson Reuters”) is an Ontario, Canada corporation with common shares
listed on the Toronto Stock Exchange (“TSX”) and the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) and Series II preference shares listed on
the TSX. The Company is a leading provider of business information services. The Company’s products include highly specialized
information-enabled software and tools for legal, tax, accounting and compliance professionals combined with the world’s most
global news service – Reuters.
These consolidated financial statements were approved by the Company’s board of directors on March 1, 2023.
Change Program
In February 2021, the Company announced a two-year Change Program to transition from a holding company to an operating
company, and from a content provider into a content-driven technology company. The Company completed this program on
December 31, 2022 (see note 5).
Basis of preparation
These consolidated financial statements were prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”),
as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (“IASB”), on a going concern basis, under the historical cost
convention, as modified by the revaluation of financial assets and financial liabilities (including derivative instruments) at fair
value.
The preparation of financial statements in accordance with IFRS requires the use of certain critical accounting estimates. It also
requires management to exercise judgment in applying the Company’s accounting policies. The areas involving more judgment or
complexity, or areas where assumptions and estimates are significant to the consolidated financial statements are disclosed in
note 2.
References to “$” are to U.S. dollars, references to “C$” are to Canadian dollars, references to “£” are to British pounds sterling
and references to “€” are to Euros.
Principles of consolidation
The consolidated financial statements of the Company include the accounts of all of its subsidiaries.
Subsidiaries
Subsidiaries are entities over which the Company has control, where control is defined as having power over the investee,
exposure, or rights, to variable returns from involvement with the investee, and the ability to use the power over the investee to
affect the amount of those returns. Generally, the Company has a shareholding of more than 50% of the voting rights in its
subsidiaries. Subsidiaries are fully consolidated from the date control is transferred to the Company and are de-consolidated from
the date control ceases.
The Company generally uses cash rather than equity to acquire subsidiaries and applies the acquisition method of accounting as
follows:
• Acquisition cost is measured as the fair value of the assets given and liabilities incurred or assumed at the date of exchange,
excluding transaction costs which are expensed as incurred;
• Identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed are measured at their fair values at the acquisition date;
• The excess of acquisition cost over the fair value of the identifiable net assets acquired is recorded as goodwill; and
Page 104
• Contingent cash consideration, a financial liability, is measured at fair value on the acquisition date, with subsequent changes
in fair value recorded through the consolidated income statement.
Intercompany transactions between subsidiaries are eliminated in consolidation.
Equity method investees

Equity method investees are entities over which the Company has significant influence, but not control. Generally, the Company
has a shareholding of between 20% and 50% of the voting rights in its equity method investees. Investments in equity method
investees are accounted for using the equity method as follows:
• Investments are initially recognized at cost and are reported in the consolidated statement of financial position;
• The Company’s share of post-acquisition profits or losses is recognized in the consolidated income statement and the
Company’s share of other comprehensive income or losses is recognized in the consolidated statement of comprehensive
income, and both are adjusted against the carrying amount of the investments;
• When the Company’s share of losses equals or exceeds its interest in the investee, the Company does not recognize further
losses, unless it has incurred obligations or made payments on behalf of the investee;
• Gains and losses on transactions between the Company and its equity method investees are eliminated to the extent of the
Company’s interest in these entities;
• Dividends received or a receivable from equity method investees are recognized as a reduction in the carrying amount of the
investment. Dividends received are included within “Net cash used in investing activities” in the consolidated statement of cash
flow; and
• Equity method investees are assessed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that their carrying
value may not be recoverable and at the end of each reporting period for indicators of impairment.
Upon loss of significant influence, any retained interest in the investee is remeasured to its fair value with the change in carrying
amount recognized in other operating gains or losses in the consolidated income statement.
The accounting policies of subsidiaries and equity method investees were changed where necessary to ensure consistency with the
Company’s policies.
Operating segments
The Company’s operating segments are organized around the customers it serves and are reported in a manner consistent with
the internal reporting provided to the chief operating decision-maker (“CODM”). The Chief Executive Officer has authority for
resource allocation and assessment of the Company’s performance and is therefore the CODM. The accounting policies applied by
the segments are the same as those applied by the Company.
Foreign currency
The consolidated financial statements are presented in U.S. dollars, which is the Company’s presentation currency. The financial
statements of each of the Company’s subsidiaries are measured using the currency of the primary economic environment in which
the subsidiary operates (the “functional currency”).
• Assets and liabilities of entities with functional currencies other than U.S. dollars are translated to U.S. dollars at the period end
rates of exchange, and the results of their operations are translated at average rates of exchange for the period. The resulting
translation adjustments are included in accumulated other comprehensive loss in shareholders’ equity. For entities operating in
countries where the currency has been designated as hyperinflationary, the assets, liabilities and results of their operations are
translated at the period end rates of exchange, after re-indexing the local currency balances for the most recent inflation rates.
• Foreign currency transactions are translated into the functional currency using the exchange rates prevailing at the dates of the
transaction. Foreign exchange gains and losses resulting from the settlement of such transactions as well as from the
translation of monetary assets and liabilities not denominated in the functional currency of the subsidiary, are recognized in the
consolidated income statement, except for qualifying cash flow hedges which are deferred in accumulated other
comprehensive loss in shareholders’ equity.
Page 105
• Foreign exchange gains and losses arising from borrowings and related hedging instruments, cash and cash equivalents,
intercompany loans that are not permanent in nature and foreign exchange contracts are presented in the consolidated
income statement within “Finance costs, net”.
• Foreign exchange gains and losses related to certain intercompany loans that are permanent in nature are included in
accumulated other comprehensive loss.
• All other foreign exchange gains and losses are presented in the consolidated income statement within “Operating expenses”.
Accumulated foreign exchange gains and losses are recycled from accumulated other comprehensive loss to “Other operating
gains (losses), net” or to discontinued operations, as applicable, within the consolidated income statement upon loss of control,
significant influence or joint control of the applicable entity, including foreign exchange amounts relating to settled intercompany
loans that had previously been considered permanent.
Revenue recognition
Revenues are recognized when control of the Company’s products or services is transferred to customers. The amount of revenues
recognized reflects the consideration to which the Company expects to be entitled. Such consideration is net of estimated returns,
discounts, value-added and other sales taxes.
The Company derives its revenues from selling information, software and services. Revenues are generally recognized as follows:
Recurring revenues
Recurring revenues are generally recognized on a ratable basis over the contract term.
Recurring revenues primarily consist of fees to access products or services over time, such as Westlaw, Practical Law and many of
the Company’s tax compliance products. These products are generally provided under subscription arrangements, which most
customers renew at the end of each subscription term. Most subscription arrangements have multiple year terms that range from
one to five years. Recurring revenues also include fees from software maintenance arrangements that are recognized over the
maintenance period. Arrangements may be billed in advance or in arrears.
Transactions revenues
Transactions revenues are recognized primarily at a point in time and based on their type, as follows:
• Volume-based revenues are recognized based on usage, such as certain fees related to online searches, and transactions in the
Company’s Confirmation and Reuters Events businesses;
• Fees for software licenses with no future obligations are recognized at the point of delivery; and
• Professional fees for service and consulting arrangements are recognized as services are performed, generally based on hours
incurred, reflecting the continuous transfer of control to the customer.
Transactions revenues may be billed in advance or in arrears.
Print revenues
Print revenues that are sold under subscription agreements, which provide access to a library of print products as well as updates
released during the subscription term, are generally recognized on a ratable basis over the contract term and may be billed in
advance or in arrears. Revenues for print products that are not sold as part of a subscription arrangement are recognized at the
point of shipment and billed at the same time.
Print revenues consist of fees for content that is delivered primarily in traditional paper format.
The Company also considers the following when recognizing revenues:
Page 106
Multiple performance obligations

Certain customer contracts include multiple products and services, which are accounted for as separate performance obligations
when they are distinct. A product or service is distinct if a customer can benefit from it either on its own or with other readily
available resources, and the promise to transfer the product or service is separately identifiable in the contract. The transaction
price is allocated to the separate performance obligations based on the relative standalone selling price.
A series of distinct products or services is accounted for as a single performance obligation if the items in the series are
substantially the same, have the same pattern of transfer and: (1) each distinct item in the series represents a performance
obligation that would be satisfied over time, and (2) the measure to satisfy the performance obligation for each distinct item in the
series is the same.
Certain arrangements include installation or implementation services. If these services are distinct, consideration is allocated to
them and they are recognized as services are performed and included as transaction revenues. If the services are not distinct, they
are recognized as part of the related subscription arrangement or as part of the related software license, as applicable.
Sales involving third parties

Revenues from sales of third-party content or services delivered on the Company’s platforms are recorded gross when the
Company is a principal to the transaction, and net of costs when the Company is acting as an agent between the customer and
the vendor. The Company considers several factors to determine whether it is acting as principal or an agent, most notably
whether it is primarily responsible for (1) fulfilling the promise to provide the content or services, (2) setting the price, and (3) the
credit risk for the amount billed to the customer.
Deferred revenue
Deferred revenue, a contract liability, is recorded when cash payments are received or due in advance of the transfer of the related
products or services.
Contract costs
Incremental costs of obtaining a contract with a customer are recognized as an asset if the benefit of such costs is expected to be
longer than one year. Such costs are amortized on a straight-line basis over the period that the product or service is transferred to
the customer. Incremental costs include sales commissions to salespeople, account executives and sales management. Sales
commissions on new customer contracts are generally paid at significantly higher rates than renewals. As such:
• Assets related to new customer contracts are amortized over three years, which may anticipate renewal periods, as
management estimates that this corresponds to the period over which a customer benefits from existing technology in the
underlying product or service; and
• Assets related to renewal of customer contracts are amortized over the term of the contract if they are commensurate with
previous renewals commissions.
The Company recognizes “Deferred commissions” short-term, within “Prepaid expenses and other current assets” and “Deferred
commissions” long-term, within “Other non-current assets” in the consolidated statement of financial position.
The Company recognizes the incremental cost of obtaining a contract as an expense when incurred if the amortization period is
one year or less.

The net periodic pension expense of defined benefit pension plans and other post-employment benefits is actuarially determined
on an annual basis using the projected unit credit method. Past service cost arising from plan amendments are recognized
immediately in the consolidated income statement.
Page 107
The asset or liability recognized in the consolidated statement of financial position is the present value of the defined benefit
obligation at the end of the reporting period less the fair value of plan assets. The present value of the defined benefit obligation is
determined by discounting the estimated future cash outflows using interest rates of high-quality corporate bonds that are
denominated in the currency in which the benefits will be paid and that have terms to maturity approximating the terms of the
related pension liability. All actuarial gains and losses that arise in calculating the present value of the defined benefit obligation
and the fair value of plan assets are recognized immediately in retained earnings and included in the consolidated statement of
comprehensive income. For funded plans, surpluses are recognized only to the extent that the surplus is considered recoverable.
Recoverability is primarily based on the extent to which the Company can unilaterally reduce future contributions to the plan.
Payments to defined contribution plans are expensed as incurred.
Share-based compensation plans

The Company operates equity-settled share-based compensation plans under which it receives services from employees as
consideration for equity instruments of the Company.
Share-based compensation expense is based on the grant date fair value of the awards expected to vest over the vesting period.
The expense is recognized over the vesting period, which is the period over which the specified vesting conditions are satisfied. For
awards with graded vesting, the fair value of each tranche is recognized over its respective vesting period. At the end of each
reporting period, the Company reassesses its estimates of the number of awards that are expected to vest and recognizes the
impact in the consolidated income statement.
Termination benefits
Termination benefits are generally payable when an employee is terminated before the normal retirement date. The associated
charges are recognized when the Company can no longer withdraw the offer of termination benefits because it has communicated
to the affected employees a termination plan that is unlikely to change, describing (a) the type and amount of benefits, (b) the
number, job classifications or functions and locations of employees to be terminated and (c) the plan’s expected completion date.
Profit sharing and bonus plans

Liabilities for profit sharing and bonuses are recognized based on a formula that takes into consideration various financial metrics
after certain adjustments. The Company recognizes an accrual where contractually obliged or where there is a past practice that
has created a constructive obligation to make such compensation payments.
Cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash on hand, demand deposits and investments with an original maturity at the date of
purchase of three months or less.
Trade receivables
Trade receivables are amounts due from customers from providing services or the sale of products in the ordinary course of
business. Trade receivables are recognized initially at fair value and subsequently measured at amortized cost, less impairment.
Trade receivables are classified as current assets if payment is due within one year or less.
The Company maintains an allowance for doubtful accounts and sales adjustments to provide for impairment of trade receivables.
The expense relating to doubtful accounts is included within “Operating expenses” in the consolidated income statement.
Revenues are recorded net of sales adjustments.
Page 108
Property and equipment

Property and equipment are recorded at cost and depreciated on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives as follows:
Buildings and building improvements 10-40 years

Computer equipment 3 years
Furniture, fixtures and other equipment 5-7 years
Residual values and useful lives are reviewed at the end of each reporting period and adjusted if appropriate. Fully depreciated
assets are retained in cost and accumulated depreciation accounts until such assets are removed from service. Gains or losses on
the disposal of property and equipment are included within “Operating profit” in the consolidated income statement and
computed as the proceeds from disposal netted against the related assets and accumulated depreciation. The proceeds are
presented as an investing activity in the consolidated statement of cash flow.
Intangible assets
Computer software
Certain costs incurred in the development of software to be used internally or for providing services to customers are capitalized
once a project has progressed beyond a conceptual, preliminary stage to that of application development. Development costs that
are directly attributable to the design and testing of identifiable and unique software products controlled by the Company are
recognized as intangible assets when the following criteria are met:
• It is technically feasible to complete the software product so that it will be available for use;
• Management intends to complete the software product and use or sell it;
• There is an ability to use or sell the software product;
• It can be demonstrated how the software product will generate probable future economic benefits;
• Adequate technical, financial and other resources to complete the development and to use or sell the software product are
available; and
• The expenditure attributable to the software product during its development can be reliably measured.
Costs that qualify for capitalization include both internal and external costs but are limited to those that are directly related to the
specific project. The capitalized amounts, net of accumulated amortization, are included in “Computer software, net” in the
consolidated statement of financial position. Computer software is amortized over its expected useful life, which ranges from
three to five years.
Amortization expense is included in “Amortization of computer software” in the consolidated income statement. Residual values
and useful lives are reviewed at the end of each reporting period and adjusted if appropriate. Fully amortized assets are retained
in cost and accumulated amortization accounts until such assets are removed from service.
Cloud computing arrangements

In a cloud computing arrangement, the Company is granted a right to access software and other technology capabilities at a
third-party provider through the internet. These arrangements typically do not allow the Company to acquire, take possession or
control the underlying assets of the provider. Costs associated with cloud computing arrangements are generally expensed as
incurred because they generally do not meet software capitalization criteria.
The Company capitalizes costs to develop software that is hosted in the public cloud when:
• It has the contractual right to take possession of the software from the cloud provider without significant penalty; and
• It can demonstrate that it is feasible for the Company to run the software on its own hardware or that of another provider.
The Company capitalizes costs to migrate software from on-premise data centers to the public cloud when the software is either
rebuilt specifically for the cloud or has been significantly optimized to run in a cloud environment.
Page 109
Other identifiable intangible assets

Upon acquisition, identifiable intangible assets are recorded at fair value and are carried at cost less accumulated amortization.
Identifiable intangible assets with finite lives are amortized on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives as follows:
Trade names 3-20 years

Customer relationships 6-30 years
Databases and content 5-30 years
Other 10-30 years
Useful lives are reviewed at the end of each reporting period and adjusted if appropriate.
Goodwill
Goodwill represents the excess of the cost of an acquisition over the fair value of the Company’s share of the identifiable net assets
of the acquired subsidiary at the date of acquisition. Goodwill is not amortized.
Impairment
When the recoverable amount of assets is less than their carrying amount, an impairment charge is recognized in the consolidated
income statement. Impairment losses, other than those relating to goodwill, are evaluated for potential reversals when events or
changes in circumstances warrant such consideration.
Goodwill and Intangible assets

The carrying values of all intangible assets and goodwill are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in
circumstances indicate that their carrying amounts may not be recoverable and at the end of each reporting period for indicators
of impairment. Goodwill and identifiable intangible assets with indefinite lives are also tested annually for impairment. The
recoverable amount is the higher of an asset’s fair value less costs of disposal or its value in use. For purposes of impairment
testing:
• Goodwill is allocated to cash-generating units (“CGUs”) based on the level at which management monitors it. The Company’s
CGUs are the same as its operating segments. Goodwill is allocated to its CGUs based on the expected benefits of each
business combination in which the goodwill arose; and
• Identifiable intangible assets with indefinite lives are comprised of the Reuters and West tradenames, reflecting their
widespread brand recognition, long history, and expected future use. For purposes of impairment testing, the West tradename
is allocated to the Legal Professionals, Corporates and Global Print CGUs as it primarily benefits those CGUs. As the Reuters
tradename is considered a corporate asset because it is used in the Company’s name, its carrying value is compared to the
excess fair value of all the Company’s CGUs for purposes of impairment testing.
Financial assets
The Company is exposed to normal credit risk with respect to its accounts receivable, and therefore maintains provisions for
expected losses arising from non-payment and other sales adjustments. The Company estimates credit losses for trade
receivables by aggregating similar customer types together, because they tend to share similar credit risk characteristics, taking
into consideration the number of days the receivable is past due. Provision rates for the allowance for doubtful accounts are
determined using the expected credit loss method, which is based on historical credit loss experience and calibrated, based on
management’s judgment, with forward looking information about a debtor’s ability to pay.
The fair value measurement of other receivables and derivative instruments considers credit risk of the counterparty. The fair value
measurement of equity investments that are accounted for as other financial assets considers information such as quoted prices.
Page 110
Non-financial assets
The carrying value of a non-financial asset with a finite life, such as property and equipment and computer software, is assessed
for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that its carrying value may not be recoverable and at the
end of each reporting period for indicators of impairment. The recoverable amount is the higher of an asset’s fair value less costs
of disposal or its value in use. An asset is assessed for impairment at the lowest level that the asset generates cash inflows that
are largely independent of cash inflows from other assets. The lowest level may be an individual asset or a group of assets that
form a CGU.
Disposal of long-lived assets and discontinued operations

Long-lived assets are classified as held for sale if the carrying amount will be recovered principally through a sale transaction
rather than through continued use and such sale is considered highly probable. The criteria for classification as held for sale
include a firm decision by management or the board of directors to dispose of a business or a group of selected assets, an active
marketing plan, and the expectation that such disposal will be completed within a 12-month period. Assets held for sale are
measured at the lower of their carrying amounts or their fair value less costs of disposal and are no longer depreciated. Gains and
losses on the disposal of an entity include an allocation of goodwill. Assets held for sale are classified as discontinued operations if
the operations and cash flows can be clearly distinguished operationally and for financial reporting purposes from the rest of the
Company and they:
• Represent a separate major line of business or geographical area of operations;
• Are part of a single coordinated plan to dispose of a separate major line of business or geographical area of operations; or
• Are a subsidiary acquired exclusively with a view to resale.
Trade payables
Trade payables are obligations to pay for goods or services that have been acquired in the ordinary course of business. Trade
payables are initially recognized at fair value and subsequently measured at amortized cost using the effective interest method.
Trade payables are classified as current liabilities if payment is due within one year or less.
Provisions
Provisions represent liabilities of the Company for which the amount or timing is uncertain. Provisions are recognized when the
Company has a present legal or constructive obligation due to past events, it is probable that an outflow of resources will be
required to settle the obligation, and the amount can be reliably estimated. Provisions are not recognized for future operating
losses. Provisions are measured at the present value of the expected expenditures to settle the obligation using a discount rate
that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the obligation. The increase in the
provision due to passage of time is recognized as interest expense.
Indebtedness
Debt is recognized initially at fair value, net of transaction costs. Debt is subsequently stated at amortized cost with any difference
between the proceeds (net of transactions costs) and the redemption value recognized in the consolidated income statement over
the term of the debt using the effective interest method. Where a debt instrument is in a fair value hedging relationship, a fair
value adjustment is made to its carrying value to reflect hedged risk. Interest on indebtedness is expensed as incurred unless
capitalized for qualifying assets in accordance with IAS 23, Borrowing Costs.
Debt is classified as a current liability unless the Company has an unconditional right to defer settlement for at least 12 months
after the end of the reporting period.
Leases
A contract is or contains a lease if it conveys the right to control the use of an identified asset for a specified period in exchange for
consideration. When the Company leases assets from third parties, the Company is the lessee. When the Company leases assets
to third parties, the Company is the lessor.
Page 111
Lessee
At the lease commencement date, a right-of-use asset for the underlying leased asset and corresponding lease liability are
recognized in the consolidated statement of financial position measured on a present value basis. Lease payments are discounted
using the interest rate implicit in the lease. If that rate cannot be readily determined, the Company uses its incremental borrowing
rate, which is the interest rate that the Company would pay to borrow funds to obtain an asset of a similar value to the
right-of-use asset with a comparable security, economic environment and term.
The right-of-use asset is included in “Property and equipment, net”, and the lease liability is included in “Other financial
liabilities”, current or long-term, as appropriate, within the consolidated statement of financial position.
Right-of-use assets are measured based on a number of factors including:
• The initial amount of the lease liability;
• Lease payments made at or before the commencement date; and
• Initial direct costs and expected restoration costs.
Lease liabilities are measured as the present value of non-cancellable payments over the lease term, which may include:
• Fixed payments (including in-substance fixed payments), less any lease incentives receivable;
• Variable lease payments that are based on an index or a rate (including inflation-linked payments);
• Amounts expected to be payable under residual value guarantees;
• Exercise price of a purchase option if the Company is reasonably certain to exercise that option; and
• Penalty payments for terminating the lease, if the lease term reflects the Company exercising that option.
Where exercise of renewal or termination options is deemed reasonably certain, such assumptions are reflected in the valuation of
the right-of-use asset and lease liability. The reasonably certain assessment is made at the lease commencement date and
re-assessed if there is a material change in circumstances supporting the assessment.
Lease payments are apportioned between the liability and a finance charge, which is reported within “Finance costs, net” in the
consolidated income statement. The right-of-use asset is depreciated over the shorter of the asset’s useful life or the lease term
on a straight-line basis and presented within “Depreciation” in the consolidated income statement.
Most of the Company’s leases are comprised of property leases, for which fixed payments covering lease and non-lease
components are included in the value of the right-of-use assets and lease liabilities.
Payments for leases with a term of 12 months or less and certain low-value leases are recognized on a straight-line basis within
“Operating expenses” in the consolidated income statement and are not recognized in the consolidated statement of financial
position.
Lessor
Virtually all of the Company’s lessor arrangements are classified as finance leases as substantially all the risks and rewards of the
underlying asset transfer to the lessee. A receivable, equal to the net investment in the lease, is recognized on the consolidated
statement of financial position at the commencement date with an offset to the underlying asset. The receivable is measured as
the present value of non-cancellable payments to be received by the Company over the lease term. The payments are discounted
using the interest rate implicit in the lease, if this can be readily determined, or at the Company’s incremental borrowing rate, if
the implicit rate cannot be determined. Lease payments are apportioned between the lease receivable and finance income, which
is reported within “Finance costs, net” in the consolidated income statement.
Financial assets
Purchases and sales of financial assets are recognized on the settlement date, which is the date on which the asset is delivered to
or by the Company. Financial assets are derecognized when the rights to receive cash flows from the investments have expired or
were transferred and the Company has transferred substantially all risks and rewards of ownership. Financial assets are classified
in the following categories at the time of initial recognition based on the purpose for which the financial assets were acquired:
Page 112
Financial assets at fair value through the consolidated income statement

• Classification
This category includes assets acquired primarily for the purpose of selling in the short-term, such as financial assets held for
trading, or when designated by management such as money market accounts, receivables under indemnification
arrangements (see note 30) as well as foreign exchange contracts not designated as hedges for accounting purposes.
• Recognition and measurement
Financial assets in this category are initially recognized, and subsequently carried, at fair value, with changes recognized in the
consolidated income statement. Transaction costs are expensed.
Financial assets at amortized cost

• Classification
This category includes cash as well as trade and other receivables, which represent non-derivative financial assets that are held for
the purpose of collecting their contractually fixed or determinable payments.
Trade and other receivables are initially recognized at the transaction price and subsequently measured at amortized cost
using the expected credit loss method.
Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income

• Classification
These financial assets are non-derivatives that are irrevocably designated in this category. This category includes equity
investments, which are not held-for-trading and do not qualify as associates accounted for under the equity method.
These financial instruments are initially recognized at fair value plus transaction costs and are subsequently carried at fair
value with changes recognized in other comprehensive income or loss. The amounts presented in accumulated other
comprehensive income or loss are not subsequently recycled to the consolidated income statement.
Offsetting financial instruments

Financial assets and liabilities are offset and reported net in the consolidated statement of financial position when there is a
legally enforceable right to offset the recognized amounts and there is an intention to settle on a net basis or to simultaneously
realize the asset and settle the liability. Bank overdrafts in cash pooling arrangements may only be netted against cash and cash
equivalents when settlement occurs on or about the end of the reporting period.
Derivative financial instruments and hedging

Derivatives are initially recognized at fair value on the date a contract is entered into and are subsequently re-measured at their
fair value. The method of recognizing the resulting gain or loss depends on whether the derivative is designated as a hedging
instrument and the nature of the item being hedged.
The Company documents at the inception of the transaction the relationship between hedging instruments and hedged items, as
well as its risk management objectives and strategy for undertaking various hedging transactions. The Company also documents
its assessment, both at hedge inception and on an ongoing basis, of whether the derivatives that are used in hedging transactions
are highly effective in offsetting changes in fair values or cash flows of hedged items.
Non-performance risk, including the Company’s own credit risk, is considered when determining the fair value of financial
instruments.
The Company designates certain derivatives as either:
• Fair value hedges
These are hedges of the exposure to changes in fair value of a recognized asset or liability or unrecognized firm commitment.
Changes in the fair value of derivatives that are designated as fair value hedges are recorded in the consolidated income
statement together with any changes in the fair value of the hedged asset or liability that are attributable to the hedged risk.
Page 113
• Cash flow hedges

These are hedges of the exposure to variability in cash flows of a recognized asset or liability or a highly probable forecast
transaction. The effective portion of changes in the fair value of derivatives that are designated as a cash flow hedge is
recognized in other comprehensive income or loss. The gain or loss relating to the ineffective portion is recognized immediately
in the consolidated income statement. Additionally:
— amounts accumulated in other comprehensive income or loss are recycled to the consolidated income statement in the
period when the hedged item will affect earnings;
— when a hedging instrument expires or is sold, or when a hedge no longer meets the criteria for hedge accounting, any
cumulative gain or loss in other comprehensive income or loss remains in other comprehensive income or loss and is
recognized when the forecast transaction is ultimately recognized in the consolidated income statement; and
— when a forecast transaction is no longer expected to occur, the cumulative gain or loss that was reported in other
comprehensive income or loss is immediately recognized in the consolidated income statement.
Derivatives that do not qualify for hedge accounting

Certain derivative instruments, while providing effective economic hedges, are not designated as hedges for accounting purposes.
Changes in the fair value of derivatives that are not designated as hedges for accounting purposes are recognized within “Other
finance income” or “Operating expenses” in the consolidated income statement consistent with the underlying nature and
purpose of the derivative instruments. Settlements from these instruments are classified within the cash flow line item where the
economic hedge relationship exists in the consolidated statement of cash flow.
Taxation
Tax expense comprises current and deferred income tax. Tax is recognized in the consolidated income statement except to the
extent it relates to items recognized in other comprehensive income or loss or directly in equity.
Current tax
Current tax expense is based on the results for the period as adjusted for items that are currently not taxable or not deductible.
Current tax is calculated using tax rates and laws that were enacted or substantively enacted at the end of the reporting period.
Management periodically evaluates positions taken in tax returns with respect to situations in which applicable tax regulation is
subject to interpretation. Provisions are established where appropriate based on amounts expected to be paid to the tax
authorities.
Deferred tax
Deferred tax is recognized on temporary differences arising between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their carrying
amounts in the consolidated statement of financial position. Deferred tax is calculated using tax rates and laws that have been
enacted or substantively enacted at the end of each reporting period, and which are expected to apply when the related deferred
income tax asset is realized, or the deferred income tax liability is settled.
Deferred tax liabilities:
• Are generally recognized for all taxable temporary differences;
• Are recognized for taxable temporary differences arising on investments in subsidiaries, associates and joint ventures, except
where the reversal of the temporary difference can be controlled, and it is probable that the difference will not reverse in the
foreseeable future or create a tax liability; and
• Are not recognized on temporary differences that arise from goodwill that is not deductible for tax purposes.
Deferred tax assets:
• Are recognized to the extent it is probable that taxable profits will be available against which the deductible temporary
differences can be utilized; and
Page 114
• Are reviewed at the end of the reporting period and reduced to the extent that it is no longer probable that sufficient taxable
profits will be available to allow all or part of the asset to be recovered.
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are not recognized in respect of temporary differences that arise on initial recognition of assets
and liabilities acquired other than in a business combination.
Revision to Segment Results

In the first quarter of 2022, the Company made two changes to its segment reporting to reflect how it currently manages its
businesses. The changes (i) reflect the transfer of certain revenues from its Corporates business to its Tax & Accounting
Professionals business where they are better aligned; and (ii) record intercompany revenue in Reuters News for content-related
services that it provides to Legal Professionals, Corporates and Tax & Accounting Professionals. Previously, these services had
been reported as a transfer of expense from Reuters News to these businesses. These changes impact the financial results of the
Company’s segments, but do not change the Company’s consolidated financial results. The table below summarizes the changes
for the year ended December 31, 2021.

As Reported Adjustments As Revised
Revenues
Legal Professionals 2,712 - 2,712
Corporates 1,449 (9) 1,440
Tax & Accounting Professionals 906 9 915
Reuters News 674 20 694
Global Print 609 - 609
Eliminations/Rounding (2) (20) (22)
Revenues 6,348 - 6,348
Adjusted EBITDA
Legal Professionals 1,091 - 1,091
Corporates 502 (6) 496
Tax & Accounting Professionals 373 6 379
Reuters News 103 - 103
Global Print 226 - 226
Total reportable segments adjusted EBITDA 2,295 - 2,295
Accounting pronouncements effective in future periods

In February 2021, the IASB issued Disclosures of Accounting Policies, amendments to International Accounting Standard (“IAS”) 1,
Presentation of Financial Statements, and IFRS Practice Statement 2, Making Materiality Judgements, which require companies to
disclose their material accounting policies rather than their significant accounting policies. The amendments define material
accounting policies as those policies that, when considered together with other information included in the financial statements,
can reasonably be expected to influence decisions users make based on those financial statements. The amendments also
encourage more entity-specific information within policy disclosures. The amendments are effective for annual reporting periods
beginning on or after January 1, 2023. The Company is assessing the impact of these amendments on its financial statement
disclosures.
Other pronouncements issued by the IASB and International Financial Reporting Interpretations Committee (“IFRIC”) are not
applicable or consequential to the Company.
Page 115
Note 2: Critical Accounting Estimates and Judgments

judgments are continually evaluated and are based on historical experience and other factors, including future events that are
believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. Accounting estimates will, by definition, seldom equal the actual results.
The Company continues to operate in an uncertain macroeconomic and geopolitical environment caused by high inflation, volatile
interest rates, the Russian military invasion of Ukraine, lingering COVID-19 impacts and supply chain disruptions resulting from
these factors. The Company is closely monitoring the evolving macroeconomic and geopolitical conditions to assess potential
impacts on its businesses. Due to the significant uncertainty created by these circumstances, some of management’s estimates
and judgments may be more variable and may change materially in the future.
The following discussion sets forth management’s:
• Most critical estimates and assumptions in determining the value of assets and liabilities; and
• Most critical judgments in applying accounting policies.
Critical accounting estimates and assumptions

Allowance for doubtful accounts and sales adjustments
The Company must assess whether accounts receivable are collectible from customers. Accordingly, management establishes an
allowance for expected losses arising from non-payment and other sales adjustments, taking into consideration customer
creditworthiness, current economic trends, experience and expected credit losses. If future collections differ from estimates, future
earnings would be affected. As of December 31, 2022, the combined allowances were $57 million, or 5%, of the gross trade
accounts receivable balance of $1,097 million. An increase to the reserve based on 1% of accounts receivable would have
decreased pre-tax earnings by approximately $11 million for the year ended December 31, 2022.
Computer software
Computer software represented $922 million of total assets in the consolidated statement of financial position as of December 31,
2022. As a content driven technology company, most software expenditures relate to product development and enhancements,
including a portion which relates to software licensed directly to customers. As part of the software development process,
management must estimate the expected period of benefit over which capitalized costs should be amortized. The basis of these
estimates includes the timing of technological obsolescence, economic and competitive pressures, historical experience and
internal business plans for the use of the software. Due to rapidly changing technology and the uncertainty of the software
development process itself, future results could be affected if management’s current assessment of its software projects differs
from actual performance.
Other identifiable intangible assets and goodwill

Other identifiable intangible assets and goodwill represented $3,219 million and $5,882 million, respectively, of total assets in the
consolidated statement of financial position as of December 31, 2022. Other identifiable intangible assets and goodwill arise out
of business combinations. Business combinations are accounted for under the acquisition method of accounting, which requires
the Company to identify and attribute values to the intangible assets acquired based on their estimated fair value as well as to
estimate their useful lives. These determinations involve significant estimates and assumptions regarding cash flow projections,
economic risk and weighted-average cost of capital. The excess of acquisition cost over the fair value of identifiable net assets
acquired is recorded as goodwill.
Subsequent to acquisition, the Company tests other identifiable intangible assets and goodwill for impairment as required. The
outcome of these tests is highly dependent on management’s latest estimates and assumptions regarding cash flow projections,
economic risk and weighted-average cost of capital. Specifically, cash flow projections could be impacted by deterioration in
macroeconomic conditions, including potential impacts of regulation on customers, changes in customer buying patterns or
competitive pressures. The Company’s assumption of perpetual growth could be impacted by changes in long-term outlooks for
global inflation. Additionally, the discount rate, tax rate and EBITDA multiples used in various impairment tests are based on
those for comparable companies, which are driven by market conditions and prevailing tax laws.
Page 116
If future events or results differ adversely from the estimates and assumptions made at acquisition or as part of subsequent
impairment tests, the Company could record increased amortization or impairment charges in the future.
See note 18 for discussion of the annual impairment testing of goodwill.

The Company sponsors defined benefit plans providing pension and other post-employment benefits to covered employees. The
determination of benefit expense associated with employee future benefits requires assumptions such as the discount rate, which
is used to measure service cost, benefit plan obligations and the net interest income (expense) on the net benefit plan assets
(obligations). Other significant assumptions include expected mortality, the expected rate of increase with respect to certain future
pension payments, as well as the expected healthcare cost trend rate. As the Company’s most significant defined benefit plans in
the U.S. and U.K. have already stopped accruing benefits to employees, management no longer needs to make assumptions
about future compensation for those plans. Because the determination of the cost and obligations associated with employee
future benefits requires the use of various assumptions, there is measurement uncertainty inherent in the actuarial valuation
process. Actual results will differ from results which are estimated based on assumptions. See note 26.
Income taxes
The Company computes an income tax provision in each of the jurisdictions in which it operates. These income tax provisions
include amounts that are based upon the Company’s estimates and assumptions regarding prices and values used to record
intercompany transactions. Actual amounts of income tax expense only become final upon filing and acceptance of the tax return
by the relevant authorities, which occurs after the issuance of the financial statements. Additionally, estimation of income taxes
includes evaluating the recoverability of deferred tax assets based on an assessment of the ability to use the underlying future tax
deductions before they expire against future taxable income. The assessment is based upon existing tax laws and estimates of
future taxable income. To the extent estimates differ from the final tax return, earnings would be affected in a subsequent period.
In interim periods, the income tax provision is based on estimates of full-year earnings by jurisdiction. The average annual effective
income tax rates are re-estimated at each interim reporting date. To the extent that forecasts differ from actual results,
adjustments are recorded in subsequent periods. See note 9 for further details on income taxes including a discussion on
sensitivity.
The Company has deferred tax assets in connection with the intercompany transfer of certain operations. The determination of
these assets requires management to make significant estimates and assumptions about the fair value of the related
operations. Critical estimates include, but are not limited to, internal revenue and expense forecasts and discount rates, while
critical assumptions include those regarding macroeconomic conditions and prevailing tax laws. The discount rates used in the
income method to reduce expected future cash flows to present value are derived from a weighted-average cost of capital analysis
and are adjusted to reflect the inherent risks related to the cash flow. Although the Company believes its assumptions and
estimates are reasonable and appropriate, they are based in part on historical experience and are inherently uncertain.
Unanticipated events and circumstances may occur that could differ adversely from the Company’s assumptions and estimates,
which could require the Company to reduce its deferred tax assets in future periods.
Page 117
Critical judgments in applying accounting policies

Revenue recognition
To determine the appropriate revenue recognition for its products and services, management must assess whether multiple
products and services in customer contracts are distinct performance obligations that should be accounted for separately, or
whether they must be accounted for together. In making the determination, management considers, for example, whether the
Company regularly sells a product or service separately, or whether the products or services are highly interrelated. Management
must also determine the standalone selling price (SSP) for each distinct performance obligation. The Company typically has more
than one SSP for individual products and services due to the stratification of its offerings by customer. As a result, management
determines the SSP taking into consideration market conditions and other factors, including the value of its contracts, the product
or service sold, the customer’s market, geographic location and the number and types of users in each contract. Finally,
management must also estimate the period over which to amortize assets arising from incremental costs of obtaining a contract.
As management estimates that this period corresponds to the period over which a customer benefits from existing technology in
the underlying product or service, this judgment is closely linked with the determination of software amortization periods.

The Company is subject to taxation in numerous jurisdictions and is routinely under audit by many different taxing authorities in
the ordinary course of business. There are many transactions and calculations in the course of business for which the ultimate tax
determination is uncertain, as taxing authorities may challenge some of the Company’s positions and propose adjustments or
changes to its tax filings. As a result, the Company maintains provisions for uncertain tax positions that it believes appropriately
reflect its risk. These provisions are made using the Company’s best estimates of the amount expected to be paid based on a
qualitative assessment of all relevant factors. When appropriate, the Company performs an expected value calculation to
determine its provisions. The Company reviews the adequacy of these provisions at the end of each reporting period and adjusts
them based on changing facts and circumstances. Due to the uncertainty associated with tax audits, it is possible that at some
future date, liabilities resulting from such audits or related litigation could vary significantly from the Company’s provisions. Where
the outcome of these tax-related matters is different from the amounts that were initially recorded, such differences will affect the
tax provisions in the period in which such determination is made. As of December 31, 2022, the liability associated with uncertain
tax positions was $229 million and is primarily included within “Current tax liabilities” on the consolidated statement of financial
position.
Deferred Tax Assets

Deferred tax assets are recognized to the extent it is probable that taxable profits will be available against which the deductible
temporary differences can be utilized, and are reduced to the extent that it is not probable that sufficient taxable profits will be
available to allow all or part of the asset to be recovered. In evaluating deferred tax assets, management must make judgments to
assess the future taxable profits and likely outcomes of unresolved tax audits associated with the relevant jurisdictions. As of
December 31, 2022, the Company had deferred tax assets of $1,493 million and disclosed unrecognized deferred tax assets of
$1,317 million (see note 23).
Page 118
Note 3: Revenues
Revenues by type and geography
The following tables disaggregate revenues by type and geography and reconcile them to reportable segments (see note 4).
Tax &
Legal Accounting Eliminations/
Revenues by type Professionals Corporates Professionals Reuters News Global Print Rounding Total
Year ended December 31, 2022 2021 2022 2021 2022 2021 2022 2021 2022 2021 2022 2021 2022 2021
Recurring 2,631 2,523 1,305 1,209 799 742 612 596 - - (23) (22) 5,324 5,048
Transactions 172 189 231 231 187 173 121 98 - - - - 711 691
Global Print - - - - - - - - 592 609 - - 592 609
Total 2,803 2,712 1,536 1,440 986 915 733 694 592 609 (23) (22) 6,627 6,348
Tax &
Revenues by geography Legal Accounting Eliminations/
(country of destination) Professionals Corporates Professionals Reuters News Global Print Rounding Total
Year ended December 31, 2022 2021 2022 2021 2022 2021 2022 2021 2022 2021 2022 2021 2022 2021
U.S. 2,242 2,139 1,271 1,188 804 759 115 139 426 424 (23) (22) 4,835 4,627
Canada (country of domicile) 69 64 9 10 34 33 4 4 79 83 - - 195 194
Other 29 25 61 49 118 90 9 7 17 17 - - 234 188
Americas (North America, Latin
America, South America) 2,340 2,228 1,341 1,247 956 882 128 150 522 524 (23) (22) 5,264 5,009
U.K. 262 276 107 107 17 19 450 376 34 41 - - 870 819
Other 61 69 50 49 - - 101 110 12 16 - - 224 244
EMEA (Europe, Middle East and
Africa) 323 345 157 156 17 19 551 486 46 57 - - 1,094 1,063
Asia Pacific 140 139 38 37 13 14 54 58 24 28 - - 269 276
Total 2,803 2,712 1,536 1,440 986 915 733 694 592 609 (23) (22) 6,627 6,348
Contract liabilities
December 31,
2022 2021 2020
Deferred revenue 886 874 866
Deferred revenue as of December 31, 2022 increased compared to the balance as of December 31, 2021 as cash payments
received or due in advance of satisfying performance obligations exceeded $849 million of revenues recognized from the deferred
revenue balance at the beginning of the period.
Deferred revenue as of December 31, 2021 increased compared to the balance as of December 31, 2020 as cash payments
received or due in advance of satisfying performance obligations exceeded $817 million of revenues recognized from the deferred
revenue balance at the beginning of the period.
Costs to obtain a contract
Amortization of deferred commissions was $156 million and $139 million for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021,
respectively, and was recorded within ”Operating expenses” in the consolidated income statement.
Page 119
Remaining performance obligations

As of December 31, 2022, remaining performance obligations were $16.8 billion (2021—$16.7 billion), including the portion
recorded as deferred revenue. The Company expects to recognize these revenues as follows:
December 31,
2022 2021
1 year 26% 25%
Between 1 and 2 years 13% 13%
Between 2 and 3 years 8% 8%
Later than 3 years 53% 54%
The remaining performance obligations later than three years largely relate to a news agreement between Reuters News and the
Data & Analytics business of London Stock Exchange Group plc (“LSEG”) for a minimum amount of revenue through October 1,
2048. In 2022, the Company recorded $360 million (2021—$339 million) of revenues under this agreement, which represent the
current minimum annual value. However, these revenues may increase further as the contract requires adjustments related to
changes in the consumer price index and foreign exchange rates. As permitted by IFRS 15, Revenue from Contracts with Customers,
the Company excluded performance obligations for contracts with an original expected duration of less than one year from its
disclosure.
Note 4: Segment Information

The Company is organized as five reportable segments, reflecting how the businesses are managed. The segments offer products
and services to target customers as described below.
Legal Professionals
The Legal Professionals segment serves law firms and governments with research and workflow products, focusing on intuitive
legal research powered by emerging technologies and integrated legal workflow solutions that combine content, tools and
analytics.
Corporates
The Corporates segment serves corporate customers from small businesses to multinational organizations, including the seven
largest global accounting firms, with the Company’s full suite of content-driven technology solutions for in-house legal, tax,
regulatory, compliance and IT professionals.

The Tax & Accounting Professionals segment serves tax, accounting and audit professionals in accounting firms (other than the
seven largest, which are served by the Corporates segment) with research and workflow products, focusing on intuitive tax
offerings and automating tax workflows.
Reuters News
The Reuters News segment supplies business, financial and global news to the world’s media organizations, professionals and
news consumers through Reuters News Agency, Reuters.com, Reuters Events, Thomson Reuters products and to financial market
professionals exclusively via LSEG products.
Global Print
The Global Print segment provides legal and tax information primarily in print format to customers around the world.
The Company also reports “Corporate costs”, which includes expenses for corporate functions and the Change Program which are
centrally managed. Corporate costs does not qualify as a reportable segment.
Page 120

2022 2021
Revenues
Legal Professionals 2,803 2,712
Corporates 1,536 1,440
Tax & Accounting Professionals 986 915
Reuters News 733 694
Global Print 592 609
Revenues 6,627 6,348
Adjusted EBITDA
Legal Professionals 1,227 1,091
Corporates 578 496
Tax & Accounting Professionals 451 379
Reuters News 154 103
Total reportable segments adjusted EBITDA 2,622 2,295
Corporate costs (293) (325)
Fair value adjustments (see note 5) 18 8
Depreciation (140) (177)
Amortization of computer software (485) (474)
Net interest expense (196) (196)
Other finance income 444 8
Share of post-tax (losses) earnings in equity method investments (432) 6,240
Tax expense (259) (1,607)
Reuters News revenues included $23 million and $22 million in 2022 and 2021, respectively, primarily from content-related
services that it provided to the Legal Professionals, Corporates and Tax & Accounting Professionals segments.
In accordance with IFRS 8, Operating Segments, the Company discloses certain information about its reportable segments based
upon measures used by management in assessing the performance of those reportable segments. These measures are defined
below and may not be comparable to similar measures of other companies.
Segment Adjusted EBITDA

• Segment adjusted EBITDA represents earnings or loss from continuing operations before tax expense or benefit, net interest
expense, other finance costs or income, depreciation, amortization of software and other identifiable intangible assets, the
Company’s share of post-tax earnings or losses in equity method investments, other operating gains and losses, certain asset
impairment charges, corporate related items and fair value adjustments, including those related to acquired deferred revenue.
• The Company does not consider these excluded items to be controllable operating activities for purposes of assessing the
current performance of the reportable segments.
Page 121
• Each segment includes an allocation of costs, based on usage or other applicable measures, for centralized support services
such as technology, customer service, commercial policy, facilities management, and product and content development.
Additionally, product costs are allocated when one segment sells products managed by another segment.
Revenues by Classes of Similar Products or Services

The following table sets forth revenues by major type:
2022 2021
Electronic, software & services 6,035 5,739
Total 6,627 6,348
Non-current Assets by Geography

Geographic Information Non-Current Assets(1)
December 31,
2022 2021(2)
U.S. 12,141 12,717
Canada (country of domicile) 1,048 1,047
Other 186 174
Americas (North America, Latin America, South America) 13,375 13,938
Switzerland 2,000 1,908
U.K. 1,241 1,454
Other 42 43
EMEA (Europe, Middle East and Africa) 3,283 3,405
Asia Pacific 116 125
Total 16,774 17,468
(1) Non-current assets are primarily comprised of property and equipment, computer software, other identifiable intangible assets, goodwill and investments in equity
method investees.
(2) Amounts have been reclassified to reflect the current presentation.
Note 5: Operating Expenses

The components of operating expenses include the following:
2022 2021
Salaries, commissions and allowances 2,408 2,478
Post-employment benefits 143 144
Total staff costs 2,636 2,698
Goods and services(1) 1,316 1,306
Content 269 276
Telecommunications 37 50
Facilities 41 48
Fair value adjustments(2) (19) (8)
Total operating expenses 4,280 4,370
(1) Goods and services include professional fees, consulting and outsourcing services, contractors, selling and marketing, and other general and administrative costs.
exchange rates.
Page 122
Operating expenses included $171 million and $183 million in 2022 and 2021, respectively, related to the Change Program. The
charges included severance as well as costs to drive technology and digital sales efficiencies.
Note 6: Other Operating Gains, Net

Other operating gains, net, were $211 million for the year ended December 31, 2022, which included gains on the sale of certain
non-core businesses.
Other operating gains, net, were $34 million for the year ended December 31, 2021 and included a benefit from the revaluation of
warrants that the Company held in Refinitiv prior to its sale to LSEG on January 29, 2021, income related to a license that allowed
the Refinitiv business of LSEG to use the “Reuters” mark and a gain on the sale of a non-core business.
Note 7: Finance Costs, Net

The components of finance costs, net, include interest expense (income) and other finance costs (income) as follows:

2022 2021
Interest expense:
Debt 165 161
Derivative financial instruments - hedging activities (1) (3)
Other, net 20 19
Fair value losses (gains) on cash flow hedges, transfer from equity (see note 19) 74 (10)
Net foreign exchange (gains) losses on debt (74) 10
Net interest expense - debt and other 184 177
Net interest expense - leases 8 8
Net interest expense - pension and other post-employment benefit plans 11 13
Interest income (7) (2)
Net interest expense 196 196

2022 2021
Net gains due to changes in foreign currency exchange rates (114) (27)
Net (gains) losses on derivative instruments (328) 19
Other (2) -
Other finance income (444) (8)
Net gains due to changes in foreign currency exchange rates

Net gains due to changes in foreign currency exchange rates were principally comprised of amounts related to certain
intercompany funding arrangements.
Net (gains) losses on derivative instruments

Net (gains) losses on derivative instruments related to foreign exchange contracts on instruments that are intended to reduce
foreign currency risk on a portion of the Company’s indirect investment in LSEG, which is denominated in British pounds sterling
(see note 19).
Page 123
Note 8: Equity Method Investments

Equity method investments in the consolidated statement of financial position were comprised of the following:
December 31,
2022 2021
YPL 6,028 6,574
Other equity method investments 171 162
Total equity method investments 6,199 6,736
Equity method investments were primarily comprised of the Company’s indirect investment in LSEG shares, which it holds through
its direct investment in York Parent Limited and its subsidiaries (“YPL”), formerly Refinitiv Holdings Limited (“RHL”). YPL is an
entity jointly owned by the Company, Blackstone’s consortium (comprised of The Blackstone Group and its subsidiaries, and
private equity funds affiliated with Blackstone), and certain current LSEG and former members of Refinitiv senior management. As
of December 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, YPL held a combination of LSEG ordinary shares and LSEG limited-voting ordinary
shares (with the shares carrying in aggregate an approximate 30% economic interest and a 24% voting interest in LSEG). As of
December 31, 2022, the Company owned 42.84% (December 31, 2021 - 42.82%) of YPL and indirectly owned approximately
72.0 million (December 31, 2021 - 72.4 million) LSEG shares.
On December 12, 2022, the Company announced that it and certain investment funds affiliated with Blackstone agreed to sell
approximately 21.2 million LSEG shares they co-own to Microsoft for a fixed U.S. dollar price of $94.50 per share. After the sale,
the Company will indirectly own approximately 61.5 million shares. In conjunction with the sale of shares to Microsoft, LSEG
amended the terms of contractual lock-up provisions previously agreed between LSEG and the Blackstone/Thomson Reuters
entities that hold the LSEG shares, such that Thomson Reuters will be able to sell approximately 31 million of its indirectly owned
shares in the twelve-month period beginning January 30, 2023, 22 million shares in the twelve-month period beginning
January 30, 2024 and 8 million shares after the lock-up arrangement terminates on January 29, 2025.
YPL is entitled to nominate three non-executive LSEG directors for as long as it holds at least 25% of LSEG shares, two LSEG
directors for as long as it holds at least 17.5% but less than 25% of LSEG shares and one LSEG director for as long as it holds at
least 10% but less than 17.5% of LSEG shares. For so long as YPL is entitled to nominate three directors, one nominee will be a
Thomson Reuters representative. Once YPL is released from the lock-up agreement described above, any disposals of LSEG
shares will be subject to orderly marketing restrictions. A standstill restriction also applies to YPL under which it (and the
underlying investors) have agreed not to, among other matters, acquire further LSEG shares, or make a takeover offer for LSEG for
designated time periods. YPL has also committed to vote its LSEG shares in line with the LSEG Board’s recommendation.
The investment in LSEG is subject to equity accounting because the LSEG shares are held through YPL, over which the Company
has significant influence. As YPL owns only the financial investment in LSEG shares, which the parties intend to sell over time, and
is not involved in operating LSEG or the Refinitiv business of LSEG, the investment in LSEG shares held by YPL is accounted for at
fair value, based on the share price of LSEG. As the investment in LSEG is denominated in British pounds sterling, the Company
has entered into a series of foreign exchange contracts to mitigate currency risk on its investment (see note 19).
The Company’s share of post-tax (losses) earnings in equity method investments as reported in the consolidated income
statement is comprised of the following:
2022 2021
YPL (416) 6,233
Other equity method investments (16) 7
Total share of post-tax (losses) earnings in equity method investments (432) 6,240
Page 124
In 2022, share of post-tax losses in equity method investments reflected a decrease in value of the LSEG investment due to
foreign exchange losses of $787 million, which more than offset increases in value of $207 million due to a higher share price,
dividend income of $87 million, and a $77 million gain on a forward contract relating to the agreement to sell LSEG shares to
Microsoft for a fixed price.
August 2022. The Company received proceeds of $43 million, for approximately 0.5 million shares, which were distributed as a
dividend and reduced its investment. The proceeds were presented in investing activities in the consolidated statement of cash
flow.
In 2021, share of post-tax earnings in equity method investments reflected an $8,075 million gain from the sale of Refinitiv and
$75 million in dividend income, which was partly offset by a $1,749 million decline in the value of the LSEG investment after the
sale and $168 million of post-tax losses related to the Refinitiv operations prior to the sale.
In March 2021, as permitted under a lock-up exception, approximately 10.1 million of the Company’s LSEG shares were sold for
pre-tax net proceeds of $994 million. Proceeds from the sale of the shares by YPL were also distributed to the Company as a
dividend. The proceeds were presented in investing activities in the consolidated statement of cash flow.
Set forth below is summarized financial information for 100% of YPL (formerly RHL prior to its sale in January 2021.)
2022 2021
Revenues - 551
Gain related to the sale of Refinitiv to LSEG - 18,645
Mark-to-market of LSEG shares (1,354) (3,895)
Income from forward contract 179 -
Dividend income 202 177
Refinitiv net loss prior to its sale to LSEG - (361)
Net (loss) earnings (973) 14,566
Remove: Net earnings attributable to non-controlling interests - (11)
Net (loss) earnings attributable to YPL (973) 14,555
Other comprehensive loss attributable to YPL - (214)
Total comprehensive (loss) income attributable to YPL (973) 14,341
Page 125
The following table reconciles the net assets attributable to YPL (formerly RHL) to the Company’s carrying value of its investment
in YPL:
December 31,
2022 2021
Assets
Current assets 190 6
Non-current assets 14,620 16,068
Total assets 14,810 16,074
Liabilities
Current liabilities 10 4
Non-current liabilities 202 189
Total liabilities 212 193
Net assets attributable to YPL 14,598 15,881
Net assets attributable to YPL - beginning period 15,881 2,487
Net (loss) earnings attributable to YPL (973) 14,555
Other comprehensive loss attributable to YPL - (214)
Other adjustments(1) - 253
Distribution to owners (310) (1,200)
Net assets attributable to YPL - ending period 14,598 15,881
Thomson Reuters % share 42.84% 42.82%
Thomson Reuters $ share 6,254 6,800
Historical excluded equity adjustment(2) (226) (226)
Thomson Reuters carrying amount 6,028 6,574
(1) Consists of equity transactions excluded from total comprehensive income attributable to YPL.
(2) Represents the cumulative impact of equity transactions excluded from the Company’s investment in YPL.
Refer to note 31 for related party transactions with YPL and Refinitiv.
Note 9: Taxation
The components of tax expense for 2022 and 2021 are as follows:
2022 2021
Current tax expense 339 945
Deferred tax (benefit) expense (80) 662
Total tax expense 259 1,607
Taxes on items recognized in “Other comprehensive (loss) income” or directly in equity in 2022 and 2021 are as follows:
2022 2021
Included in Other comprehensive (loss) income
Deferred tax (benefit) expense on remeasurement on defined benefit pension plans (43) 58
Deferred tax benefit on share of other comprehensive loss in equity method investments - (23)
Included in Equity
Deferred tax expense (benefit) on share-based payments 28 (21)
Current tax benefit on share-based payments (4) (18)
Page 126
Items affecting tax expense for 2022 and 2021

Tax expense in each year included significant impacts related to the Company’s indirect investment in LSEG.
In 2022, tax expense included $124 million of tax benefit related to the Company’s losses in equity method investments and
$80 million of tax expense related to other finance income, primarily from gains on foreign exchange contracts related to the
Company’s investment in LSEG. Tax expense in 2022 also included a charge of $64 million to reflect the Company’s intention to
settle a tax dispute with a tax loss carryforward that had been previously recognized as a deferred tax asset on its balance sheet.
In 2021, tax expense included $1,497 million related to the Company’s earnings in equity method investments, primarily related to
the gain on sale of Refinitiv to LSEG.
Below is a reconciliation of income taxes calculated at the Canadian corporate tax rate of 26.5% to the tax expense for 2022 and
2021:

2022 2021
Income before tax 1,650 7,294
Income before tax multiplied by the standard rate of Canadian corporate tax of 26.5% 437 1,933
Effects of:
Income taxes recorded at rates different from the Canadian tax rate (226) (335)
Tax losses for which no benefit is recognized 77 21
Net non-taxable foreign exchange and other gains and losses (86) (3)
Tax (benefit) expense on changes in statutory intercompany investment values (50) 34
Derecognition (recognition) of tax losses that arose in prior years due to changes in statutory intercompany
investment values 50 (34)
Provision for uncertain tax positions 30 5
Derecognition (recognition) of tax assets that arose in prior years 68 (3)
Recognition of tax attributes of foreign subsidiaries (29) -
Impact of tax law changes (13) (17)
Research and development credits (13) (10)
Other adjustments related to prior years 6 11
Withholding taxes 4 8
Other differences 4 (3)
Total tax expense 259 1,607
The Company’s 2022 effective income tax rate on earnings from continuing operations was 15.7% (2021 – 22.0%). The effective
income tax rate in both years was lower than the Canadian corporate income tax rate due significantly to the lower tax rates and
differing tax rules applicable to certain of the Company’s operating and financing subsidiaries outside Canada. The Company’s
effective tax rate depends on the laws of numerous countries and the provisions of multiple income tax conventions between
various countries in which the Company operates. A 1% increase in the effective income tax rate would have increased 2022
income tax expense and decreased earnings from continuing operations by approximately $17 million.
Note 10: Discontinued Operations

(Loss) earnings from discontinued operations, net of tax, was $(53) million and $2 million for the years ended December 31, 2022
and December 31, 2021, respectively. In 2022, loss from discontinued operations, net of tax, was primarily comprised of losses
arising on a receivable balance from LSEG relating to a tax indemnity. The losses were due to changes in foreign exchange and
interest rates. In 2021, earnings from discontinued operations, net of tax, included residual income and expenses related to the
Company’s former Financial & Risk business, which included tax benefits of $10 million related to the reversal of tax reserves no
longer required due to the expiration of statutes of limitation.
Page 127
Note 11: Earnings Per Share

Basic earnings per share was calculated by dividing earnings attributable to common shareholders less dividends declared on
preference shares by the sum of the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding and vested deferred share units
(“DSUs”) outstanding during the period. DSUs represent common shares that certain employees have elected to receive in the
future upon vesting of share-based compensation awards or in lieu of cash compensation.
Diluted earnings per share was calculated using the denominator of the basic calculation described above adjusted to include the
potentially dilutive effect of outstanding stock options and time-based restricted share units (“TRSUs”).
Earnings used in determining consolidated earnings per share and earnings per share from continuing operations are as follows:
2022 2021
Earnings attributable to common shareholders 1,338 5,689
Less: Dividends declared on preference shares (3) (2)
Earnings used in consolidated earnings per share 1,335 5,687
Less: Loss (earnings) from discontinued operations, net of tax 53 (2)
Earnings used in earnings per share from continuing operations 1,388 5,685
The weighted-average number of common shares outstanding, as well as a reconciliation of the weighted-average number of
common shares outstanding used in the basic earnings per share computation to the weighted-average number of common
shares outstanding used in the diluted earnings per share computation, is presented below:
2022 2021
Weighted-average number of common shares outstanding 483,634,135 493,106,315
Weighted-average number of vested DSUs 251,366 337,716
Basic 483,885,501 493,444,031
Effect of stock options and TRSUs 1,044,104 1,060,473
Diluted 484,929,605 494,504,504
There were no share-based compensation awards outstanding as of December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively, where the exercise
price was greater than the average market price.
Note 12: Cash and Cash Equivalents

December 31,
2022 2021
Cash
Cash at bank and on hand 820 389
Cash equivalents
Money market accounts 249 389
Cash and cash equivalents 1,069 778
Of total cash and cash equivalents, $81 million and $70 million as of December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively, were held in
subsidiaries which have regulatory restrictions, contractual restrictions or operate in countries where exchange controls and other
legal restrictions apply and were therefore not available for general use by the Company.
Page 128
Note 13: Trade and Other Receivables

December 31,
2022 2021
Trade receivables 1,097 1,117
Less: allowance for doubtful accounts (20) (38)
Less: allowance for sales adjustments (37) (41)
Net trade receivables 1,040 1,038
Other receivables 29 19
Trade and other receivables 1,069 1,057
The aging of gross trade receivables at each reporting date was as follows:
December 31,
2022 2021
Current - 30 days 950 884
Past due 31-60 days 42 55
Past due >180 days 41 60
Balance as of December 31 1,097 1,117
Allowance for doubtful accounts

The change in the allowance for doubtful accounts was as follows:
December 31,
2022 2021
Balance at beginning of year 38 37
Charges 19 35
Write-offs (36) (34)
Translation and other, net (1) -
Balance at end of year 20 38
Trade and other receivables are written off when there is no reasonable expectation of recovery, such as the bankruptcy of the
debtor. The potential for such losses is mitigated because customer creditworthiness is evaluated before credit is extended and
there is no significant exposure to any single customer.
Note 14: Prepaid Expenses and Other Current Assets

December 31,
2022 2021
Inventory 29 28
Prepaid expenses 159 170
Current tax receivables(1) 68 68
Deferred commissions 146 140
Other current assets 67 104
Prepaid expenses and other current assets 469 510
(1) The 2022 period included $8 million (2021 – $9 million) of uncertain tax positions, which reduced total current tax receivables.
Page 129
Note 15: Property and Equipment

Property and equipment consist of the following:
Furniture,
Land, Buildings Fixtures and
and Building Computer Other
Improvements Equipment Equipment Total
Cost:
December 31, 2020 914 792 296 2,002
Additions:
Leases 62 10 - 72
Removed from service (58) (488) (34) (580)
Disposals of businesses (16) (1) (2) (19)
Translation and other, net (14) (42) (3) (59)
December 31, 2021 923 300 271 1,494
Additions:
Leases 39 11 2 52
Removed from service (100) (41) (10) (151)
Translation and other, net (35) (10) (4) (49)
December 31, 2022 838 267 265 1,370
Accumulated depreciation:
December 31, 2020 (545) (684) (228) (1,457)
Depreciation (98) (61) (18) (177)
Removed from service 58 488 34 580
Disposals of businesses 13 - 2 15
Translation and other, net 5 41 1 47
December 31, 2021 (567) (216) (209) (992)
Depreciation (73) (50) (17) (140)
Removed from service 100 41 10 151
Translation and other, net 14 6 5 25
December 31, 2022 (526) (219) (211) (956)
Carrying amount:
December 31, 2021 356 84 62 502
December 31, 2022 312 48 54 414
See note 27 for right-of-use assets carrying amounts and other related leases disclosures.
Page 130
Note 16: Computer Software

Computer software consists of the following:
2022 2021
Cost:
Balance as of January 1, 4,918 4,771
Additions:
Internally developed 519 460
Purchased 2 3
Acquisitions 74 -
Removed from service (24) (344)
Disposals of businesses (91) (24)
Translation and other, net (13) 52
Balance as of December 31, 5,385 4,918
Accumulated amortization:
Balance as of January 1, (4,096) (3,941)
Amortization (485) (474)
Removed from service 24 344
Disposals of businesses 81 19
Translation and other, net 13 (44)
Balance as of December 31, (4,463) (4,096)
Carrying amount as of December 31: 922 822
Page 131
Note 17: Other Identifiable Intangible Assets

Indefinite
Useful Life Finite Useful Life
Customer Databases and

Trade Names Trade Names Relationships Content Other Total
Cost:
December 31, 2020 2,646 147 1,844 640 743 6,020
Acquisitions - - - - 23 23
Removed from service - (7) (3) (1) (5) (16)
Disposals of businesses - (9) (17) - - (26)
Translation and other, net - (1) (9) (1) (3) (14)
December 31, 2021 2,646 130 1,815 638 758 5,987
Acquisitions - - 2 - - 2
Removed from service - - (1) - - (1)
Disposals of businesses - - (5) - - (5)
Translation and other, net - - (44) (8) (19) (71)
December 31, 2022 2,646 130 1,767 630 739 5,912
Accumulated amortization:
December 31, 2020 - (117) (1,204) (542) (730) (2,593)
Amortization - (10) (82) (20) (7) (119)
Removed from service - 7 3 1 5 16
Disposals of businesses - 9 17 - - 26
Translation and other, net - 1 8 1 4 14
December 31, 2021 - (110) (1,258) (560) (728) (2,656)
Amortization - (9) (64) (20) (6) (99)
Removed from service - - 1 - - 1
Disposals of businesses - - 5 - - 5
Translation and other, net - 1 29 7 19 56
December 31, 2022 - (118) (1,287) (573) (715) (2,693)
Carrying amount:
December 31, 2021 2,646 20 557 78 30 3,331
December 31, 2022 2,646 12 480 57 24 3,219
The carrying amount of indefinite-lived trade names as of December 31, 2022 and 2021 was comprised of the Reuters and West
tradenames in the amounts of $1,939 million and $707 million, respectively.
Due to widespread brand recognition, long history and expected future use, these trade names have been assigned indefinite lives.
For purposes of impairment testing, the West trade name was allocated to the Legal Professionals, Corporates and Global Print
CGUs as it primarily benefits those CGUs. The Reuters trade name is considered a corporate asset, because it is used in the
Company’s name, and therefore its carrying value was compared to the combined excess fair value of all the Company’s CGUs.
The Company performed its annual test for impairment as of October 1, 2022. No impairment was recorded. See note 18.
Page 132
Note 18: Goodwill

The following table presents goodwill for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021:
2022 2021
Cost:
Balance as of January 1, 5,940 5,976
Acquisitions 117 -
Disposals of businesses (36) (16)
Translation and other, net (139) (20)
Carrying amount as of December 31: 5,882 5,940
Impairment test of goodwill

The Company performed its annual goodwill impairment test as of October 1, 2022. No goodwill impairment was recorded as the
estimated fair value less costs of disposal of each CGU exceeded their carrying values by a substantial amount. The Company
performed the test for each CGU to which goodwill was allocated and monitored by management at the date of the test. The
following table shows the carrying amount of goodwill that was tested for impairment by CGU:
Cash-Generating Unit 2022

Legal Professionals 3,232
Corporates 1,380
Tax & Accounting Professionals 832
Reuters News 133
Global Print 241
The selection and application of valuation techniques and the determination of significant assumptions requires judgment. As
with previous impairment tests, the recoverable value of each CGU was based on fair value less costs of disposal, using a weighted
average of the income approach and market approach. IFRS 13, Fair Value Measurement, defines fair value as a market-based
measurement rather than an entity-specific measurement. Therefore, the fair value of the CGU must be measured using the
assumptions that market participants would use rather than those related specifically to the Company. To calculate market
participant assumptions, publicly available data was gathered from companies operating in businesses similar to each CGU,
which includes key competitors. As certain inputs to the valuation are not based on observable market data, the recoverable value
of each CGU is categorized in Level 3 of the fair value measurement hierarchy.
Income approach
The income approach is predicated upon the value of the future cash flows that a business will generate. The Company used the
discounted cash flow (“DCF”) method, which involves projecting cash flows and converting them into a present value equivalent
through discounting. The discounting process uses a rate of return that is commensurate with the risk associated with the
business and the time value of money. This approach requires assumptions about revenue growth rates, operating margins,
capital expenditures, tax rates and discount rates.
Market approach
The market approach assumes that companies operating in the same industry will share similar characteristics and that company
values will correlate to those characteristics. Therefore, a comparison of a CGU to similar companies whose financial information
is publicly available may provide a reasonable basis to estimate fair value. Under the market approach, fair value is calculated
based on EBITDA multiples of benchmark companies comparable to the businesses in each CGU. Data for the benchmark
companies was obtained from publicly available information.
Page 133
Significant Assumptions
Weighting of Valuation Techniques
The Company weighted the results of the two valuation techniques noted above, consistently applied to each CGU, as follows:
60% income approach/40% market approach. The Company believes that given volatility in capital markets, it is appropriate to
apply a heavier weighting to the income approach.
Cash Flow Projections

Cash flow projections were based on the Company’s internal budget. The Company projected cash flows for a period of three years
and applied a perpetual growth rate thereafter, as prescribed by IAS 36, Impairment of Assets. To project cash flows for the three-
year period, the Company considered growth in revenues and costs as well as capital expenditures. In preparing its projections, the
Company considered experience, economic trends such as GDP growth and inflation as well as industry and market trends. The
projections also considered the expected impact from efficiency initiatives, new product launches, customer retention, as well as
the maturity of the markets in which each business operates.
Discount Rate
The Company assumed a discount rate to calculate the present value of its projected cash flows. The discount rate represented a
weighted-average cost of capital (“WACC”) for comparable companies operating in similar industries as the applicable CGU,
based on publicly available information. The WACC is an estimate of the overall required rate of return on an investment for both
debt and equity owners and serves as the basis for developing an appropriate discount rate. Determination of the WACC requires
separate analysis of the cost of equity and the cost of debt. The cost of equity reflects the long-term risk-free interest rate
associated with U.S. Treasury bonds and considers a risk premium based on an assessment of risks related to the projected cash
flows of each CGU.
Lower discount rates were applied to CGUs whose cash flows are expected to be less volatile due to factors such as the maturity of
the market they serve and their market position. Higher discount rates were applied to CGUs whose cash flows are expected to be
more volatile due to competition or participation in less stable geographic markets.
Tax Rate
The tax rates applied to the projections were based on effective tax rates of comparable companies operating in similar industries
as the applicable CGU, based on publicly available information or statutory tax rates. Tax assumptions are sensitive to changes in
tax laws and the jurisdictions in which profits are earned.
The key assumptions used in performing the impairment test, by CGU, are presented below:
Perpetual Discount Tax

Cash-Generating Unit Growth Rate(1) Rate Rate
Legal Professionals 2.5% 10.0% 26.0%
Corporates 2.5% 10.5% 26.2%
Tax & Accounting Professionals 3.0% 10.5% 27.3%
Reuters News 2.5% 12.0% 21.9%
Global Print (5.5%) 11.5% 26.3%
(1) The perpetual growth rate is applied to the final year of cash flow projections.
Results and Sensitivities

As the fair value for each CGU exceeded its carrying value by a substantial amount, the sensitivity analysis demonstrated that no
reasonably possible change in the perpetual growth rate, discount rate or income tax assumptions would cause the carrying
amounts of any CGU to exceed its recoverable amount.
Page 134
Note 19: Financial Instruments

Financial assets and liabilities
Financial assets and liabilities in the consolidated statement of financial position were as follows:
Assets at Fair
Value through
Assets/(Liabilities) Other Derivatives
Assets/(Liabilities) at Fair Value Comprehensive Used for
December 31, 2022 at Amortized Cost through Earnings Income or Loss Hedging(1) Total
Cash and cash equivalents 820 249 - - 1,069
Trade and other receivables 1,069 - - - 1,069
Other financial assets – current 13 191 - - 204
Other financial assets – non-current 24 400 61 42 527
Current indebtedness (1,647) - - - (1,647)
Trade payables (see note 21) (237) - - - (237)
Accruals (see note 21) (834) - - - (834)
Other financial liabilities – current(2)(3) (781) (31) - - (812)
Long-term indebtedness (3,114) - - - (3,114)
Other financial liabilities – non-current(4) (204) (29) - - (233)
Total (4,891) 780 61 42 (4,008)
Assets at Fair
Value through
Assets/(Liabilities) Other Derivatives
Assets/(Liabilities) at Fair Value Comprehensive Used for
December 31, 2021 at Amortized Cost through Earnings Income or Loss Hedging(1) Total
Cash and cash equivalents 389 389 - - 778
Trade and other receivables 1,057 - - - 1,057
Other financial assets – current 108 - - - 108
Other financial assets – non-current 27 235 68 99 429
Trade payables (see note 21) (227) - - - (227)
Accruals (see note 21) (950) - - - (950)
Other financial liabilities – current(2) (174) (1) - - (175)
Long-term indebtedness (3,786) - - - (3,786)
Other financial liabilities – non-current(4) (215) (19) - - (234)
Total (3,771) 604 68 99 (3,000)
(1) Derivatives are entered into with specific objectives for each transaction, and are linked to specific assets, liabilities, firm commitments or highly probable forecasted
transactions.
(2) Includes lease liabilities of $56 million (2021 - $64 million).
(3) Includes a commitment to repurchase up to $718 million of shares related to the Company’s automatic share repurchase plan with its broker to repurchase the
Company’s shares during its internal trading blackout period. See note 24.
(4) Includes lease liabilities of $179 million (2021 - $197 million).
Fair Value
The fair values of cash and cash equivalents, trade and other receivables, trade payables and accruals approximate their carrying
amounts because of the short-term maturity of these instruments. The fair value of long-term debt and related derivative
instruments is set forth below.
Page 135
Debt and Related Derivative Instruments

Carrying Amounts
Amounts recorded in the consolidated statement of financial position are referred to as “carrying amounts”. The carrying amounts
of primary debt are reflected in “Current indebtedness” or “Long-term indebtedness” and the carrying amounts of derivative
instruments are included in “Other financial assets” and “Other financial liabilities”, current or long-term, in the consolidated
statement of financial position, as appropriate.
Fair Value
The fair value of debt is estimated based on either quoted market prices for similar issues or current rates offered to the Company
for debt of the same maturity. The fair value of interest rate swaps is estimated based upon discounted cash flows using
applicable current market rates and considering non-performance risk.
The following is a summary of debt and related derivative instruments that hedged the cash flows of debt:
Carrying Amount Fair Value

Derivative Derivative
Primary Debt Instruments Primary Debt Instruments
December 31, 2022 Instruments (Asset) Instruments (Asset)
Commercial paper 1,048 - 1,050
C$1,400, 2.239% Notes, due 2025 1,030 (42) 972 (42)
$600, 4.30% Notes, due 2023 599 - 594
$450, 3.85% Notes, due 2024(1) 241 - 235
$500, 3.35% Notes, due 2026 497 - 473
$350, 4.50% Notes, due 2043(1) 116 - 89
$350, 5.65% Notes, due 2043 342 - 324
$400, 5.50% Debentures, due 2035 396 - 379
$500, 5.85% Debentures, due 2040 492 - 482 -
Total 4,761 (42) 4,598 (42)
Current portion 1,647
Long-term portion 3,114 (42)
Carrying Amount Fair Value

Derivative Derivative
Primary Debt Instruments Primary Debt Instruments
December 31, 2021 Instruments (Asset) Instruments (Asset)
C$1,400, 2.239% Notes, due 2025 1,103 (99) 1,119 (99)
$600, 4.30% Notes, due 2023 599 - 631 -
$450, 3.85% Notes, due 2024(1) 241 - 256 -
$500, 3.35% Notes, due 2026 497 - 531 -
$350, 4.50% Notes, due 2043(1) 116 - 128 -
$350, 5.65% Notes, due 2043 342 - 478 -
$400, 5.50% Debentures, due 2035 396 - 516 -
$500, 5.85% Debentures, due 2040 492 - 695 -
Total 3,786 (99) 4,354 (99)
Long-term portion 3,786 (99)
(1) Notes were partially redeemed in October 2018.
Page 136
Cross-currency interest rate swaps

The Company uses fixed-to-fixed cross-currency interest rate swaps to hedge its currency exposures on indebtedness. These
instruments swap Canadian dollar denominated principal and interest payments into U.S. dollars. The critical terms of the swap,
such as the timing and amount of cash flows, match the terms of the related indebtedness, creating an economic relationship that
is expected to result in a highly effective hedge. To test for hedge ineffectiveness at hedge inception and subsequent reporting
periods, the Company performs qualitative tests to confirm that the terms of the instruments have not changed, as well as
quantitative tests to assess if the future cash flows of the swap and the indebtedness will offset one another. Ineffectiveness may
arise from changes in cross currency basis spreads or the credit risk inherent in the swaps. As the Company’s risk management
objective is to mitigate debt-related currency exposures, it seeks to achieve a 1:1 hedge ratio between the notional principal
amount of the swaps and the underlying debt exposures, in which all of the critical terms of the instruments match.
As of December 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, the Company recorded swaps outstanding in the consolidated statement of
financial position at their fair value, which was an asset of $42 million and $99 million, respectively. These swaps were designated
as cash flow hedges.
The details of these instruments for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021 are set forth below:
Received Paid Hedged Risk Year of Maturity Principal Amount
Cash flow hedges
Canadian dollar fixed U.S. dollar fixed Foreign exchange 2025 US$999
Currency Risk Exposures

At each reporting date presented, substantially all indebtedness was denominated in U.S. dollars or had been swapped into U.S.
dollar obligations.
The carrying amount of debt, all of which is unsecured, was denominated in the following currencies:
Before Currency Hedging Arrangements After Currency Hedging Arrangements
December 31, December 31,
2022 2021 2022 2021
Canadian dollar 1,030 1,103 - -
U.S. dollar 3,731 2,683 4,719 3,687
4,761 3,786 4,719 3,687
Interest Rate Risk Exposures

As of December 31, 2022 and 2021, the Company’s notes and debentures (after swaps) pay interest at fixed rates. The weighted-
average interest rate including commercial paper borrowings was 4.3% in 2022 (2021 – 4.1%).
Foreign Exchange Contracts

The Company has entered into foreign exchange contracts that are intended to reduce foreign currency risk related to a portion of
its indirect investment in LSEG, which is denominated in British pounds sterling. As of December 31, 2022, the Company had
foreign exchange contracts with a notional amount of £3.9 billion ($5.0 billion) outstanding. In 2022, gains of $328 million
(2021 – losses of $19 million) were reported within “Other finance income” in the consolidated income statement (see note 7) due
to fluctuations in the U.S. dollar – British pounds sterling exchange rate. These instruments are not related to changes in the
LSEG share price. The Company records the foreign exchange contracts at fair value each reporting period. The associated net fair
value of these contracts was an asset of $309 million (December 31, 2021 – $19 million liability) and were recorded within other
financial assets or liabilities, current or long-term as appropriate, in the consolidated statement of financial position. As of
December 31, 2022, the Company’s interest in LSEG shares had a market value of approximately $6.2 billion, based on LSEG’s
share price on that day (December 31, 2021 – $6.8 billion).
Page 137
Fair value gains and losses from derivative financial instruments

Fair value gains and losses from derivative financial instruments recognized in the consolidated income statement and
consolidated statement of changes in equity were as follows:

2022 2021
Fair Value Gain Fair Value Gain Fair Value Gain Fair Value Loss
(Loss) Through Through (Loss) Through Through
Earnings Equity Earnings Equity
Warrants - - 9 -
Foreign exchange contracts 328 - (19) -
Hedging instruments:
Cross currency interest rate swaps – cash flow hedges (75) 17 9 (11)
Forward interest rate swaps – cash flow hedges 1 - 1 -
254 17 - (11)
Financial Risk Management

The Company is exposed to a variety of financial risks including market risk (primarily currency risk and interest rate risk), credit
risk and liquidity risk, as its operations are diverse and global. The Company is also exposed to currency and price risk on its
investment in LSEG. A centralized corporate treasury group works to minimize the potential adverse effects from these risks by
using hedging strategies, where applicable, as well as associating with high quality financial institutions, limiting exposures to
counterparties and ensuring flexible sources of funding. The Chief Financial Officer oversees the overall approach and ensures the
use of strict guidelines and internal control processes.
Market Risk
Currency Risk
The Company’s consolidated financial statements are expressed in U.S. dollars. However, the Company transacts a portion of its
business in other currencies and is therefore subject to the effects of foreign currency translation into U.S. dollars as well as
currency transaction risk.
The impact of foreign currency translation from changes in exchange rates between 2021 and 2022 decreased consolidated
revenues and operating expenses by 2%, and 3%, respectively, and generated $317 million of net translation losses (2021 –
$61 million of net translation losses), which were recorded within accumulated other comprehensive loss in shareholders’ equity.
Exposure to currency transaction risk is minimized as the Company generally bills customers and incurs operating expenses in the
functional currency of the legal entity that records the transaction. However, the Company is exposed to currency transaction risk
from the revaluation of non-permanent intercompany loans in certain of its legal entities, which impacts earnings. In addition, the
indirect investment in LSEG denominated in British pounds sterling exposes the Company to currency risk.
Page 138
The table below shows the impact on earnings that a hypothetical 10% strengthening of the U.S. dollar against other foreign
currencies would have as a result of changes in fair values of financial instruments as of December 31, 2022.
Other
Increase (decrease) impact on earnings from: £ € C$ Currencies Total
Financial assets and liabilities(1) 1 - 1 4 6
Receivables under indemnification arrangement (23) (1) - (1) (25)
Non-permanent intercompany loans 67 24 58 15 164
Indirect investment in LSEG shares (618) - - - (618)
Foreign exchange contracts(2) 469 - - - 469
Total impact on earnings (104) 23 59 18 (4)
(1) Excludes debt which has been swapped into U.S. dollar obligations.
(2) Represents foreign exchange contracts intended to mitigate currency exposure to LSEG shares.
The Company only uses derivative instruments to reduce foreign currency and interest rate exposures. Canadian dollar borrowings
are generally converted to U.S. dollar obligations through currency swap arrangements. Foreign exchange contracts are used to
reduce foreign currency risk related to a portion of the Company’s indirect investment in LSEG, which is denominated in British
pounds sterling. See “Cross-currency interest rate swaps” and “Foreign Exchange Contracts” sections above within this note. At
each reporting date presented, substantially all indebtedness was denominated in U.S. dollars or had been swapped into U.S.
dollar obligations.
Interest Rate Risk

The Company has no significant exposure to fluctuations in interest rates with respect to cash and cash equivalents and long-term
borrowings. As of December 31, 2022, the Company’s notes and debentures (after swaps) pay interest at fixed rates, and there
were no derivatives designated as fair value hedges.
Price Risk
The Company has no significant exposure to price risk from commodities in the normal course of business. The Company’s
exposure to price risk from equity securities is limited to its indirect investment in LSEG, which is subject to variability based on
changes in the price of LSEG shares. As of December 31, 2022, the Company indirectly owned 72.0 million LSEG shares which had
a market value of approximately $6.2 billion. Based on the amount of shares owned as of December 31, 2022, a 10% increase or
decrease in the share price of LSEG would increase or decrease share of post-tax earnings in equity method investments by
approximately $618 million.
Credit Risk
Credit risk arises from cash and cash equivalents and derivative financial instruments, as well as credit exposure to customers
including outstanding receivables. The Company attempts to minimize credit exposure as follows:
• Cash investments are placed with high-quality financial institutions with limited exposure to any one institution. As of
December 31, 2022, approximately 99% of cash and cash equivalents were held by institutions that were rated at “A-“ or higher
by at least one of the major credit rating agencies;
• Counterparties to derivative contracts are major investment-grade international financial institutions and exposure to any
single counterparty is monitored and limited; and
• The Company assesses the creditworthiness of its customers.
No allowance for credit losses on financial assets was required as of December 31, 2022, other than the allowance for doubtful
accounts (see note 13) and for credit risk associated with receivables under an indemnification arrangement (see “Fair value
estimation” section below). Further, no financial or other assets have been pledged.
Page 139
The Company’s maximum exposure with respect to credit, assuming no mitigating factors, would be the aggregate of its cash and
cash equivalents $1,069 million (2021 - $778 million), trade and other receivables $1,069 million (2021 - $1,057 million), derivative
financial assets $388 million (2021 - $99 million) and other financial assets $282 million (2021 - $370 million).
The Company is also exposed to credit risk from the guarantee related to its investment in 3 Times Square Associates LLC (“3XSQ
Associates”) (see note 30).
Liquidity Risk
A centralized treasury function ensures funding flexibility by assessing future cash flow expectations and by maintaining sufficient
capacity under its committed borrowing facilities. Cash flow estimates are based on rolling forecasts of operating, investing and
financing flows. Such forecasting also considers account borrowing limits, cash restrictions and compliance with debt covenants.
Cash which is surplus to working capital requirements is invested in money market funds or bank money market deposits with
maturities aligned to expected cash needs. As of December 31, 2022, cash and cash equivalents were $1,069 million. In addition,
the Company maintains a commercial paper program, which provides cost-effective and flexible short-term funding, and a
$2.0 billion credit facility, which provides additional liquidity, as further described below.
Commercial Paper Program

The Company’s $2.0 billion commercial paper program provides cost effective and flexible short-term funding. The carrying
amount of outstanding commercial paper of $1,048 million is included in “Current indebtedness” within the consolidated
statement of financial position as of December 31, 2022 (December 31, 2021 – nil).
Credit Facility
In November 2022, the Company amended and restated its credit facility agreement to increase the commitment to $2.0 billion,
from $1.8 billion and extend the maturity to November 2027. The facility may be used to provide liquidity for general corporate
purposes (including acquisitions or support for its commercial paper program). There were no outstanding borrowings under the
credit facility as of December 31, 2022 and 2021. Based on the Company’s current credit ratings, the cost of borrowing under the
facility is priced at the Term Secure Overnight Financing Rate (“SOFR”)/Euro Interbank Offered Rate (“EURiBOR”)/Simple
Sterling Overnight Index Average (“SONIA”) plus 102.5 basis points. The Company has the option to request an increase, subject
to approval by applicable lenders, in the lenders’ commitments in an aggregate amount of $600 million for a maximum credit
facility commitment of $2.6 billion. If the Company’s debt rating is downgraded by Moody’s, S&P or Fitch, the facility fees and
borrowing costs would increase, although availability would be unaffected. Conversely, an upgrade in the Company’s ratings may
reduce the facility fees and borrowing costs.
The Company guarantees borrowings by its subsidiaries under the credit facility. The Company must also maintain a ratio of net
debt as defined in the credit agreement (total debt after swaps less cash and cash equivalents) as of the last day of each fiscal
quarter to EBITDA as defined in the credit agreement (earnings before interest, income taxes, depreciation and amortization and
other modifications described in the credit agreement) for the last four quarters ended of not more than 4.5:1. If the Company
were to complete an acquisition with a purchase price of over $500 million, the ratio of net debt to EBITDA would temporarily
increase to 5.0:1 for three quarters after completion, at which time the ratio would revert to 4.5:1. As of December 31, 2022, the
Company was in compliance with this covenant as its ratio of net debt to EBITDA, as calculated under the terms of its syndicated
credit facility, was 1.6:1.
Page 140
The tables below set forth non-derivative and derivative financial liabilities by maturity based on the remaining period from
December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively, to the contractual maturity date. The amounts disclosed are the contractual
undiscounted cash flows.
December 31, 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 Thereafter Total
Commercial paper 1,050 - - - - - 1,050
Notes/debentures(1) 600 242 1,033 500 - 1,369 3,744
Interest payable(1) 151 125 105 84 76 943 1,484
Debt-related hedges outflows(2) 22 22 1,011 - - - 1,055
Debt-related hedges inflows(1) (23) (23) (1,045) - - - (1,091)
Trade payables 237 - - - - - 237
Accruals 834 - - - - - 834
Lease liabilities 68 52 40 29 21 53 263
Foreign exchange contracts outflows(3) 2,951 2,092 - - - - 5,043
Foreign exchange contracts inflows(4) (3,118) (2,233) - - - - (5,351)
Other financial liabilities 725 25 - - - - 750
Total 3,497 302 1,144 613 97 2,365 8,018
December 31, 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 Thereafter Total
Notes/debentures(1) - 600 242 1,108 500 1,369 3,819
Interest payable(1) 153 153 127 105 84 1,019 1,641
Debt-related hedges outflows(2) 22 22 22 1,010 - - 1,076
Debt-related hedges inflows(1) (25) (25) (25) (1,120) - - (1,195)
Trade payables 227 - - - - - 227
Accruals 950 - - - - - 950
Lease liabilities 73 63 46 35 26 45 288
Foreign exchange contracts outflows(3) - 1,746 1,743 - - - 3,489
Foreign exchange contracts inflows(4) - (1,738) (1,732) - - - (3,470)
Other financial liabilities 110 18 - - - - 128
Total 1,510 839 423 1,138 610 2,433 6,953
(1) Represents contractual cash flows calculated using spot foreign exchange rates as of the period then ended.
(2) Represents contractual U.S. dollar cash flows.
(3) Represents contractual cash flows translated at the contract rate.
(4) Represents contractual cash flows calculated using forward foreign exchange rates as of the period then ended.
Capital Management
The Company’s capital management strategy is focused on ensuring that it has the investment capacity to drive revenue growth
both organically and through acquisitions, while also maintaining its long-term financial leverage and credit ratings and
continuing to provide returns to shareholders.
The Company’s principal sources of liquidity are cash and cash equivalents and cash provided by operating activities. From time to
time, the Company issues commercial paper, borrows under its credit facility and issues debt securities. The Company’s principal
uses of cash are for debt repayments, debt servicing costs, dividend payments, capital expenditures, share repurchases and
acquisitions. The Company believes that its existing sources of liquidity will be sufficient to fund its expected 2023 cash
requirements in the normal course of business.
Additionally, the Company targets a leverage ratio of net debt, as defined below, to adjusted EBITDA of no more than 2.5x as a
measure of its financial flexibility and ability to maintain investment grade credit ratings. As of December 31, 2022, the Company
was below its maximum target ratio.
Page 141
The Company’s investment grade credit ratings provide additional financial flexibility and the ability to borrow to support the
operations and growth strategies of the business. The following table sets forth the credit ratings that the Company has received
from rating agencies in respect of its outstanding securities as of December 31, 2022:
Moody’s S&P Global Ratings DBRS Limited Fitch

Long-term debt Baa2 BBB BBB (high) BBB+
Commercial paper P-2 A-2 R-2 (high) F1
Trend/Outlook Stable Stable Stable Stable
Net debt is defined as total indebtedness (excluding the associated unamortized transaction costs and premiums or discounts)
plus the currency related fair value of associated hedging instruments, and lease liabilities less cash and cash equivalents. As the
Company hedges some of its debt to reduce risk, the hedging instruments are included in the measurement of the total obligation
associated with its outstanding debt. However, because the Company generally intends to hold the debt and related hedges to
maturity, it does not consider the associated fair value of the interest-related component of hedging instruments in the
measurement of net debt.
The following table presents the calculation of net debt:
December 31,
2022 2021
Current indebtedness 1,647 -
Long-term indebtedness 3,114 3,786
Total debt 4,761 3,786
Swaps (42) (99)
Total debt after swaps 4,719 3,687
Remove fair value adjustments for hedges(1) 7 (10)
Total debt after currency hedging arrangements 4,726 3,677
Remove transaction costs, premiums or discounts included in the carrying value of debt 33 33
Add: Lease liabilities (current and non-current) 235 261
Less: cash and cash equivalents (1,069) (778)
Net debt 3,925 3,193
(1) Represents the interest-related fair value component of hedging instruments that are removed to reflect net cash outflow upon maturity.
Page 142
The following reconciles movements of liabilities to cash flows arising from financing activities for the years ended December 31,
2022 and 2021:
Derivative
Instruments Total Liabilities
Notes and Commercial Liabilities From Financing
Debentures Paper (Assets) Lease Liabilities Activities
December 31, 2020 3,772 - (100) 306 3,978

Payments of lease principal(1) - - - (109) (109)
Additional leases - - - 77 77
Foreign exchange movements 9 - (9) (5) (5)
Other, net(2) 5 - 10 (8) 7
December 31, 2021 3,786 - (99) 261 3,948
Proceeds from commercial paper - 2,352 - - 2,352
Repayments of commercial paper - (1,310) - - (1,310)
Payments of lease principal - - - (65) (65)
Additional leases - - - 56 56
Foreign exchange movements (75) - 75 (12) (12)
Other, net(2) 2 6 (18) (5) (15)
December 31, 2022 3,713 1,048 (42) 235 4,954
(1) Includes $23 million to exit a technology equipment lease.

(2) Includes amortization of transaction and discount costs as well as fair value movements on derivatives.
Fair value estimation

The following fair value measurement hierarchy is used for financial instruments that are measured in the consolidated statement
of financial position at fair value:
• Level 1 – quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities;
• Level 2 – inputs other than quoted prices included within level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly (that
is, as prices) or indirectly (that is, derived from prices); and
• Level 3 – inputs for the asset or liability that are not based on observable market data (that is, unobservable inputs).
Page 143
The levels used to determine fair value measurements for those instruments carried at fair value in the consolidated statement of
financial position are as follows:
December 31, 2022 Total
Assets Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Balance
Money market accounts - 249 - 249
Other receivables(1) - - 245 245
Foreign exchange contracts(2) - 346 - 346
Financial assets at fair value through earnings - 595 245 840
Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income(3) 19 - 42 61
Derivatives used for hedging(4) - 42 - 42
Total assets 19 637 287 943
Liabilities
Foreign exchange contracts(2) - (37) - (37)
Contingent consideration(5) - - (23) (23)
Financial liabilities at fair value through earnings - (37) (23) (60)
Total liabilities - (37) (23) (60)
December 31, 2021 Total

Assets Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Balance
Money market accounts - 389 - 389
Other receivables(1) - - 235 235
Financial assets at fair value through earnings - 389 235 624
Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income(3) 46 22 - 68
Derivatives used for hedging(4) - 99 - 99
Total assets 46 510 235 791
Liabilities
Contingent consideration(5) - - (1) (1)
Foreign exchange contracts(2) - (19) - (19)
Financial liabilities at fair value through earnings - (19) (1) (20)
Total liabilities - (19) (1) (20)
(1) Receivables under indemnification arrangement (see below and in note 30).
(2) Relates to the management of foreign exchange risk on a portion of the Company’s indirect investment in LSEG.
(3) Investments in entities over which the Company does not have control, joint control or significant influence.
(4) Comprised of fixed-to-fixed cross-currency swaps on indebtedness.
(5) Obligations to pay additional consideration for prior acquisitions, based upon performance measures contractually agreed at the time of purchase.
The receivable from the indemnification arrangement is a level 3 in the fair value measurement hierarchy. The increase in the
receivable between December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2022 primarily reflected additional payments that are expected to be
recovered, offset by fair value losses based on interest rates associated with the indemnifying party’s credit profile and foreign
exchange losses, which are included within (loss) earnings from discontinued operations, net of tax, in the consolidated income
statement.
Page 144
The Company recognizes transfers into and out of the fair value measurement hierarchy levels at the end of the reporting period in
which the event or change in circumstances that caused the transfer occurred. On December 31, 2022, $22 million of financial
assets at fair value through other comprehensive income was transferred from level 2 to level 3, compared to December 31, 2021,
as the valuation of the related assets was not based on observable market data. In addition, $20 million of activity, primarily
related to new acquisitions, was classified as level 3.
The fair value of financial instruments that are not traded in an active market (for example, over-the-counter derivatives) is
determined by using valuation techniques. These valuation techniques maximize the use of observable market data where it is
available and rely as little as possible on entity specific estimates. If all significant inputs required to fair value an instrument are
observable, the instrument is included in level 2. If one or more of the significant inputs is not based on observable market data,
the instrument is included in level 3.
Specific valuation techniques used to value financial instruments include:
• Quoted market prices or dealer quotes for similar instruments;
• The fair value of cross-currency interest rate swaps and foreign exchange contracts are calculated as the present value of the
estimated future cash flows based on observable yield curves;
• The fair value of other receivables considers estimated future cash flows, current market interest rates and non-performance
risk; and
• The fair value of contingent consideration is calculated based on estimates of future revenue performance.
Page 145
Offsetting Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities

The Company is subject to master netting arrangements with certain counterparties. Certain of these arrangements allow for the
netting of assets and liabilities in the ordinary course of business and are reflected on a net basis in the consolidated statement of
financial position. In other circumstances, netting is permitted only in the event of bankruptcy or default of either party to the
agreement, and such amounts are not netted in the consolidated statement of financial position. The following table sets forth
balances that are subject to master netting arrangements, however there were no offsetting amounts as of December 31, 2022 or
2021.
Net Financial Assets in

Gross Financial the Consolidated Related Financial
Gross Financial Liabilities Netted Statement of Financial Liabilities Not
Financial assets Assets Against Assets Position Netted Net Amount
Derivative financial assets 388 - 388 (1) - 388

Cash and cash equivalents 21 - 21 (2) - 21
December 31, 2022 409 - 409 - 409
Derivative financial assets 99 - 99 (1) - 99

Cash and cash equivalents 38 - 38 (2) - 38
December 31, 2021 137 - 137 - 137
Net Financial Liabilities in

Gross Financial the Consolidated Related Financial
Gross Financial Assets Netted Statement of Financial Assets Not
Financial liabilities Liabilities Against Liabilities Position Netted Net Amount
Derivative financial liabilities 37 - 37 (3) - 37

December 31, 2022 37 - 37 - 37
Derivative financial liabilities 19 - 19 (4) - 19

December 31, 2021 19 - 19 - 19
(1) Included within “Other financial assets”, current or long-term as appropriate, in the consolidated statement of financial position.
(2) Included within “Cash and cash equivalents” in the consolidated statement of financial position.
(3) Included within “Other financial liabilities”, current or long-term as appropriate, in the consolidated statement of financial position.
(4) Included within “Other financial liabilities” long-term in the consolidated statement of financial position.
Note 20: Other Non-Current Assets

December 31,
2022 2021
Net defined benefit plan surpluses (see note 26) 48 239
Cash surrender value of life insurance policies 337 346
Deferred commissions 121 127
Other non-current assets(1) 113 85
Total other non-current assets 619 797
(1) Includes a tax receivable from HM Revenue & Customs (“HMRC”) of $94 million and $74 million as of December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively (see note 30).
Page 146
Note 21: Payables, Accruals and Provisions

December 31,
2022 2021
Trade payables 237 227
Accruals 834 950
Provisions (see note 22) 108 107
Other current liabilities 43 79
Total payables, accruals and provisions 1,222 1,363
Note 22: Provisions and Other Non-Current Liabilities

December 31,
2022 2021
Net defined benefit plan obligations (see note 26) 526 506
Deferred compensation and employee incentives 72 99
Provisions 86 94
Other non-current liabilities 7 10
Total provisions and other non-current liabilities 691 709
The following table presents the movement in provisions for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021:
Employee- Facilities-
Related Related Other Total
Balance as of December 31, 2020 46 28 177 251
Charges 56 4 (1) 59
Utilization (60) (3) (14) (77)
Translation and other, net 1 - (33) (32)
Less: short-term provisions 42 4 61 107
Long-term provisions 1 25 68 94
Charges 63 - 3 66
Utilization (55) (3) (13) (71)
Translation and other, net 1 (3) - (2)
Less: short-term provisions 50 3 55 108
Long-term provisions 2 20 64 86
Employee-related
The employee-related provisions consisted of severance.
Facilities-related
Facilities-related provisions include lease retirement obligations, which arise when the Company agrees to restore a leased
property to a specified condition at the completion of the lease period. Lease retirement provisions relate primarily to leases which
expire over the next four years.
Page 147
Other
Other includes provisions related to items such as disposed businesses, legal matters and health care.
Note 23: Deferred Tax

The movements of deferred tax assets and liabilities are shown below:
Goodwill and Other
Identifiable Equity Method
Deferred tax liabilities Intangible Assets Investments Other Total
December 31, 2020 546 172 273 991
Acquisitions 5 - - 5
(Benefit) expense to income statement - continuing operations (26) 586 16 576
Benefit to other comprehensive income - (23) - (23)
Translation and other, net 1 130 (123) 8
December 31, 2021 526 865 166 1,557
Acquisitions - - 14 14
Benefit to income statement - continuing operations (15) (162) (129) (306)
Translation and other, net 1 - 6 7
December 31, 2022 512 703 57 1,272
Goodwill and Other Employee Benefits

Tax Losses and Identifiable and
Deferred tax assets Other Attributes Intangible Assets Compensation Other Total
December 31, 2020 209 1,110 214 268 1,801
Acquisitions - - - 5 5
Benefit (expense) to income statement
- continuing operations 57 (55) (4) (84) (86)
Expense to income statement
discontinued operations - - - (1) (1)
Expense to other comprehensive
income - - (58) - (58)
Benefit to equity - - 21 - 21
Translation and other, net 1 3 2 3 9
December 31, 2021 267 1,058 175 191 1,691
Acquisitions 4 - - - 4
Expense to income statement
continuing operations (105) (77) (8) (36) (226)
Benefit to other comprehensive income - - 43 - 43
Expense to equity - - (28) - (28)
Translation and other, net 10 (2) 3 (2) 9
December 31, 2022 176 979 185 153 1,493
Net deferred tax asset as of December 31, 2021 134
Net deferred tax asset as of December 31, 2022 221
Page 148
The estimated recovery period for the deferred tax balances, which is based on the classification of the underlying items in the
consolidated statement of financial position, is shown below:
December 31,
2022 2021
Deferred tax liabilities
Deferred tax liabilities to be recovered after more than 12 months 1,270 1,555
Deferred tax liabilities to be recovered within 12 months 2 2
Total deferred tax liabilities 1,272 1,557
Deferred tax assets

Deferred tax assets to be recovered after more than 12 months 1,400 1,614
Deferred tax assets to be recovered within 12 months 93 77
Total deferred tax assets 1,493 1,691
Net deferred tax asset 221 134
Deferred tax assets are recognized to the extent that the realization of the related tax benefit through future taxable profits and
the resolution of uncertain tax positions is probable. The ability to realize these deferred tax benefits is dependent on a number of
factors, including the future profitability of operations and the resolution of tax audits in the jurisdictions in which the deferred tax
assets arose.
As of December 31, 2022, the following summarizes the Company’s tax losses, certain deductible temporary differences and other
tax attributes:
Unrecognized
Carry Forward Loss/ Deferred Tax Net Deferred Tax
Tax Attributes Tax Value Assets Assets
Canadian net operating losses 2,191 582 (582) -
Net operating losses – other jurisdictions 1,667 422 (369) 53
Capital losses 513 129 (114) 15
Investment in subsidiaries 305 74 (74) -
Other deductible temporary differences 412 109 (109) -
U.S. state net operating losses(1) n/m 3 (1) 2
Other attributes and credits(2) n/m 174 (68) 106
Total 1,493 (1,317) 176
(1) The aggregation of U.S. state net operating losses is not meaningful due to differing combination and apportionment rules in various states.
(2) As other attributes and credits are calculated on an after-tax basis, there is no carry forward loss amount to disclose.
If not utilized, most of the Canadian tax losses and U.S. state tax losses carried forward will expire between 2023 and 2042.
Approximately $950 million of the tax losses carried forward in other jurisdictions expire between 2034 and 2039, and the
remainder may be carried forward indefinitely.
No deferred tax is recognized on the temporary differences associated with investments in subsidiaries and equity method
investments to the extent that the Company can control the timing and reversal of such differences, or the reversal would not
create a tax liability. These temporary differences are primarily attributable to the undistributed earnings of non-Canadian
subsidiaries, which were $15.8 billion as of December 31, 2022 (2021 - $15.2 billion).
Page 149
Note 24: Capital

The change in capital, which includes stated capital and contributed surplus, was as follows:
Series II, Cumulative
Redeemable
Number of Preference Share Contributed
Common Shares Stated Capital Capital Surplus Total Capital
Balance, December 31, 2020 497,117,528 3,609 110 1,739 5,458
Shares issued under DRIP 239,779 24 - - 24
Stock compensation plans(1) 1,530,915 148 - (56) 92
Repurchases of common shares (12,795,358) (78) - - (78)
Shares issued under DRIP 263,730 27 - - 27
Stock compensation plans(1) 1,575,342 168 - (149) 19
Repurchases of common shares(2) (11,872,826) (144) - - (144)
(1) Movements in contributed surplus include cash payments related to withholding tax on stock compensation plans.
(2) Stated capital was reduced by $50 million as of December 31, 2022 related to the Company’s automatic share purchase plan. See share repurchases below.
Common shares of the Company have no par value and the authorized common share capital is an unlimited number of shares.
Dividends
Dividends on common shares are declared in U.S. dollars. In the consolidated statement of cash flow, dividends paid on common
shares are shown net of amounts reinvested in the Company under its DRIP. Details of dividends declared per common share and
dividends paid on common shares are as follows:
2022 2021
Dividends declared per common share $1.78 $1.62
Dividends declared 861 797
Dividends reinvested (27) (24)
Dividends paid 834 773
Registered holders of common shares may participate in the DRIP, under which cash dividends are automatically reinvested in
new common shares. Common shares are valued at the weighted-average price at which the shares traded on the TSX during the
five trading days immediately preceding the record date for the dividend.
Share Repurchases – Normal Course Issuer Bid (“NCIB”)

The Company buys back shares (and subsequently cancels them) from time to time as part of its capital strategy. In June 2022,
the Company announced that it plans to repurchase up to $2.0 billion of its common shares. Share repurchases are typically
executed under a NCIB. Under the current NCIB, the Company may repurchase up to 24 million common shares between June 13,
2022 and June 12, 2023 in open market transactions on the TSX, the NYSE and/or other exchanges and alternative trading
systems, if eligible, or by such other means as may be permitted by the TSX and/or NYSE or under applicable law, including
private agreement purchases if the Company receives an issuer bid exemption order in the future from applicable securities
regulatory authorities in Canada for such purchases.
Page 150
Details of share repurchases were as follows:

2022 2021
Share repurchases (millions of U.S. dollars) 1,282 1,400
Shares repurchased (number in millions) 11.9 12.8
Share repurchases - average price per share in U.S. dollars $107.99 $109.42
Decisions regarding any future repurchases will depend on certain factors, such as market conditions, share price, and other
opportunities to invest capital for growth. The Company may elect to suspend or discontinue share repurchases at any time, in
accordance with applicable laws. From time to time when the Company does not possess material nonpublic information about
itself or its securities, it may enter into an automatic share purchase plan with its broker to allow for the repurchase of shares at
times when the Company ordinarily would not be active in the market due to its own internal trading blackout periods, insider
trading rules or otherwise. Any such plans entered into with the Company’s broker will be adopted in accordance with applicable
Canadian securities laws and the requirements of Rule 10b5-1 under the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. The
Company entered into such a plan with its broker on November 30, 2022. As a result, the Company recorded a $718 million
liability in “Other financial liabilities” within current liabilities as of December 31, 2022 with a corresponding amount recorded in
equity in the consolidated statement of financial position (December 31, 2021 – nil).
Series II, Cumulative Redeemable Preference Shares

The authorized preference share capital of the Company is an unlimited number of preference shares without par value. The
directors are authorized to issue preference shares without par value in one or more series, and to determine the number of shares
in, and terms attaching to, each such series. As of December 31, 2022 and 2021, 6,000,000 Series II, cumulative redeemable
preference shares were authorized, issued and outstanding. The Series II preference shares are non-voting and are redeemable at
the option of the Company for C$25.00 per share, together with accrued dividends. Dividends are payable quarterly at an annual
rate of 70% of the Canadian bank prime rate applied to the stated capital of such shares.
Note 25: Share-Based Compensation

The Company operates equity-settled compensation plans under which it receives services from employees as consideration for
equity instruments of the Company. Each plan is described below:
Stock Incentive Plan

Under its stock incentive plan, the Company may grant stock options, TRSUs, performance restricted share units (“PRSUs”) and
other awards to certain employees for a maximum of up to 69,150,969 common shares. As of December 31, 2022, there were
9,069,475 awards available for grant (2021 – 10,027,352). The following table summarizes the methods used to measure fair
value for each type of award and the related vesting period over which compensation expense is recognized:
Equity-settled
Type of award Vesting period Fair Value Measure Compensation expense based on:
Stock options Up to four years Black-Scholes Fair value on business day prior
option pricing model to grant date
TRSUs Up to five years Closing common Fair value on business day prior
share price to grant date
PRSUs Three-year Closing common Fair value on business day prior
performance period share price to grant date
Page 151
Additional information on each type of award is as follows:
Stock Options
The maximum term of an option is 10 years from the grant date. Under the plan, options may be granted by reference to the
Company’s common share price on the NYSE or TSX.
The weighted-average fair value of options granted for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021 and principal assumptions
used in applying the Black-Scholes option pricing model were as follows:
2022 2021
Weighted-average fair value ($) 15.69 11.34
Weighted-average of key assumptions:
Share price ($) 102.00 88.78
Exercise price ($) 102.00 88.78
Risk-free interest rate 1.6% 0.8%
Dividend yield 2.4% 2.8%
Volatility factor 21% 21%
Expected life (in years) 5 5
The Black-Scholes model was developed for use in estimating the fair value of traded options that have no vesting restrictions.
The model requires the use of subjective assumptions, including expected stock-price volatility. Historical data has been
considered in setting the assumptions.
Time-Based Restricted Share Units (TRSUs)

TRSUs give the holder the right to receive one common share for each unit that vests on the vesting date. The holders of TRSUs
have no voting rights and accumulate additional units based on notional dividends paid by the Company on its common shares on
each dividend payment date, which are reinvested as additional TRSUs. The weighted-average fair value of TRSUs granted was
$104.64 and $96.62 for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively.
Performance Restricted Share Units (PRSUs)

PRSUs give the holder the right to receive one common share for each unit that vests on the vesting date. The holders of PRSUs
have no voting rights and accumulate additional units based on notional dividends paid by the Company on its common shares on
each dividend payment date, which are reinvested as additional PRSUs. The percentage of PRSUs initially granted that vests
depends upon the Company’s performance, typically over a three-year period, against pre-established performance goals.
Between 0% and 200% of the initial amounts may vest for grants made from 2020 through 2022. The weighted-average fair
value of PRSUs granted was $101.98 and $89.16 for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively.
Employee Stock Purchase Plan (ESPP)

The Company maintains an ESPP whereby eligible employees can purchase common shares at a 15% discount to the closing
share price on the NYSE on the last business day of each quarter. Each quarter, employees may elect to authorize payroll
deductions from their eligible compensation, up to a maximum of $21,250 per year (or a comparable amount in foreign currency
for the global ESPP). The discount is expensed as incurred. A maximum of 20,388,909 common shares can be purchased through
the ESPP.
Page 152
The movement in the number of awards outstanding and their related weighted-average exercise prices are as follows:
Weighted-
Average
Stock Exercise
Options TRSUs PRSUs Total Price($)(1)
Awards outstanding (in thousands):
Outstanding as of December 31, 2020 3,461 2,125 745 6,331 54.06
Granted 513 580 286 1,379 88.78
Exercised (1,311) (940) - (2,251) 44.60
Forfeited (65) (151) (82) (298) 77.67
Exercisable as of December 31, 2021 593 - - 593 56.46
Granted 384 668 321 1,373 102.00
Exercised (893) (736) (395) (2,024) 49.10
Forfeited (181) (156) (77) (414) 85.75
Exercisable as of December 31, 2022 695 - - 695 69.05
(1) Represents the weighted-average exercise price for stock options. TRSUs and PRSUs are excluded as they entitle holders to receive common shares upon vesting
without an associated exercise price.
In 2022, the weighted-average share price at the time of exercise for the awards described above was $106.46 per share
(2021 – $95.33).
Share-based compensation expense for years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021 was as follows:
Stock Options TRSUs PRSUs ESPP Total
December 31, 2022 5 54 23 3 85
December 31, 2021 6 39 26 5 76
Relative to the share-based awards outstanding as of December 31, 2022, the Company expects to pay approximately
$108 million as of December 31, 2022 (2021 - $163 million) to tax authorities for employee withholding tax liabilities when these
awards are exercised in the future.
The following table summarizes additional information relating to stock options outstanding as of December 31, 2022:
Weighted-Average Weighted-Average Weighted-Average
Number Remaining Exercise Price for Exercise Price for
Outstanding Contractual Life Awards Number Exercisable Awards
Range of exercise prices(1) (in thousands) (years) Outstanding (in thousands) Exercisable
35.01 - 40.00 38 5 $39.49 38 $39.49
40.01 - 45.00 50 1 $42.30 50 $42.30
50.01 - 55.00 281 4 $54.36 121 $54.36
60.01 - 65.00 12 6 $63.26 9 $63.26
75.01 - 80.00 834 6 $75.96 401 $75.96
85.01 - 90.00 362 8 $88.87 76 $88.87
100.01 - 105.00 331 9 $102.00 - $102.00
Total 1,908 695
(1) TRSUs and PRSUs are excluded as they entitle holders to receive common shares upon vesting without an associated exercise price.
Page 153
Note 26: Employee Benefit Plans

Retirement Benefits
The Company sponsors both defined benefit and defined contribution employee future benefit plans covering substantially all
employees. Costs for future employee benefits are accrued over the periods in which employees earn the benefits. Defined benefit
plans provide pension and other post-employment benefits (“OPEB”) to covered employees. Significant plans are valued under
IAS 19, Employee Benefits, using the projected unit credit method.
The most significant funded defined benefit plans are the Thomson Reuters Group Pension Plan (“TRGP”), covering U.S.
employees, and The Thomson Corporation PLC Pension Scheme (“TTC”), covering U.K. employees. The Company also has
unfunded obligations consisting of supplemental executive retirement plans (“SERPs”) and OPEB consisting largely of retiree
medical benefits, both primarily in the U.S. Defined benefit obligations in the rest of the world are less significant.
Defined benefit plan design and governance

Benefits are generally based on salary and years of service, although each plan has a unique benefits formula. The normal
retirement age is typically in the range of 60 to 65 years and benefits are generally payable in annuity or lump sum upon
retirement. Most plans include provisions for early retirement, death, survivor and disability benefits. Under the TTC plan, vested
benefits of former employees who are not yet of retirement age are held in deferment. Under the TRGP, former and future
terminating employees with vested benefits have the option to receive benefits as a lump sum or to defer benefits until retirement.
In addition, future TRGP retirees may receive benefits in lump sum or annuity. Eligible benefits under the TTC plan increase based
on inflation, whereas TRGP benefits are not indexed to inflation. In some countries, the Company operates cash balance plans
(accounted for as defined benefit obligations) where the accumulated balance on the pension account is based on employee and
employer allocations and a promised annual crediting rate.
Except where required by law, virtually all defined benefit plans are closed to new employees.
The TRGP is a qualified pension plan in the U.S. and is governed by the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974
(“ERISA”). In its role as plan fiduciary, the Company has a policy to contribute at least the minimum required amount under
ERISA.
Similar to the TRGP, the Company bears the cost of the TTC plan (less employee contributions). However, the responsibility for the
management and governance of the TTC plan lies with an independent trustee board (the “Trustees”). The Trustees are
responsible for carrying out triennial valuations (unless circumstances require an earlier review) and securing funding for benefit
payments. To develop funding valuations and investment policies, the Trustees consult with the plan’s actuary (who is
independent of the Company’s actuary), the plan’s investment advisors (also independent of the Company’s investment advisors)
and the Company. The Trustees and the Company are required to agree on a schedule of contributions in support of funding
objectives. These arrangements are updated in conjunction with the triennial valuations.
Other international locations operate various pension plans in accordance with local regulations and practices.
Plan amendments
In March 2021, the TTC plan was amended to freeze the plan from future service accruals effective July 1, 2021. This change was
made after consultation with the plan’s Trustees and active members. The TTC plan amendment resulted in a gain of $4 million in
2021 reflecting a reduction of defined benefit obligations. The gain was recognized in “Other operating gains, net” within the
consolidated income statement. The TRGP was frozen from future service accruals effective from January 1, 2023.
Page 154
Net defined benefit plan obligations

The movement on net defined benefit plan obligations was as follows:
Pension Plans(1) OPEB(1) Total(1)
2022 2021 2022 2021 2022 2021
As of January 1 (171) (372) (96) (98) (267) (470)
Plan expense recognized in income statement: (54) (60) (3) (6) (57) (66)
Actuarial (losses) gains (173) 230 11 (2) (162) 228
Exchange differences (25) (1) 1 1 (24) -
Contributions paid 26 32 6 9 32 41
Net plan obligations as of December 31 (397) (171) (81) (96) (478) (267)
Net plan surpluses recognized in non-current assets 48 239
Net plan obligations recognized in non-current liabilities (526) (506)
(1) Includes amounts for immaterial defined benefit and OPEB plans that are not included in the detailed analysis below.
Analysis of material defined benefit plans

The following analysis relates to the Company’s most significant defined benefit plans, the largest of which are in the U.S. and the
U.K.
The net surpluses (obligations) of the material defined benefit plans recognized in the consolidated statement of financial position
were as follows:
Funded Unfunded(1) OPEB Total

As of December 31, 2022 2021 2022 2021 2022 2021 2022 2021
Present value of plan obligations (2,502) (3,658) (227) (295) (58) (72) (2,787) (4,025)
Fair value of plan assets 2,337 3,790 - - - - 2,337 3,790
Net plan (obligations) assets (165) 132 (227) (295) (58) (72) (450) (235)
Net plan surpluses 44 235 - - - - 44 235
Net plan obligations (209) (103) (227) (295) (58) (72) (494) (470)
(1) Unfunded pension plans consist of SERPs.
Page 155
Defined benefit obligation

The following summarizes activity in the defined benefit obligation:
Present Value of Defined Benefit Obligations Funded Unfunded OPEB Total
As of December 31, 2022 2021 2022 2021 2022 2021 2022 2021
Opening defined benefit obligation (3,658) (3,915) (295) (317) (72) (75) (4,025) (4,307)
Current service cost (35) (42) (1) (1) (1) (1) (37) (44)
Administration fees (7) (7) (1) (1) - - (8) (8)
Interest cost (92) (90) (8) (8) (2) (1) (102) (99)
Actuarial gains from changes in financial assumptions(1) 1,104 186 55 9 11 3 1,170 198
Actuarial losses from changes in demographic assumptions (32) (5) - - - - (32) (5)
Experience losses (57) - (1) (4) - (5) (58) (9)
Contributions by employees (2) (2) - - (2) (2) (4) (4)
Benefits paid 191 198 22 27 8 9 221 234
Administration fees disbursements 7 6 - - - - 7 6
Plan amendments(2) - 4 - - - - - 4
Exchange differences 115 9 2 - - - 117 9
Other (36) - - - - - (36) -
Closing defined benefit obligation (2,502) (3,658) (227) (295) (58) (72) (2,787) (4,025)
(1) Gains were primarily associated with an increase in discount rates used to measure the obligation.
(2) In 2021, gains in funded plans primarily related to a plan amendment to freeze the TTC plan from future service accruals effective July 1, 2021.
The total closing defined benefit obligation can be further analyzed by participant group and by geography.
As of December 31, 2022 2021 As of December 31, 2022 2021

Active employees 24% 27% U.S. 72% 69%
Deferred 35% 34% U.K. 24% 27%
Retirees 41% 39% Rest of world 4% 4%
Closing defined benefit obligation 100% 100% 100% 100%
The weighted-average duration of plan obligations for the TRGP and TTC in 2022 was 13 years (2021 – 16 years) and 14 years
(2021 – 17 years), respectively.
Page 156
Plan assets
The following summarizes activity in plan assets:
Fair Value of Plan Assets Funded Unfunded OPEB Total

As of December 31, 2022 2021 2022 2021 2022 2021 2022 2021
Opening fair value of plan assets 3,790 3,867 - - - - 3,790 3,867
Interest income(1) 92 87 - - - - 92 87
Return on plan assets excluding amounts included in interest
income(2) (1,244) 43 - - - - (1,244) 43
Contributions by employer 4 4 22 27 6 7 32 38
Contributions by employees 2 2 - - 2 2 4 4
Benefits paid (191) (198) (22) (27) (8) (9) (221) (234)
Administration fees disbursements (7) (6) - - - - (7) (6)
Exchange differences (146) (9) - - - - (146) (9)
Other 37 - - - - - 37 -
Closing fair value of plan assets 2,337 3,790 - - - - 2,337 3,790
(1) Interest income is calculated using the discount rate for the period.
(2) Return on plan assets represents the difference between the actual return on plan assets and the interest income computed using the discount rate.
Investment policy of funded plans

Plan assets are invested to adequately secure benefits and to minimize the Company’s long-term contributions to the plans.
However, specific investment allocations will vary across plans. The Company funds unfunded and OPEB plans as claims are
made.
Plan fiduciaries, comprised of the Company, plan trustees, or third-party investment advisors selected by the Company set
investment policies and strategies for each funded plan and oversee investment allocation, which includes selecting investment
managers, commissioning periodic asset-liability studies and setting long-term strategic targets. Investment allocation considers
various factors including the funded status of the plan, a balance between risk and return, the plan’s liquidity needs, current and
expected economic and market conditions, specific asset class risk as well as the risk profile and maturity pattern of the respective
plan.
Target investment allocation ranges are guidelines, not limitations. Funded plans may have broadly diversified portfolios with
investments in equities, fixed income, real estate, insurance contracts, derivatives and other asset classes through direct
ownership or through other instruments such as mutual funds, commingled funds and hedge funds. Derivatives may be used to
achieve investment objectives or as a component of risk management such as for interest rate and currency management
strategies.
Page 157
In aggregate, the major categories of plan assets for funded plans were as follows:
Quoted(1) Unquoted Total
As of December 31, 2022 2021(2) 2022 2021(2) 2022 2021(2)
Equities(3) 134 202 266 511 400 713
Bonds(4)
Corporate - - 764 1,192 764 1,192
Government - - 349 605 349 605
Other fixed income - - 255 389 255 389
Total Bonds - - 1,368 2,186 1,368 2,186
Multi-asset(5) - - 138 152 138 152
Derivatives - 6 172 352 172 358
Cash and cash equivalents 45 38 175 295 220 333
Other 6 7 33 41 39 48
Total 185 253 2,152 3,537 2,337 3,790
(1) Asset valuation based on Level 1 evidence under the fair value hierarchy: quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.
(2) Amounts have been revised to reflect the current presentation.
(3) Equities include direct shareholdings and funds focused on equity strategies.
(4) Bonds include direct credit holdings and funds focused on fixed income strategies. Within this grouping, Government includes debt issued by national, state and
local government agencies and Other fixed income includes blended Corporate/Government credit strategies.
(5) Multi-asset includes funds that invest in a range of asset classes.
These portfolios are diversified in terms of geographic distribution and market sectors. As of December 31, 2022 and 2021, there
were no Thomson Reuters securities held in the Company’s pension plans’ assets.
Contributions
In 2022 and 2021, the Company contributed $31 million and $38 million, respectively, to its material defined benefit plans.
In 2023, the Company expects to contribute approximately $32 million to its material defined benefit plans, of which $5 million
will be in accordance with the normal funding policy of funded plans and $27 million will be for claims expected to arise under
unfunded and OPEB plans.
From time to time, the Company may elect to make voluntary contributions to improve the funded status of the plans. For certain
plans, the trustees have the right to call for special valuations, which could subsequently result in the Company having to make an
unexpected contribution. Market-related factors may also affect the timing and amount of contributions. The amount and timing
of any future required contributions to pension plans could differ significantly from the Company’s estimates as of December 31,
2022.
Actuarial assumptions
The weighted-average actuarial assumptions were as follows:
Funded Unfunded OPEB
As of December 31, 2022 2021 2022 2021 2022 2021
Discount rate 5.18% 2.60% 5.37% 2.92% 5.30% 2.55%
Inflation assumption 3.13% 2.93% 2.70% 2.72% - -
Rate of increase in salaries - 3.48% - 1.64% - 3.50%
Rate of increase in pension payments 2.96% 3.13% 2.76% 2.77% - -
Medical cost trend - - - - 7.30% 7.10%
Page 158
Discount rate
The discount rate was based on current market interest rates of high-quality, fixed-rate debt securities adjusted to reflect the
duration of expected future cash outflows for pension benefit payments. To estimate the discount rate, the Company used a
hypothetical yield curve that represented yields on high quality zero-coupon bonds with durations that mirrored the expected
payment stream of the benefit obligation. For the TRGP and the TTC plans combined, a 0.25% increase or decrease in the
discount rate would have decreased or increased the defined benefit obligation by approximately $78 million as of December 31,
2022.
Rates of inflation and pension payments

The rate of inflation, which impacts increases in eligible U.K. pension payments, was determined by reference to consumer and
retail price indices. For the TTC plan, a 0.25% increase or decrease in the rate of increase in pension payments would have
increased or decreased the defined benefit obligation by approximately $14 million.
Medical cost trend

The medical cost trend is based on the Company’s actuarial medical claims experience and future projections of medical costs.
The average medical cost trend rate used was 7.3% for 2022, which is reduced gradually to 4.8% in 2034. A 1% increase or
decrease in the trend rate would have resulted in an increase or decrease in the benefit obligation for post-retirement benefits of
approximately $5 million as of December 31, 2022.
Mortality assumptions
The mortality assumptions used to assess the defined benefit obligation as of December 31, 2022 are based on the following:
• TRGP: Pri 2012/MP-2021 Generational Table; and
• TTC plan: SAPS S3 Light Tables with allowances for plan demographic specifics and longevity improvements.
The following table illustrates the life expectation in years of an average plan participant retiring at age 65 as of December 31,
2022 and 2021 and a plan participant at age 40 as of December 31, 2022 and 2021 retiring 25 years later at age 65 under the
mortality assumptions used.
December 31, 2022 Life Expectation in Years
Male Female
Employee retiring as of December 31, 2022 at age 65 22 23
Employee age 40 as of December 31, 2022 retiring at age 65 24 25
December 31, 2021 Life Expectation in Years

Male Female
Employee retiring as of December 31, 2021 at age 65 22 23
Employee age 40 as of December 31, 2021 retiring at age 65 23 25
For the TRGP and the TTC plans combined, an increase in life expectancy of one year across all age groups would have increased
the defined benefit obligation by approximately $54 million as of December 31, 2022.
The sensitivity analyses are based on a change in one assumption while holding all other assumptions constant, so that
interdependencies between assumptions are excluded. The measurement methodology (i.e. present value of the obligation
calculated using the projected unit credit method) applied in the sensitivity analyses is also consistent with that used to determine
the defined benefit obligation in the consolidated statement of financial position.
Page 159
Risks and uncertainties

The material risks and uncertainties the Company is exposed to in relation to defined benefit pension plans are:
• Investment risk: Returns on plan assets may not be sufficient to fund plan obligations. To mitigate such risk, plan fiduciaries
maintain investment policies and periodically review investment allocations to ensure adequate support of funding objectives.
Additionally, plan fiduciaries review fund manager performance against benchmarks for specific investment mandates.
• Interest rate risk: Although a significant amount of plan assets are allocated to fixed income investments that employ a
liability-matching strategy to materially hedge against interest rate risk, the Company’s funded benefit plans do not perfectly
track movements in liabilities within its liability-hedging strategies. As a result, changes across the interest rate curve may
require the Company to make additional contributions. Diversified asset allocations mitigate this risk by creating the potential
to outperform changes in liabilities and to reinvest excess returns in liability matching assets, reducing the need for Company
contributions.
• Inflation risk: Actual pension increases linked to inflation may exceed expectations, resulting in higher than anticipated plan
obligations. To mitigate this risk, certain plan assets are invested in hedging assets, which may include derivatives and
inflation-linked bonds.
• Currency risk: In some plans, obligations denominated in local currency may be partially funded by foreign investments. To
hedge this currency mismatch, derivatives may be used.
• Liquidity risk: If a plan has insufficient cash to fund near term benefit payments, the Company may have to make additional
contributions or unexpected changes in asset allocations may be required. This risk is mitigated as near-term pension
payments are reasonably known and plans generally hold short-term debt securities to fund such payments.
• Mortality risk: Life expectancy may improve at a faster rate than expected, resulting in higher plan obligations. To mitigate this
risk, life expectancy assumptions are reviewed in connection with periodic valuations.
For defined benefit retiree medical plans, the material risks are mortality risk, as described above, and costs being greater than
assumed, either due to inflation of future medical costs or the frequency of participants’ claims.
Analysis of income and expense

Defined benefit plan expense (income) for material defined benefit plans for years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021 was as
follows:
Income Statement(1) Funded Unfunded OPEB Total
Year ended December 31, 2022 2021 2022 2021 2022 2021 2022 2021
Current service cost 35 42 1 1 1 1 37 44
Net interest cost - 3 8 8 2 1 10 12
Administration fees 7 7 1 1 - - 8 8
Plan amendments(2) - (4) - - - - - (4)
Defined benefit plan expense 42 48 10 10 3 2 55 60
(1) Current service cost and administration fees are included in the “Post-employment benefits” component of “Operating expenses” as set out in note 5. Net interest
cost is reported in “Finance costs, net” as set out in note 7.
(2) In 2021, gains in funded plans related to the TTC plan amendment to freeze the plan from future service accruals effective July 1, 2021.
Page 160
Analysis of other comprehensive (income) loss

The following summarizes amounts recognized in other comprehensive loss (income) for material defined benefit plans:
Other Comprehensive (Income) Loss Funded Unfunded OPEB Total
Year ended December 31, 2022 2021 2022 2021 2022 2021 2022 2021
Remeasurement (gains) losses on defined benefit obligation:
Due to financial assumption changes (1,104) (186) (55) (9) (10) (3) (1,169) (198)
Due to demographic assumption changes 32 5 - - - - 32 5
Due to experience 57 - 1 4 - 5 58 9
Return on plan assets greater than discount rate 1,244 (43) - - - - 1,244 (43)
Total recognized in other comprehensive loss (income) before
taxation 229 (224) (54) (5) (10) 2 165 (227)
Accumulated Comprehensive Loss (Income) Funded Unfunded OPEB Total

2022 2021 2022 2021 2022 2021 2022 2021
Balance of accumulated comprehensive loss (income) as of
January 1 1,088 1,312 98 103 (104) (106) 1,082 1,309
Net actuarial losses (gains) recognized in the year 229 (224) (54) (5) (10) 2 165 (227)
Total accumulated comprehensive loss (income) as of
December 31, 1,317 1,088 44 98 (114) (104) 1,247 1,082
Defined contribution plans

The Company sponsors various defined contribution savings plans that provide for Company matching contributions. Total
expense related to defined contribution plans was $95 million in 2022 (2021 - $89 million), which approximates the cash outlays
related to the plans.
Note 27: Leases

Lessee
In the ordinary course of business, the Company enters leases primarily for property and equipment. The carrying amount and the
related depreciation for the right-of-use assets for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021 were as follows:
Land, Buildings Furniture, Fixtures
and Building Computer and Other
Improvements Equipment Equipment Total
Carrying amount 147 13 3 163
Carrying amount 169 10 2 181
For the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021, cash outflows for leases, which include payments of lease principal, interest,
short-term and low value leases, were $76 million and $122 million, respectively. The 2021 amount includes $23 million to exit
technology equipment leases.
Page 161
The following table sets forth the Company’s future aggregate undiscounted non-cancellable lease payments over the lease term
as well as its discounted lease liabilities as reported in the consolidated statement of financial position as of December 31, 2022
and 2021:
December 31,
2022 2021
Within 1 year 68 73
Between 1 and 2 years 52 63
Later than 5 years 53 45
Total undiscounted cash flows 263 288
Lease liabilities included in the consolidated statement of financial position
Current 56 64
Non-current 179 197
As of December 31, 2022 and 2021, the Company was committed to leases with future cash outflows totaling $67 million and
$106 million, respectively, which had not yet commenced and therefore are not accounted for as a liability as of December 31,
2022 and 2021, respectively. A liability and corresponding right-of-use asset will be recognized for these leases at the lease
commencement date.
With certain leases, the Company guarantees the restoration of the leased property to a specified condition after completion of
the lease period. The liability associated with these restorations is recorded within “Provisions and other non-current liabilities” in
the consolidated statement of financial position.
Lessor
The Company may act as a sub-lessor to recover costs associated with leased office space it no longer requires for its business.
The net finance lease receivable was $24 million (2021 - $25 million), of which $7 million (2021 - $6 million) was current, as of
December 31, 2022.
Note 28: Supplemental Cash Flow Information

Details of “Other” in the consolidated statement of cash flow are as follows:
2022 2021
Non-cash employee benefit charges 160 162
Net gains on foreign exchange and derivative financial instruments (441) (8)
Revaluation of Refinitiv warrants (see note 19) - (9)
Fair value adjustments (see note 5) (19) (8)
Other 24 (2)
(276) 135
Page 162
Details of “Changes in working capital and other items” are as follows:

2022 2021
Trade and other receivables (28) 76
Prepaid expenses and other current assets (2) (66)
Other financial assets 42 (10)
Payables, accruals and provisions (137) 83
Deferred revenue 75 36
Other financial liabilities (42) 10
Income taxes(1) 146 773
Other (46) (70)
8 832
(1) Both periods Include current tax liabilities that were recorded on the LSEG transaction and subsequent sale of LSEG shares (see note 8), for which the tax payments are
included in investing activities.
Details of income taxes paid are as follows:

2022 2021
Operating activities - continuing operations (193) (172)
Operating activities - discontinued operations - (2)
Investing activities - continuing operations (7) (850)
Investing activities - discontinued operations(1) (16) (42)
Total income taxes paid (216) (1,066)
(1) Reflects payments made to HMRC (see note 30).
The Company paid $85 million and $348 million in 2022 and 2021, respectively, related to notices of assessment under the
Diverted Profit Tax regime. Of the amount paid in 2022, $31 million (2021 - $79 million) was paid directly to HMRC and
$54 million (2021 - $269 million) was paid to LSEG under an indemnity arrangement that related to businesses the Company sold
to LSEG. LSEG will remit the payments it received under the indemnity to HMRC on the Company’s behalf. The payments made
directly to HMRC were included as income taxes paid in the consolidated statement of cash flow. The payments made to LSEG
were presented in operating and investing activities from discontinued operations in the consolidated statement of cash flow and
were not included as taxes paid. See note 30.
Note 29: Acquisitions

Acquisitions primarily comprise the purchase of all the equity interests of the businesses acquired, which are integrated into
existing operations of the Company to broaden its offerings to customers as well as its presence in global markets. The results of
acquired businesses are included in the consolidated financial statements from the date of acquisition. Acquisitions also include
asset acquisitions and investments in businesses in which the Company does not have a controlling interest.
Page 163
Acquisition activity
The number of acquisitions completed, and the related consideration were as follows:
2022 2021
Number of Cash Number of Cash
Transactions Consideration Transactions Consideration
Businesses acquired 2 153 - -
Less: Cash acquired (2) -
Businesses acquired, net of cash 2 151 - -
Investments in businesses 6 28 - 12
Asset acquisitions(1) 1 8 2 3
Deferred and contingent consideration payments - 4 - 3
9 191 2 18
(1) The years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021 included acquisitions of intangible assets. In 2022, $8 million was paid in cash and $5 million was recorded as a
financial liability and in 2021, $2 million was paid in cash and $21 million was recorded primarily as a long-term financial liability.
The following provides a brief description of the most significant acquisition completed during 2022:
Date Company Acquiring Segments Description
April 2022 ThoughtTrace Corporates A business that uses artificial intelligence and machine
learning to read, organize and manage document workflows.
Purchase price allocation

Purchase price allocations related to certain acquisitions may be subject to adjustment pending completion of final valuations.
The details of net assets acquired were as follows:
2022
Cash and cash equivalents 2
Trade receivables 3
Prepaid expenses and other current assets 1
Current assets 6
Computer software 61
Other identifiable intangible assets 2
Total assets 69
Payables and accruals (1)
Deferred revenue (4)
Current liabilities (5)
Other financial liabilities (18)
Deferred tax (10)
Total liabilities (33)
Net assets acquired 36
Goodwill 117
Total 153
Page 164
The excess of the purchase price over the net assets acquired was recorded as goodwill and reflects synergies and the value of the
acquired workforce. Relative to acquisitions completed in 2022, the majority of goodwill is not expected to be deductible for tax
purposes.
Other
The revenues and operating profit of acquired businesses were not material to the Company’s results of operations.
Note 30: Contingencies, Commitments and Guarantees

Lawsuits and legal claims
The Company is engaged in various legal proceedings, claims, audits and investigations that have arisen in the ordinary course of
business. These matters include, but are not limited to, employment matters, commercial matters, defamation claims and
intellectual property infringement claims. The outcome of all of the matters against the Company is subject to future resolution,
including the uncertainties of litigation. Based on information currently known to the Company and after consultation with outside
legal counsel, management believes that the ultimate resolution of any such matters, individually or in the aggregate, will not
have a material adverse impact on the Company’s financial condition taken as a whole.

The Company is subject to taxation in numerous jurisdictions and is routinely under audit by many different taxing authorities in
the ordinary course of business. There are many transactions and calculations during the course of business for which the ultimate
tax determination is uncertain, as taxing authorities may challenge some of the Company’s positions and propose adjustments or
changes to its tax filings.
As a result, the Company maintains provisions for uncertain tax positions that it believes appropriately reflect its risk. These
provisions are made using the Company’s best estimates of the amount expected to be paid based on a qualitative assessment of
all relevant factors. When appropriate, the Company performs an expected value calculation to determine its provisions. The
Company reviews the adequacy of these provisions at the end of each reporting period and adjusts them based on changing facts
and circumstances. Due to the uncertainty associated with tax audits, it is possible that at some future date, liabilities resulting
from such audits or related litigation could vary significantly from the Company’s provisions. However, based on currently enacted
legislation, information currently known by the Company and after consultation with outside tax advisors, management believes
that the ultimate resolution of any such matters, individually or in the aggregate, will not have a material adverse impact on the
Company’s financial condition taken as a whole.
Prior to 2022, the Company paid $379 million of tax as required under notices of assessment issued by the U.K. tax authority, HM
Revenue & Customs (“HMRC”), under the Diverted Profits Tax (“DPT”) regime that collectively related to the 2015, 2016, and 2018
taxation years of certain of its current and former U.K. affiliates. In 2022, HMRC issued additional DPT notices aggregating
$85 million collectively related to the 2016, 2017 and 2018 taxation years. The Company paid these additional notices during the
calendar year 2022.
HMRC continues to have the statutory authority to amend the above assessments solely for the 2017 taxation year by issuing DPT
supplementary notices for that year.
As the Company does not believe these current and former U.K. affiliates fall within the scope of the DPT regime, it will continue
contesting these assessments (including any amended by HMRC) through all available administrative and judicial remedies and
intends to vigorously defend its position. Payments made by the Company are not a reflection of its view on the merits of the
case. As the assessments largely relate to businesses that the Company has sold, the majority are subject to indemnity
arrangements under which the Company has been or will be required to pay additional taxes to HMRC or the indemnity
counterparty.
Page 165
Because the Company believes that its position is supported by the weight of law, it does not believe that the resolution of this
matter will have a material adverse effect on its financial condition taken as a whole. As the Company expects to receive refunds of
substantially all of the aggregate of amounts paid and potential future payments pursuant to these notices of assessment, it
expects to continue recording substantially all of these payments as non-current receivables from HMRC or the indemnity
counterparty on its financial statements. The Company expects that its existing sources of liquidity will be sufficient to fund any
required additional payments if HMRC issues further notices.
Guarantees
The Company has an investment in 3XSQ Associates, an entity jointly owned by a subsidiary of the Company and Rudin Times
Square Associates LLC (“Rudin”), that owns and operates the 3 Times Square office building (“the building”) in New York, New
York. In June 2022, 3XSQ Associates obtained a $415 million, 3-year term loan facility to refinance existing debt, fund the
building’s redevelopment, and cover interest and operating costs during the redevelopment period. The building is pledged as
loan collateral. Thomson Reuters and Rudin each guarantee 50% of (i) certain principal loan amounts and (ii) interest and
operating costs. Thomson Reuters and Rudin also jointly and severally guarantee (i) completion of commenced works and
(ii) lender losses arising from disallowed acts, environmental or otherwise. To minimize economic exposure to 50% for the joint
and several obligations, Thomson Reuters and a parent entity of Rudin entered into a cross-indemnification arrangement. The
Company believes the value of the building is expected to be sufficient to cover obligations that could arise from the guarantees.
The guarantees do not impact the Company’s ability to borrow funds under its $2.0 billion syndicated credit facility or the related
covenant calculation.
Dispositions
In certain disposition agreements, the Company guarantees to the purchaser the recoverability of certain assets or limits on
certain liabilities, including as in the “Uncertain tax positions” section above. The Company does not believe based upon current
facts and circumstances described that additional payments in connection with these transactions would have a material adverse
impact on the Company’s financial condition taken as a whole.
Unconditional purchase obligations

The Company has various obligations for materials, supplies, outsourcing and other services contracted in the ordinary course of
business. The future unconditional purchase obligations as of December 31, 2022 and 2021 are as follows:
December 31,
2022 2021
Within 1 year 342 374
Later than 5 years 2 3
748 1,032
Note 31: Related Party Transactions

As of December 31, 2022, the Company’s principal shareholder, The Woodbridge Company Limited (“Woodbridge”), beneficially
owned approximately 68% of the Company’s common shares.
Transactions with Woodbridge

From time to time, in the normal course of business, the Company enters transactions with Woodbridge and certain of its
affiliates. These transactions involve providing and receiving product and service offerings and are not material to the Company’s
results of operations or financial condition either individually or in the aggregate.
Page 166
Transactions with YPL

In 2022, the Company received dividends from YPL of $87 million reflecting the Company’s portion of dividends related to its
LSEG investment and $43 million in connection with YPL’s participation in LSEG’s share buyback program (see note 8).
In March 2021, the Company received proceeds of $994 million related to the sale of LSEG shares. This amount was distributed to
the Company in the form of a dividend by YPL. In 2021, the Company also received dividends of $75 million from YPL, reflecting
the Company’s portion of dividends related to its LSEG investment (see note 8).
Transactions with 3XSQ Associates

In 2022, the Company paid $6 million (2021 - $1 million) of rent to 3XSQ Associates, an equity method investment, for office space
in the 3 Times Square building in New York, New York related to a lease that runs through December 2023.
In 2022, the Company contributed $10 million in cash pursuant to capital calls and made a $15 million in-kind contribution
representing the fair value of guarantees provided in connection with a $415 million loan facility obtained by 3XSQ Associates (see
note 30). In 2021, the Company’s investment increased by $20 million due to capital contributions, of which $8 million was paid in
2022.
Transactions with the Refinitiv business of LSEG

On January 29, 2021, the Company and Blackstone’s consortium sold Refinitiv to LSEG in an all share transaction (see note 8).
Prior to the sale to LSEG, Refinitiv was a related party of the Company. In 2021, prior to the date of the sale, the Company
recorded revenues of $28 million related to its 30-year news agreement with the Refinitiv business of LSEG and $2 million of
income related to a license permitting Refinitiv to use the “Reuters” mark. The Company’s 30-year news agreement with Refinitiv,
now known as the Data & Analytics business of LSEG, continues under the same terms and conditions after the sale and is
scheduled to run to 2048.
Transactions with other associates and joint ventures

In September 2021, the Company redeemed its ownership interest in an equity method investment and received proceeds of
$13 million.
From time to time, the Company enters transactions with other associates and joint ventures. These transactions typically involve
providing or receiving services in the normal course of business and are not material to the Company’s results of operations or
financial condition either individually or in the aggregate.
Compensation of key management personnel

Key management personnel compensation, including directors, was as follows:
2022 2021
Salaries and other benefits 24 45
Total compensation 41 65
Key management personnel are comprised of the Company’s directors and executive officers.
Page 167
Note 32: Subsequent Events

Sale of LSEG Shares
On January 31, 2023, the Company and Blackstone’s consortium collectively sold approximately 21.2 million LSEG shares through
YPL to Microsoft, of which 10.5 million LSEG shares were indirectly owned by the Company. The Company received approximately
$1.0 billion of gross proceeds from the sale, which was fixed in U.S. dollars.
On March 8, 2023, the Company and Blackstone’s consortium collectively sold 28 million LSEG shares they co-own at a price of
£71.50 per share through a placing to institutional investors and an offer to retail investors. Of the shares sold, approximately
13.6 million were indirectly owned by the Company.
Acquisition
In January 2023, the Company acquired SurePrep, LLC, a provider of tax automation software and services, for $500 million. The
Company is in the process of allocating the purchase consideration to the assets and liabilities assumed for accounting purposes.
2023 Dividends
In February 2023, the Company announced a 10% or $0.18 per share increase in the annualized dividend to $1.96 per common
share, which was approved by the Company’s board of directors. A quarterly dividend of $0.49 per share will be paid on March 16,
2023 to shareholders of record as of February 23, 2023.
Share Repurchases
From January 1, 2023 through March 1, 2023, the Company repurchased 4.4 million of its common shares for $519 million under
the $2.0 billion share buyback program announced in June 2022. Under this program, the Company has repurchased
approximately $1.8 billion of its common shares.
Intention to Execute Return of Capital of at least $2 Billion

In 2023, following the completion of the share repurchase program, the Company intends to initiate a return of capital of at least
$2 billion, which will be combined with a share consolidation or reverse stock split, similar to the return of capital the Company
completed in 2018. This transaction will be funded through proceeds from LSEG share dispositions, and as such, the timing and
amount of the transaction will depend on market conditions and other factors.
Page 168
Executive Officers and Directors

Executive Officers
On March 6, 2023, Laura A. Clayton was appointed as President, Corporates. Therefore, the following individuals are our executive
officers as of March 6, 2023.
Name Age Title
Steve Hasker 53 President & Chief Executive Officer
Michael Eastwood 56 Chief Financial Officer
Brian Peccarelli 62 Chief Operating Officer, Customer Markets
Kirsty Roth 47 Chief Operations & Technology Officer
David Wong 38 Chief Product Officer
Paul Fischer 57 President, Legal Professionals
Elizabeth Beastrom 55 President, Tax & Accounting Professionals
Laura A. Clayton 62 President, Corporates
Paul Bascobert 58 President, Reuters News
Mary Alice Vuicic 55 Chief People Officer
Thomas Kim 51 Chief Legal Officer & Company Secretary
Steve Hasker has been President and Chief Executive Officer and a director of Thomson Reuters since March 2020.
Prior to joining Thomson Reuters in February 2020, he was Senior Advisor to TPG Capital, a private equity firm,
from August 2019 to February 2020. Prior to that, he was Chief Executive Officer of CAA Global, a TPG Capital
portfolio company, from January 2018 to August 2019. Steve served as Global President and Chief Operating
Officer of Nielsen Holdings PLC from December 2015 to December 2017 and prior to that served as Nielsen’s
President, Global Products from November 2009 to January 2014. Steve spent more than a decade with
McKinsey & Company as a partner in the Global Media, Entertainment and Information practice from 1998 to 2009.
Before joining McKinsey, Steve spent five years in several financial roles in the United States and other countries.
Steve started his career with PwC, where he qualified as a chartered accountant. Steve has an undergraduate
economics degree from the University of Melbourne and received an MBA and master’s in international affairs from
Columbia University. Steve is also a non-executive director of Appen Limited. He is a member of the Australia and
New Zealand Institute of Chartered Accountants. Steve is based in Toronto, Ontario, Canada.
Michael Eastwood has been Chief Financial Officer of Thomson Reuters since March 2020. Mike joined Thomson
in 1998 and has had several senior finance roles. Mike was previously Senior Vice President and Head of Corporate
Finance from January 2016 to March 2020. Prior to that, he was Chief Operations Officer for Thomson Reuters
Latin America from April 2014 to December 2015. Mike was also previously Chief Financial Officer of the
company’s former Intellectual Property & Science business (which was sold in 2016). Mike received a BSA in
Accounting from East Carolina University and an MBA from the University of North Carolina. Mike is based in
Toronto, Ontario, Canada.
Brian Peccarelli has been Chief Operating Officer, Customer Markets since June 2018, was President, Corporates
from July 2022 to March 2023 and plans to leave Thomson Reuters on April 3, 2023. Prior to June 2018, Brian was
President of the Tax & Accounting business for seven years. Prior to February 2011, Brian was President of
Workflow & Service Solutions within the Tax & Accounting business for seven years. Brian joined Thomson in 1984
and has held a number of other key leadership positions within the organization, including Vice President of the
Corporate Services Market and General Manager for RIA Compliance. He is also a certified public accountant and a
lawyer. He received a JD from Hamline University School of Law, a BA in accounting and business administration
from Carthage College and an MBA from Southern Methodist University. Brian is based in Carrollton, Texas, United
States.
Page 169
Kirsty Roth has been Chief Operations and Technology Officer since August 2020. Prior to joining Thomson
Reuters, Kirsty was Global Head of Operations and a Group General Manager for HSBC from May 2016 to August
2020. Before that, Kirsty was Chief Operating Officer for Finance, Operations and IT at Credit Suisse from 2011 to
2016 and a Consulting Partner with Deloitte from 2001 to 2011. Kirsty received a bachelor’s degree in Chemistry
from the University of Bristol. Kirsty is based in Zug, Switzerland.
David Wong has been Chief Product Officer since July 2020. Prior to joining Thomson Reuters, David worked at
Facebook as Product Management Lead from January 2019 to June 2020 and Product Manager from February
2018 to January 2019. David served as SVP of Product Leadership of Nielsen Holdings PLC from November 2014
to February 2018 and prior to that, served as Nielsen’s VP of Product Leadership from May 2011 to November
2014. David was also a consultant at McKinsey & Company from August 2006 to March 2011. He holds a degree in
Engineering Science from the University of Toronto, where he specialized in applied physics and electrical
engineering. David resides in Toronto, Ontario, Canada.
Paul Fischer has been President, Legal Professionals since June 2021 after serving as Interim President, Legal
Professionals since June 2020. Prior to that, Paul was the Chief Financial Officer, Legal Professionals from
December 2011 to June 2020. Prior to that, he held a number of other key leadership positions within the
organization including Chief Financial Officer, US Law Firms and VP Finance, Business of Law. He holds a BS
degree in Accounting from the University of South Dakota. Paul resides in Inver Grove Heights, Minnesota, United
States.
Elizabeth Beastrom has been President, Tax & Accounting Professionals since March 2021. Prior to that,
Elizabeth was President, Global Print from July 2018 through March 2021. From April 2018 through July 2018,
Elizabeth led the FindLaw business as Managing Director. Prior to that, she was Chief Financial Officer, Vice
President of Finance – Large and Medium Law Firms, Corporate Counsel and Legal Managed Services from
August 2013 to April 2018. Prior to joining Thomson Reuters in December 2004, she was Finance Director at
Valspar. She holds a bachelor’s degree in accounting from the University of Minnesota Carlson School of
Management. Elizabeth resides in Eden Prairie, Minnesota, United States.
Laura A. Clayton (professionally known as Laura Clayton McDonnell) has been President, Corporates since
March 2023. Prior to joining Thomson Reuters in March 2023, Laura was Senior Vice President, Sales – East,
Canada and Latin America from January 2019 through February 2023 at ServiceNow, Inc., a cloud computing
platform that helps companies manage digital workflows for enterprise operations. From November 2015 through
December 2018, Laura was a Vice President at Microsoft Corporation, leading a team of industry sales, technical
and business professionals in the New York area. Prior to that, she was Senior Vice President, North America Sales
at Aspect Software from May 2014 through October 2015. From 2003 through 2014, Laura served in a number of
positions at IBM, with her last role as Vice President, Strategic Services. She currently serves on the public board
of directors of Zuora, Inc. a cloud-based subscription management platform provider. Laura holds a bachelor’s
degree with honors in international business from San Jose State University and a JD and MBA in international
business and finance from the University of California at Berkeley. She is licensed to practice law in the State of
California and the District of Columbia. Laura resides in New York, New York, United States.
Page 170
Paul Bascobert has been President of Reuters News since September 2022. Prior to joining Thomson Reuters in
September 2022, he was the CEO of Blue Ocean Acquisition Corp, a special purpose acquisition company focused
on media, marketplace and tech platform businesses from April 2021 to September 2022. Prior to that, he was
CEO of Gannett Co., Inc from August 2019 to July 2020. Paul served as President of XO Group, a U.S. based
media and technology company from September 2016 to May 2019 and prior to that served as President of Yodle
Inc. from May 2014 to September 2016. Paul also served as President of Bloomberg Businessweek and Head of
Business Operations for the newly created Bloomberg Media Group from December 2009 to May 2014, as well as
Senior Vice President of Operations and then Chief Marketing Officer at Dow Jones from January 2006 to
December 2009. Paul has a degree in electrical engineering from Kettering University and an M.B.A. in Finance
from the Wharton School of the University of Pennsylvania and is a member of the Council on Foreign Relations.
Paul resides in New York, New York, United States.
Mary Alice Vuicic has been Chief People Officer since November 2017. Previously, Mary Alice served as the Global
Chief Human Resources Officer for L Brands, a portfolio of retail brands, from October 2015 to October 2017.
Before that, Mary Alice was Executive Vice President, Human Resources & Labour Relations at Loblaw Companies
Ltd. from March 2014 to May 2015 and she was Chief Administrative Officer & Executive Vice President at
Shoppers Drug Mart from January 2007 to March 2014 prior to its acquisition by Loblaw Companies Ltd. Mary
Alice has also held senior executive roles at Walmart Canada. Mary Alice is a Trustee on the Thomson Reuters
Foundation Board and is an Advisory Board Member on the Good Jobs Institute. She has also served as a director
of the Business Development Bank of Canada where she chaired the Human Resources Committee for eight
years. She has a BA degree from the University of Windsor and completed the Advanced Management Program at
Harvard Business School. Mary Alice resides in Toronto, Ontario, Canada.
Thomas Kim has been Chief Legal Officer & Company Secretary since August 2019. From January 2019 to August
2019, he was General Manager, Global Separation Execution, leading the overall separation of Refinitiv from
Thomson Reuters. From January 2017 to December 2018, he was Managing Director of Thomson Reuters’
businesses in China. From April 2014 to December 2016, he was Thomson Reuters’ Chief Compliance Officer and
General Counsel, Global Growth & Operations. Thomas has also held several other legal executive roles within the
organization, including as a business unit general counsel. Before joining Reuters in 1999, Thomas practiced law
at Baker & McKenzie and Hancock, Rothert & Bunshoft (now Duane Morris) in San Francisco. Thomas obtained
undergraduate and law degrees from Stanford University. Thomas is based in Toronto, Ontario, Canada.
Page 171
Directors
The names, municipalities and countries of residence, offices and principal occupations of our directors as of March 1, 2023 are
shown below. Each director has been a director since the year indicated below. All of our directors have been engaged for more
than five years in their present principal occupations or in other capacities within Thomson Reuters, except where noted below.
Each director will continue to hold office until the next annual meeting of our shareholders (scheduled to be held on June 14,
2023) or until the director resigns or a successor is elected or appointed.
All of our directors were elected at our 2022 annual meeting of shareholders.
Committee Memberships
Corporate Human Director
Name Age Audit Governance Resources Risk Since
David Thomson, Chairman 65 1988
Steve Hasker 53 2020
Kirk E. Arnold 63 • • Chair 2020
David W. Binet, Deputy Chairman 65 • • • 2013
W. Edmund Clark, C.M. 75 • Chair 2015
LaVerne Council 61 • • 2022
Michael E. Daniels 68 • Chair • • 2014
Kirk Koenigsbauer 55 • • 2020
Deanna Oppenheimer 64 • • 2020
Simon Paris 53 • • • 2020
Kim M. Rivera 54 • • 2019
Barry Salzberg 69 Chair • • 2015
Peter J. Thomson 57 • 1995
Beth Wilson 54 • • 2022
David Thomson is Chairman of Thomson Reuters. He is also a Chairman of Woodbridge, the Thomson family
investment company, and Chairman of The Globe and Mail Inc., a Canadian media company. David is an active
private investor with a focus on real estate and serves on the boards of several private companies. David has an
MA from Cambridge. David resides in Toronto, Ontario, Canada.
Steve Hasker has been President and Chief Executive Officer and a director of Thomson Reuters since March
2020. Prior to joining Thomson Reuters in February 2020, he was Senior Adviser to TPG Capital, a private equity
firm, from August 2019 to February 2020. Prior to that, he was Chief Executive Officer of CAA Global, a TPG
Capital portfolio company, from January 2018 to August 2019. Steve served as Global President and Chief
Operating Officer of Nielsen Holdings PLC from December 2015 to December 2017 and prior to that served as
Nielsen’s President, Global Products from November 2009 to January 2014. Steve spent more than a decade with
McKinsey & Company as a partner in the Global Media, Entertainment and Information practice from 1998 to
2009. Before joining McKinsey, Steve spent five years in several financial roles in the United States and other
countries. Steve started his career with PwC, where he qualified as a chartered accountant. Steve has an
undergraduate economics degree from the University of Melbourne and received an MBA and master’s in
international affairs from Columbia University. Steve is also a non-executive director of Appen Limited. He is a
member of the Australia and New Zealand Institute of Chartered Accountants. Steve is based in Toronto, Ontario,
Canada.
Page 172
Kirk E. Arnold has been Executive-in-Residence at General Catalyst Ventures since 2018, where she works with
management teams to help scale and drive growth by providing mentorship, operational and strategic support.
She was previously Chief Executive Officer of Data Intensity, LLC, a cloud-based data, applications and analytics
managed service provider, from 2013 to 2017. Prior to that, Kirk was Chief Operating Officer of Avid, a technology
provider in the media industry, and Chief Executive Officer and President of Keane, Inc., then a publicly traded
global services provider. She has also held senior leadership roles at Computer Sciences Corp., Fidelity
Investments and IBM. In addition, she was founder and Chief Executive Officer of NerveWire, a management
consulting and systems integration provider. She is a non-executive director of IngersollRand plc and Trane
Technologies. Kirk also serves on the boards of several private companies. In addition, she is a Senior Lecturer at
MIT Sloan School of Management and an advisor to the Center for MIT Entrepreneurship. Kirk received a
bachelor’s degree from Dartmouth College. Kirk resides in Kennebunk, Maine, United States.
David W. Binet is Deputy Chairman of Thomson Reuters. He is also President and Chief Executive Officer and a
director of Woodbridge, the Thomson family investment company. Prior to 2013, he held a number of senior
positions at Woodbridge between 1999 and 2012, including Chief Operating Officer. David is a director of The
Globe and Mail Inc., a Canadian media company and of a number of other companies in which Woodbridge is
invested. David served as Chairman of the Thomson Reuters Foundation from October 1, 2009 through March 14,
2020. Prior to joining Woodbridge in 1999, he was a partner at a major law firm. David has a law degree from
McGill University, a BA from Queen’s University and a graduate degree in journalism from Northwestern
University. David resides in Toronto, Ontario, Canada.
W. Edmund Clark, C.M. is a corporate director. Ed served as Group President and Chief Executive Officer of TD
Bank Group from 2002 until his retirement in 2014. Ed was inducted as a Companion of the Canadian Order of
the Business Hall of Fame in 2016. In 2014, Ed was elected to the Board of Trustees of the Brookings Institute. He
is also Chair of the Vector Institute for Artificial Intelligence. He is also a non-executive director of Spin Master
Corp. Ed has a BA from the University of Toronto, and an MA and Doctorate in Economics from Harvard University.
Ed has also received honorary degrees from Mount Allison University, Queen’s University, Western University and
the University of Toronto. In 2010, he was made an Officer of the Order of Canada, one of the country’s highest
distinctions. Ed resides in Toronto, Ontario, Canada.
LaVerne Council is the Chief Executive Officer of Emerald One, LLC, an information technology consulting
company focused on helping businesses develop innovative methodologies for driving change and
transformation. She was the National Managing Principal, Enterprise Technology Strategy & Innovation, for Grant
Thornton LLP from 2017 to 2019 and served as the Senior Vice President and General Manager for MITRE
Corporation in 2017. LaVerne was Assistant Secretary for the Office of Information & Technology and Chief
Information Officer for the United States Department of Veterans Affairs from 2015 to 2017. She was the Chief
Executive Officer of Council Advisory Services, LLC from 2012 through 2015. LaVerne has also held significant
corporate leadership roles focused on supply chain, IT centralization and integration. She served as the Corporate
Vice President and Global Chief Information Officer for Johnson & Johnson from 2006 through 2011. Before that,
she served in several roles of increasing responsibility at DELL, Inc. from 2000 to 2006, including as the Global
Vice President, Information Technology, Global Business Solutions, and Development Services. She is also a
non-executive director of CONMED Corporation and Concentrix Corporation. She received her Master of Business
Administration from Illinois State University and her Bachelor of Business Administration in Computer Science
from Western Illinois University. LaVerne also holds an honorary Doctorate of Business Administration from Drexel
University. LaVerne resides in Great Falls, Virginia, United States.
Michael E. Daniels is a corporate director. In 2013, Mike retired as Senior Vice President and Group Executive IBM
Services after 36 years with the company where he directed IBM’s consulting, systems integration, application
management, cloud computing and outsourcing services around the globe. Mike also held a number of senior
leadership positions in his career at IBM, including General Manager of Sales and Distribution Operations of the
Americas as well as leading Global Services in the Asia Pacific region. He is also a non-executive director of SS&C
Technologies Holdings, Inc. and Johnson Controls International plc. Corporation. Mike has a bachelor’s degree in
political science from Holy Cross College. Mike resides in Hilton Head, South Carolina, United States.
Page 173
Kirk Koenigsbauer has been Chief Operating Officer & Corporate Vice President, Experiences and Devices
Group at Microsoft Corporation since February 2020. From December 2016 to February 2020, he was Corporate
Vice President, Microsoft 365 and from July 2012 to November 2016, he was Corporate Vice President, Office Apps
Engineering, at Microsoft. Prior to that, he was Corporate Vice President, Office Product Management at Microsoft
from June 2002 to July 2012. Kirk worked at Amazon.com from 1998 to 2001 where he held the roles of General
Manager, Software & Video Games Stores and Director of Product Management, Auctions. Kirk also worked at
Microsoft from 1992 to 1998 and as a consultant at Accenture from 1989 to 1991. Kirk has a bachelor’s degree
from Colby College. Kirk resides in Seattle, Washington, United States.
Deanna Oppenheimer is the founder of CameoWorks, LLC, a global firm that advises leaders of early stage
companies and consultancies. Deanna founded CameoWorks in 2012. From 2005 to 2011, she served in a number
of roles at Barclays PLC, first as chief executive of UK Retail and Business Banking and then as vice chair of Global
Retail Banking. From 1985 to 2005, Deanna served in a number of positions at Washington Mutual, Inc., with her
last role as president of Consumer Banking. She is also the chair of the board of directors of Hargreaves Lansdown
plc, non-excutive chair of the board of directors of InterContinental Hotels Group PLC and a non-excutive director
of Slalom and is the founder of BoardReady, a not-for-profit, collective group of diverse senior leaders dedicated
to increasing corporate and board diversity. Deanna received a BA from the University of Puget Sound. Deanna
resides in Seattle, Washington, United States.
Simon Paris is Chief Executive Officer of Finastra, a global financial technology (fintech) provider. He joined
Finastra (previously Misys) as president in 2015 and also served as its Chief Sales Officer, before being appointed
Deputy CEO in 2017 and CEO in 2018. Simon previously worked at SAP from 2007 to 2015, where he held a
number of senior leadership positions. Simon was also previously a senior consultant with McKinsey & Company.
He currently chairs the World Trade Board, an organization initiated by Finastra that is made up of global leaders,
innovative thinkers, industry influencers and subject matter experts from the different corners of trade, finance
and commerce. He is also a member of the board of directors of Everbridge, Inc. Simon holds a BA from the
European Business School and an MBA from INSEAD. Simon resides in London, United Kingdom.
Kim M. Rivera is the Chief Legal and Business Affairs Officer of One Trust, LLC, a privacy, security and governance
management software company. She was Special Advisor to the CEO of HP Inc. from February 2021 through
December 2021. Prior to that, Kim was President, Strategy and Business Management and Chief Legal Officer at
HP Inc. from January 2019 through January 2021. As President, Strategy and Business Management, she led
corporate strategy and development, customer support, indirect procurement, real estate and workplace
functions. In addition, Kim managed HP Inc.’s worldwide legal organization, including all aspects of legal and
governmental affairs, brand security, compliance and ethics. She served as Chief Legal Officer and General
Counsel of HP Inc. from November 2015 to January 2019. Prior to joining HP Inc., Kim was the Chief Legal Officer
and Corporate Secretary for DaVita HealthCare Partners where she was employed from 2010 to 2015. Prior to
that, she served as the Chief Compliance Officer and Head of International Legal Services at The Clorox Company
and Chief Litigation Counsel for Rockwell Automation, as well as General Counsel for its Automation Controls and
Information Group. She is also a member of the board of directors of Cano Health Inc. Kim has a bachelor’s degree
from Duke University and a Juris Doctor degree from Harvard Law School. Kim resides in Woodside, California,
United States.
Barry Salzberg is a corporate director. Barry served as the Global Chief Executive Officer of Deloitte Touche
Tohmatsu Limited from 2011 until his retirement in 2015. He joined Deloitte in 1977 and his roles included Chief
Executive Officer and Managing Partner of the firm’s U.S. operations. Barry is Chairman of the Board of Directors
of 10EQS and has previously served as a Board member of New Profit, Inc. and previously served as Chairman of
the United Way Worldwide, Chairman of the Board of College Summit and Chairman of the Board of the YMCA of
Greater New York. From July 2015 until June 2018, he was a Professor at Columbia Business School. Barry has a
BS in Accounting from Brooklyn College, a JD from Brooklyn Law School, and an LLM in Taxation from the New
York University School of Law. Barry resides in New York, New York, United States.
Page 174
Peter J. Thomson is a Chairman of Woodbridge, the Thomson family investment company. Peter is an active
private equity investor and serves on the boards of several private companies. Peter has a BA from the University
of Western Ontario. Peter resides in Toronto, Ontario, Canada.
Beth Wilson has been Vice-Chair of the Chartered Professional Accountants of Canada since October 2021. She is
the former Chief Executive Officer of Dentons Canada LLP and was a member of the global leadership team,
serving on the Global Board and Global Management Committee from July 2017 to January 2022. Prior to this
role, Beth was an audit partner at KPMG from 2000 to 2016 and served as Managing Partner at KPMG in the
Greater Toronto Area from 2009 to 2016. Between 2005 and 2016, she also served as a member of KPMG’s
Management Committee in various leadership positions, including Canadian Managing Partner Community
Leadership, Canadian Managing Partner Regions and Enterprise with responsibility for 24 regional offices across
Canada, and Chief Human Resources Officer. Beth is currently a trustee at The Hospital for Sick Children, and a
director at Woodgreen Foundation, and Traferox Technologies Inc. She is also a non-executive director at IGM
Financial Inc. and Power Corporation of Canada. Beth has a BComm from the University of Toronto and is a CPA.
Beth resides in Toronto, Ontario, Canada.
Page 175
Audit Committee
The Audit Committee comprises Barry Salzberg (Chair), LaVerne Council, Michael E. Daniels, Deanna Oppenheimer, Simon Paris,
Kim M. Rivera and Beth Wilson. The Audit Committee is comprised entirely of independent directors. All members of the Audit
Committee are financially literate in accordance with applicable Canadian and U.S. securities rules. Barry Salzberg and Beth
Wilson each qualify as an “audit committee financial expert” (within the meaning of applicable SEC rules) and meet applicable
tests for accounting or related financial management expertise within the meaning of NYSE listing standards. Biographies for
each member of our Audit Committee are included earlier in this section of the annual report.
The following is a brief summary of the education and experience of each member of the Audit Committee that is relevant to the
performance of his or her responsibilities, including any education or experience that has provided the member with an
understanding of the accounting principles we use to prepare our financial statements.
Audit Committee Member Education/Experience
Barry Salzberg (Chair) • Former Global Chief Executive Officer of Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu Limited
• Former Professor at Columbia Business School
• Degree in accounting from Brooklyn College, a JD from Brooklyn Law School and an LLM in tax from the New York
University
LaVerne Council • MBA and bachelor’s degree in business administration

• Member of CONMED Corporation and Concentrix Corporation boards of directors and audit committees
Michael E. Daniels • Over 25 years of executive experience at IBM

• Former member of the Tyco International Ltd. audit committee
• Member of SS&C Technologies Holdings, Inc. and Johnson Controls International plc boards of directors
Deanna Oppenheimer • Former Vice Chair of Global Retail Banking of Barclays PLC
• Former President of Consumer Banking of Washington Mutual, Inc.
• Former member of AXA Global Insurance audit committee
• Former member of NCR Corporation audit committee
Simon Paris • Chief Executive Officer of Finastra

• Chair of the World Trade Board
• Member of Everbridge, Inc. board of directors
Kim M. Rivera • Chief Legal and Business Affairs Officer of One Trust, LLC
• Former President, Strategy and Business Management and Chief Legal Officer of HP Inc.
• Supported audit committees of two publicly-traded Fortune 500 companies
Beth Wilson • Vice-Chair of the Chartered Professional Accountants of Canada

• Audit Committee Chair at The Hospital for Sick Children and Woodgreen Foundation
• Member of Power Corporation of Canada and IGM Financial Inc. audit committees
• Bachelor of Commerce degree from University of Toronto and a Certified Professional Accountant in good standing
with the Chartered Professional Accountants of Ontario
• Former Chief Executive Officer of Dentons Canada LLP
• Former audit partner and Managing Partner at KPMG
Page 176
Principal Accountant Fees and Services

The following table sets forth fees related to services rendered by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP and its affiliates in 2022 and 2021.
(in millions of U.S. dollars) 2022 2021
Audit fees $ 11.9 $ 11.5

Audit-related fees 2.0 1.3
Tax fees 1.3 2.5
All other fees – –
Total $15.2 $15.3
The following are descriptions of fees for services rendered by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP in 2022 and 2021.
Audit Fees
These audit fees were for professional services rendered for the audits of consolidated financial statements, reviews of interim
financial statements included in periodic reports, audits related to internal control over financial reporting, statutory audits and
services that generally only the independent auditor can reasonably provide, such as comfort letters and consents. These services
included French translations of our financial statements, MD&A and financial information included in our interim and annual
filings and prospectuses and other offering documents.
Audit-related Fees
These audit-related fees were for assurance and related services that are reasonably related to the performance of the audit or
review of the financial statements and are not reported under the “audit fees” category above. These services included transaction
due diligence, system pre-post implementation reviews, other attestation engagements, licensing of technical research material,
audits of various employee benefit plans and agreed-upon procedures principally related to executive compensation reporting.
Tax Fees
Tax fees were for tax compliance, tax advice and tax planning. These services included the preparation and review of corporate tax
returns, assistance with tax audits and transfer pricing matters, advisory services relating to federal, state, provincial and
international tax compliance, and restructurings, mergers and acquisitions and divestitures.
All Other Fees

Fees disclosed in the tables above under the item “all other fees” were for services other than the audit fees, audit-related fees
and tax fees described above.
Pre-Approval Policies and Procedures

The Audit Committee has adopted a policy regarding its pre-approval of all audit and permissible non-audit services provided to
our company by the independent auditors.
• The policy gives detailed guidance to management as to the specific types of services that have been pre-approved by the Audit
Committee.
• The policy requires the Audit Committee’s specific pre-approval of all other permitted types of services that have not already
been pre-approved.
• The Audit Committee’s charter allows the Audit Committee to delegate to one or more members the authority to evaluate and
approve engagements in the event that the need arises for approval between Audit Committee meetings. Pursuant to this
charter provision, the Audit Committee has delegated this authority to its Chair. If the Chair approves any such engagements,
he must report his approval decisions to the full Audit Committee at its next meeting.
• For the year ended December 31, 2022, none of the fees of Thomson Reuters described above made use of the de minimis
exception to pre-approval provisions as provided for by Rule 2-01(c)(7)(i)(C) of SEC Regulation S-X and Section 2.4 of the
Canadian Securities Administrators’ Multilateral Instrument 52-110 (Audit Committees).
Page 177
Woodbridge
As of March 1, 2023, Woodbridge beneficially owned approximately 69% of our common shares and is the principal and
controlling shareholder of Thomson Reuters.
Woodbridge, a private company, is the primary investment vehicle for members of the family of the late Roy H. Thomson, the first
Lord Thomson of Fleet. Woodbridge is a professionally managed company that, in addition to its controlling interest in Thomson
Reuters, has other substantial investments.
Prior to his passing in 2006, Kenneth R. Thomson controlled our company through Woodbridge. He did so by holding shares of a
holding company of Woodbridge, Thomson Investments Limited. Under his estate arrangements, the 2003 TIL Settlement, a trust
of which the trust company subsidiary of a Canadian chartered bank is trustee and members of the family of the late first Lord
Thomson of Fleet are beneficiaries, holds those holding company shares. Kenneth R. Thomson established these arrangements to
provide for long-term stability of the business of Woodbridge. The equity of Woodbridge continues to be owned by members of
successive generations of the family of the first Lord Thomson of Fleet.
Under the estate arrangements of Kenneth R. Thomson, the directors and officers of Woodbridge are responsible for its business
and operations. In certain limited circumstances, including very substantial dispositions of Thomson Reuters Corporation common
shares by Woodbridge, the estate arrangements provide for approval of the trustee to be obtained.
Woodbridge’s primary investment is its holding of our shares. It actively monitors our company as a controlling shareholder. In its
involvement with our company, Woodbridge focuses on these matters:
• Corporate governance, including the effectiveness of our Board;
• Appointment of the Chief Executive Officer and other members of senior management and related succession planning;
• Development of the long-term business strategy of Thomson Reuters and assessment of its implementation; and
• Capital strategy.
With its substantial equity investment in our company, Woodbridge considers that its interests as a Thomson Reuters shareholder
are aligned with those of all other shareholders.
Controlled Company
Our company is a “controlled company” as a result of Woodbridge’s ownership.
Thomson Reuters’ corporate governance practices include the following, which we believe are best practices for a Canadian
public company with a controlling shareholder:
• No members of the day-to-day Thomson Reuters executive leadership team are related to, or otherwise affiliated with,
Woodbridge.
• Woodbridge beneficially owns common shares that have one vote per share. Thomson Reuters has not issued a separate
class of shares to Woodbridge with super-voting rights.
• The Thomson Reuters Board of Directors is comprised of a majority of independent directors and the number of directors
affiliated with Woodbridge is lower than the proportion of common shares controlled by it. Woodbridge’s beneficial
ownership as of March 1, 2023 was approximately 69% of our common shares and its representatives on the Thomson
Reuters Board comprise approximately 29% of our directors.
• As David Thomson is the Chairman of the Board, we have a separate Lead Independent Director.
• As part of each Board meeting, the independent directors meet separately without management or Woodbridge-affiliated
directors present.
• All committees are comprised of a majority of independent directors (other than the Audit Committee, which is 100%
independent directors).
• The Board has an effective and transparent process to deal with related party transactions or conflicts of interest between
Thomson Reuters and Woodbridge or directors affiliated with Woodbridge. The Corporate Governance Committee of our
Board utilizes a policy for considering related party transactions that may take place between our company and Woodbridge,
with any committee members related to Woodbridge abstaining from voting. In addition, any transactions between
Woodbridge and our company are subject to public disclosure and other requirements under applicable Canadian securities
laws.
Page 178
The NYSE corporate governance listing standards require a listed company to have, among other things, solely independent
directors on its compensation committee and nominating/corporate governance committee. A “controlled company” (as defined
by the NYSE) is a company of which more than 50% of the voting power is held by an individual, group or another company and is
exempt from these requirements.
Supplemental guidelines issued by the Canadian Coalition for Good Governance (CCGG) address controlled companies. A
“controlled company” (as defined by CCGG) includes corporations with a controlling shareholder who controls a sufficient number
of shares to be able to elect the board of directors or to direct the management or policies of the corporation.
While a majority of members of each of the Corporate Governance Committee and the HR Committee of our company are
independent, the Board believes it is appropriate for David Binet, Ed Clark and Peter Thomson, who are not considered to be
independent under applicable rules because of their affiliation with Woodbridge, to serve on these committees and has approved
our reliance on the NYSE’s controlled company exemption to do so. CCGG has stated that it believes it is appropriate for directors
who are related to the controlling shareholder to sit on these committees to bring the knowledge and perspective of the
controlling shareholder to executive compensation, appointments and board nominations.
No directors affiliated with Woodbridge serve on our Audit Committee, which is required to have solely independent directors.
A majority of members of the Risk Committee are also independent.
Independent Directors
A majority of the Board is independent. Under the corporate governance guidelines adopted by the Board, a director is not
considered independent unless the Board affirmatively determines that the director has no “material relationship” with Thomson
Reuters. In determining the independence of directors, the Board considers all relevant facts and circumstances. In March 2023,
the Board conducted its annual assessment of the independence of its members and determined that 9 of the 14 current directors
(approximately 64%) serving on the Board were independent. In determining independence, the Board examined and relied on
the applicable definitions of “independent” in the NYSE listing standards and Canadian Securities Administrators’ National
Instrument 58-101. The Board’s determination of independence was also based on responses to questionnaires completed by
directors.
In order for the Board to function independently from management:
• The roles and responsibilities of the Chairman (David Thomson) and the CEO (Steve Hasker) are separate;
• We have a Lead Independent Director (Michael E. Daniels); and
• The Audit Committee is comprised entirely of independent directors (as required by applicable law) and the Corporate
Governance Committee, Human Resources Committee and Risk Committee each have a majority of independent directors.
Page 179
Director Independence
Name of Director Nominee Management Independent Not Independent Reason for Non-Independence
David Thomson ✓ A Chairman of Woodbridge
Steve Hasker ✓ ✓ President & Chief Executive Officer of Thomson Reuters
Kirk E. Arnold ✓
David W. Binet ✓ President of Woodbridge
W. Edmund Clark, C.M. ✓ Advisor to the trustee of the 2003 TIL Settlement and
Woodbridge
LaVerne Council ✓
Michael E. Daniels ✓
Kirk Koenigsbauer ✓
Deanna Oppenheimer ✓
Simon Paris ✓
Kim M. Rivera ✓
Barry Salzberg ✓
Peter J. Thomson ✓ A Chairman of Woodbridge
Beth Wilson ✓
Total 1 9 5
David Thomson, David Binet, Ed Clark and Peter Thomson are not members of Thomson Reuters executive management team.
With its substantial equity investment in Thomson Reuters, Woodbridge considers that its interests as a shareholder are aligned
with those of all other shareholders.
In determining the independence of directors, the Board also considers that in the normal course of business, we provide services
to, and receive services from, companies with which some of the independent directors are affiliated. Based on the specific facts
and circumstances, the Board determined in March 2023 that these relationships were immaterial.
Presiding Directors at Meetings of Non-Management and Independent Directors

At the beginning of each meeting, the Board has an “in-camera” session with the CEO, but no other members of management.
This is intended to give the CEO an opportunity to discuss his objectives for the day’s meeting, and for directors to express
preliminary observations based on their prior review of meeting materials. This permits a more effective use of time in the Board
meeting. A similar session is held with the CEO at the end of the meeting, followed by a meeting of the Board without the CEO or
other members of management present. Board committees also utilize “in-camera” meetings for discussions without the CEO or
members of management present.
As part of each Board meeting, our independent directors meet as a group without the CEO and without the directors affiliated
with Woodbridge. These meetings are chaired by the Lead Independent Director. The Lead Independent Director develops the
agenda for these meetings, although discussion has not been limited to it. The agenda generally addresses any issues that might
be specific to a public corporation with a controlling shareholder. The Lead Independent Director reports to the Chairman, Deputy
Chairman and the CEO on the substance of these meetings to the extent that action is appropriate or required. Seven meetings of
the independent directors took place in 2022 which were presided over by the Lead Independent Director (Vance Opperman), until
his resignation from the Board in June 2022, and Michael E. Daniels following that time.
Page 180
Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

Our Code of Business Conduct and Ethics (Code), which was updated in July 2022, applies to our employees, directors and
officers, including our CEO, CFO and Controller. We review the Code on an annual basis and make updates as necessary. Our
updated Code reflects changes in style and appearance. While the content of the updated Code and its provisions are
fundamentally the same, it also highlighted our commitment to social impact and reflected certain content updates to make the
Code consistent with internal policies, laws and regulations that have changed in the last few years. Every year, we require our
employees, directors and officers to submit an acknowledgment confirming that they have received and read a copy of the Code
and understand their obligations to comply with the principles and policies outlined in it. In an effort to further promote a culture
of ethical business conduct throughout Thomson Reuters, we have instituted an online training course that supplements the
Code. The Corporate Governance Committee receives an annual report regarding the Code from the Chief Legal Officer.
In 2022 and through the date of this annual report, no material violations by our directors or executive officers were reported for
the Code. Also, no waivers under the Code were sought by or granted to any of our directors or executive officers.
Additional Disclosures
Additional information regarding the members of our Board of Directors, including our corporate governance and compensation
practices, will be provided in our management proxy circular, which is being prepared in connection with our upcoming annual
meeting of shareholders to be held on June 14, 2023. Each Board committee has a written charter which is publicly available at
www.tr.com. The Audit Committee’s charter has been filed on SEDAR and EDGAR and is incorporated by reference in, and forms
a part of, this annual report.
As of March 1, 2023, our executive officers and directors as a group beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, or exercised control or
direction over, less than 1% of our outstanding common shares, based on the issued and outstanding shares of our company as of
that date. David Thomson and Peter Thomson are the Chairmen, and David Binet is the President, of Woodbridge, our controlling
shareholder. As of March 1, 2023, Woodbridge beneficially owned approximately 69% of our common shares. David Thomson and
Peter Thomson are substantial shareholders of our company as members of the family that owns the equity of Woodbridge.
Page 181
Additional Information
Thomson Reuters Corporation was incorporated under the Business Corporations Act (Ontario) by articles of incorporation dated
December 28, 1977. Our company amalgamated with one of its wholly owned subsidiaries on March 10, 2010. On October 1, 2018,
articles of amendment were filed to make certain amendments to our articles of amalgamation related to the Trust Principles and
the consent rights of the Thomson Reuters Founders Share Company. Our registered office and principal executive office is
located at 333 Bay Street, Suite 300, Toronto, Ontario M5H 2R2, Canada. Prior to April 17, 2008, Thomson Reuters Corporation
was known as The Thomson Corporation.
Description of Capital Structure

As of March 1, 2023:
• Our authorized share capital consisted of an unlimited number of common shares, an unlimited number of preference shares,
issuable in series, and a Thomson Reuters Founders Share; and
• We had outstanding 471,843,941 common shares, 6,000,000 Series II preference shares and one Thomson Reuters Founders
Share.
Common Shares
Each common share entitles its holder to receive notice of, to attend and to vote at all meetings of our shareholders (except for
meetings of holders of a particular class or series of shares other than the common shares required by applicable laws to be held
as a separate class or series meeting). Each common share also entitles its holder to receive dividends when declared by our
Board of Directors, subject to the rights of holders of the preference shares. All dividends declared by our Board of Directors are
paid equally on all common shares. Holders of common shares will participate equally in any distribution of our assets upon
liquidation, dissolution or winding-up, subject to the rights of the holders of the preference shares. There are no preemptive,
redemption, purchase or conversion rights attaching to our common shares.
We have also issued Depositary Interests (DIs) as an alternative way to hold our common shares. DIs are designed to facilitate the
transfer and settlement of our shares in the U.K. when they are traded in the secondary market. Each DI represents one common
share. The holder of DIs has beneficial ownership of the underlying common shares. The administrator of our DI program holds
legal title to the common shares and holds the shares on behalf of and for the benefit of the DI holder. Holders of DIs have the
same voting rights and receive the same dividends as other common shareholders.
Preference Shares
Our preference shares may be issued in one or more series as determined by our Board of Directors. Our Board of Directors is
authorized to fix the number, the consideration per share and the rights and restrictions of the preference shares of each series.
The preference shares of each series are to rank on a parity with the preference shares of each other series with respect to the
payments of dividends and the return of capital on our liquidation, dissolution or winding-up. The preference shares are entitled to
preference over the common shares and any other shares ranking junior to the preference shares with respect to the payment of
dividends and the return of capital. The special rights and restrictions attaching to the preference shares as a class may not be
amended without approval of at least two-thirds of the votes cast at a meeting of the holders of preference shares. The holders of
preference shares are not entitled to any voting rights except as provided by our Board of Directors when authorizing a series or as
provided by law. Our Series II preference shares are non-voting and are redeemable at our option for C$25.00 per share, together
with accrued dividends. Dividends are payable quarterly at an annual rate of 70% of the Canadian bank prime rate applied to the
stated capital of the shares.
Page 182
Thomson Reuters Founders Share

Our company has issued a Thomson Reuters Founders Share to the Thomson Reuters Founders Share Company, which enables
the Thomson Reuters Founders Share Company to exercise extraordinary voting power to safeguard the Thomson Reuters Trust
Principles and to thwart those whose holdings of Thomson Reuters voting shares threaten the Thomson Reuters Trust Principles.
The Founders Share entitles the Thomson Reuters Founders Share Company to vote in circumstances where an acquiring person,
other than an approved person or an entity within Thomson Reuters, has become or becomes “interested” in, or the beneficial
owner of, 15% or more of the outstanding voting shares of Thomson Reuters or has obtained or is attempting to obtain the ability
to control the exercise of, or beneficial ownership of, 30% or more of the outstanding voting shares of Thomson Reuters. In
general, votes cast by the Thomson Reuters Founders Share Company, alone or in combination with votes cast by approved
persons, will be sufficient either to negate the voting power of the acquiring person or to constitute the requisite majority voting
power. The rights attaching to the Founders Share may not be varied or abrogated in any respect without the prior written consent
of the Thomson Reuters Founders Share Company. In addition, without the prior written consent of the Thomson Reuters
Founders Share Company, we may not take certain fundamental corporate actions, including certain changes to our share capital,
remove or amend provisions in our organizational documents relating to the Thomson Reuters Founders Share Company and the
Founders Share, or effect a sale (or similar transactions) of Reuters News to an unrelated third-party or to effect or permit material
acquisitions by, or material dispositions from, Reuters News. For a discussion of the Thomson Reuters Trust Principles, the
Thomson Reuters Founders Share Company and proposed amendments to the Thomson Reuters Trust Principles arrangements,
see the “Material Contracts” section below.
Market for Securities

Listings and Index Participation
Our common shares are listed in Canadian dollars on the TSX and in U.S. dollars on the NYSE under the symbol “TRI” and our
Series II preference shares are listed in Canadian dollars on the TSX under the symbol “TRI.PR.B”. Our company is included in the
S&P/TSX series of indices.
Share Prices
The following table provides information regarding the price history of our common shares and Series II preference shares for the
periods indicated.
Common Shares (C$) Common Shares (US$) Preference Shares (C$)
Trading Trading Trading
High Low Closing Volume High Low Closing Volume High Low Closing Volume
2022
January 151.27 131.67 136.46 8,400,295 119.62 103.27 107.36 9,137,400 17.52 15.53 16.74 48,436
February 137.16 125.39 128.16 9,028,168 108.38 98.37 101.05 11,231,521 16.98 16.25 16.25 26,958
March 136.90 129.94 135.73 9,633,678 109.10 102.00 108.85 9,368,485 16.50 15.99 16.20 34,686
April 136.90 128.44 128.44 5,572,620 109.06 99.96 99.96 6,241,841 16.19 15.29 15.29 314,696
May 128.44 120.35 125.19 8,875,503 99.96 92.58 99.04 13,893,963 15.53 14.28 14.28 16,050
June 134.37 124.19 134.19 10,454,973 104.31 96.32 104.21 10,843,681 14.75 13.86 13.87 35,681
July 143.79 132.12 143.79 8,069,385 112.28 103.61 112.28 10,158,564 13.87 13.35 13.60 39,324
August 150.30 142.79 144.62 9,019,076 116.82 109.90 110.02 10,426,180 14.38 13.36 13.70 19,150
September 149.13 141.71 141.80 8,079,340 114.77 102.62 102.62 8,328,888 14.06 13.68 13.86 46,180
October 145.99 137.45 144.89 7,330,762 107.22 98.98 106.28 8,562,494 14.08 13.40 13.55 32,810
November 158.39 140.12 158.39 10,523,195 117.72 102.30 117.72 14,170,916 13.49 12.90 13.05 51,158
December 158.69 152.21 154.46 7,630,315 117.84 111.68 114.07 9,739,236 13.55 12.90 13.25 77,646
2023
January 158.99 154.46 158.28 7,531,810 118.97 114.07 118.97 9,287,637 13.85 13.15 13.74 179,303
February 167.74 154.81 165.26 7,417,587 125.26 114.96 121.03 11,138,232 14.00 13.50 14.00 102,383
Page 183
Dividends
Our company and our predecessor companies have paid dividends for over 30 years and we view dividends as a critical component
of shareholder return.
Any dividends that we declare on our shares take into account all factors that our Board considers relevant, including our available
cash flow, financial condition and capital requirements. Our target dividend payout ratio is 50% to 60% of annual free cash flow
over the long term.
Our Board reviews our dividend policy each fiscal year. In February 2023, we announced that our Board approved a 10% increase
to our annualized dividend rate by $0.18 cents to $1.96 per share (or $0.045 per share on a quarterly basis), effective with our
dividend to be paid on March 16, 2023 to common shareholders of record as of February 23, 2023. The declaration of dividends by
our Board and the amount of those dividends is at the discretion of the Board.
The following graph shows our annualized dividends per common share for the periods indicated.
The following table provides information regarding the default currencies for our dividend payments, as well as other currency
options that were available to our shareholders as of March 1, 2023.
Dividend Currency (Default) Dividend Currency (For Electing Holders)
Common shares U.S. dollars Canadian dollars

British pounds sterling
DIs (representing common shares) British pounds sterling U.S. dollars

Canadian dollars
Series II preference shares Canadian dollars N/A
We also have a dividend reinvestment plan which allows eligible holders of our common shares to elect to have their cash
dividends reinvested in additional shares.
Additional information regarding currency elections for our dividends as well as our dividend reinvestment plan is provided in the
Investor Relations section of our website under “Stock Info – Dividend Timetable”.
We pay dividends on our Series II preference shares quarterly at an annual rate of 70% of the Canadian bank prime rate applied to
the stated capital of these shares.
Page 184
The table below sets forth the dividends declared on our common shares and Series II preference shares in the last three years and
the first quarter of 2023.
Common Shares (US$) Series II Preference Shares (C$)
2020
Q1 $ 0.380000 C$ 0.168820
Q2 $ 0.380000 C$ 0.106602
Q3 $ 0.380000 C$ 0.107773
Q4 $ 0.380000 C$ 0.107773
2021
Q1 $ 0.405000 C$ 0.105719
Q2 $ 0.405000 C$ 0.106894
Q3 $ 0.405000 C$ 0.108068
Q4 $ 0.405000 C$ 0.108068
2022
Q1 $ 0.445000 C$ 0.107445
Q2 $ 0.445000 C$ 0.140053
Q3 $ 0.445000 C$ 0.203345
Q4 $ 0.445000 C$ 0.257159
2023
Q1 $ 0.490000 C$ *
*The first-quarter 2023 dividend on our Series II preference shares had not yet been declared by our company as of the date of this annual report.
Transfer Agents and Registrars

Type of Shares Country Transfer Agent/Registrar Location of Transfer Facilities
Common shares Canada Computershare Trust Company of Canada Toronto; Montreal; Calgary; and Vancouver
United States Computershare Trust Company N.A. Canton, Massachusetts; Jersey City, New Jersey; and
College Station, Texas
United Kingdom Computershare Investor Services PLC Bristol, England
Depositary interests United Kingdom Computershare Investor Services PLC Bristol, England
Series II preference shares Canada Computershare Trust Company of Canada Toronto
Page 185
Ratings of Debt Securities

Our access to financing depends on, among other things, suitable market conditions and the maintenance of suitable long-term
credit ratings. Our credit ratings may be adversely affected by various factors, including increased debt levels, decreased earnings,
declines in customer demands, increased competition, a further deterioration in general economic and business conditions and
adverse publicity. Any downgrades in our credit ratings may impede our access to the debt markets or raise our borrowing rates.
Our long-term unsecured debt securities are rated Baa2 (stable) by Moody’s, BBB (stable) by S&P, BBB (high) (stable) by DBRS
and BBB+ (stable) by Fitch. These credit ratings are not recommendations to purchase, hold or sell securities and do not address
the market price or suitability of a specific security for a particular investor. Credit ratings may not reflect the potential impact of
all risks on the value of securities. In addition, real or anticipated changes in the rating assigned to a security will generally affect
the market value of that security. Shareholders cannot be assured that a rating will remain in effect for any given period of time or
that a rating will not be revised or withdrawn entirely by a rating agency in the future.
Moody’s Investors Services (Moody’s)

Moody’s long-term credit ratings are on a rating scale that ranges from Aaa to C, which represents the range from highest to
lowest quality of such securities rated. Moody’s “Baa” rating assigned to our long-term debt instruments is the fourth highest
rating of nine rating categories. Obligations rated “Baa” are subject to moderate credit risk. They are considered medium-grade
and as such may possess certain speculative characteristics. Moody’s appends numerical modifiers from 1 to 3 to its long-term
debt ratings, which indicate where the obligation ranks within its generic rating category, with 1 being the highest. Ratings
outlooks represent Moody’s assessment regarding the likely direction of the rating over the medium-term. In November 2022,
Moody’s affirmed Thomson Reuters’ Baa rating and changed the rating outlook to Stable from Positive.
Standard & Poor’s Global Ratings (S&P)

S&P’s long-term credit ratings are on a rating scale that ranges from AAA to D, which represents the range from highest to lowest
quality of such securities rated. S&P’s “BBB” rating assigned to our long-term debt instruments is the fourth highest rating of
10 rating categories. A “BBB” rating indicates that the obligor has adequate capacity to meet its financial commitments. However,
adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity of the obligor to meet its
financial commitment. S&P uses “+” or “-” designations to indicate the relative standing of securities within a particular rating
category. Outlooks represent S&P’s assessment regarding the potential direction of the rating over the immediate term (typically
six months to two years).
DBRS Limited (DBRS)

DBRS’ credit ratings are on a long-term debt rating scale that ranges from AAA to D, which represents the range from highest to
lowest quality of such securities rated. DBRS’s “BBB” rating assigned to our long-term debt is the fourth highest of the 10 rating
categories for long-term debt. Debt securities rated “BBB” are of adequate credit quality, and while the capacity for the payment
of financial obligations is considered acceptable, it may be vulnerable to future events. A reference to “high” or “low” reflects the
relative strength within the rating category. Rating Trends represent DBRS’s opinion regarding the outlook for the ratings, should
present tendencies continue.
Fitch Ratings (Fitch)

Fitch’s long-term credit ratings are on a rating scale that ranges from AAA to D, which represents the range from highest to
lowest quality of such securities rated. Fitch’s “BBB” rating assigned to our long-term debt instruments is the fourth highest rating
of 11 rating categories. A “BBB” rating indicates a low expectation of default, and that while the capacity for payment of financial
commitments is considered adequate, adverse business or economic conditions are more likely to impair this capacity. Fitch uses
“+” or “-” designations to indicate the relative standing of securities within a particular rating category. Outlooks represents Fitch’s
assessment regarding the direction a rating is likely to move over a one to two-year period.
Page 186
Investment in LSEG
On January 29, 2021, Thomson Reuters and private equity funds affiliated with Blackstone closed the sale of Refinitiv to LSEG in
an all-share transaction. The following sets forth certain provisions that we agreed to in connection with the closing of the sale.
• Thomson Reuters and Blackstone’s consortium are entitled to nominate three non-executive LSEG directors for as long as they
hold at least 25% of the LSEG shares, two LSEG directors for as long as they hold at least 17.5% but less than 25% of the LSEG
shares and one LSEG director for as long as they hold at least 10% but less than 17.5% of the LSEG shares. For so long as
Thomson Reuters and Blackstone’s consortium are entitled to nominate three directors, one nominee will be a Thomson
Reuters representative.
• The transaction was predominantly tax deferred for our company except for $627 million that was paid in 2021. As permitted
under a lock-up exception within a transaction agreement, in March 2021, Thomson Reuters sold approximately 10.1 million of
its LSEG shares to generate approximately $994 million of pre-tax total net proceeds. In 2021, we paid $223 million on the sale
of these shares and used the remaining after-tax proceeds to pay the $627 million of tax on the LSEG transaction.
• Subject to certain exceptions, Thomson Reuters and Blackstone’s consortium have otherwise agreed to be subject to
a lock-up for our LSEG shares through January 29, 2023. Pursuant to the lock-up, we are entitled to sell approximately
31 million of our company’s indirectly owned shares in the twelve-month period beginning January 30, 2023, 22 million shares
in the twelve-month period beginning January 30, 2024, and 8 million shares after the lock-up arrangement terminates on
January 29, 2025.
• A standstill restriction applies to the entity that we jointly own with Blackstone’s consortium under which we (and the
underlying investors) have agreed not to, among other matters, acquire further LSEG shares, or make a takeover offer for LSEG
for designated time periods.
• During a specified voting commitment period, the entity that we jointly own with Blackstone’s consortium has committed to
vote its LSEG shares in line with the LSEG Board’s recommendation, subject to certain exceptions.
• The entity that we jointly own with Blackstone’s consortium has agreed to a customary non-compete for three years after the
closing.
• Each of LSEG and the entity that we jointly own with Blackstone’s consortium has agreed to a customary non-solicit with
respect to certain officers and senior executives of the other party for a period of two years after closing. A separate agreement
contains the same customary non-solicit provisions with respect to certain officers and senior executives of LSEG, on the one
hand, and each of Thomson Reuters, Blackstone, GIC and CPPIB, on the other hand, for two years after closing.
As of March 1, 2023, Thomson Reuters indirectly owned approximately 61.1 million LSEG shares. Thomson Reuters’ interest in
LSEG shares are held through YPL, an entity jointly owned by Thomson Reuters, Blackstone’s consortium and certain current
LSEG and former members of Refinitiv senior management. YPL holds a combination of LSEG ordinary shares and LSEG limited-
voting ordinary shares (with the shares carrying, in aggregate, an approximate 26% economic interest and a 20% voting interest in
LSEG).
August 2022. We received proceeds of $43 million, for approximately 0.5 million shares, related to our portion of the buyback. On
January 27, 2023, Thomson Reuters and private equity funds affiliated with Blackstone sold approximately 21 million of its LSEG
shares to Microsoft, of which 10.5 million of LSEG shares were indirectly owned by Thomson Reuters. We received gross proceeds
of approximately $1.0 billion related to our portion of the sale.
Page 187
Material Contracts
Credit Agreement
In November 2022, we amended our credit facility agreement to increase the commitment to $2.0 billion, from $1.8 billion, and
extended the maturity to November 2027. The facility may be used to provide liquidity for general corporate purposes (including
acquisitions or support for our commercial paper program). There were no outstanding borrowings under the credit facility as of
December 31, 2022 and 2021. We have the option to request an increase, subject to approval by applicable lenders, in the lenders’
commitments in an aggregate amount of $600 million for a maximum credit facility commitment of $2.6 billion. Based on our
current credit ratings, the cost of borrowing under the agreement is priced at Term Secure Overnight Financing Rate (SOFR)/Euro
Interbank Offered Rate (EURIBOR)/ Simple Sterling Overnight Index Average (SONIA) plus 102.5 bp. If our debt rating is
downgraded by Moody’s or S & P or Fitch, our facility fees and borrowing costs would increase, although availability would be
unaffected. Conversely, an upgrade in our ratings may reduce our facility fees and borrowing costs. We also monitor the lenders
that are party to our facility and believe they continue to be able to lend to us.
We guarantee borrowings by our subsidiaries under the credit facility. We must also maintain a ratio of net debt as defined in the
credit agreement (total debt after swaps less cash and cash equivalents) as of the last day of each fiscal quarter to EBITDA as
defined in the credit agreement (earnings before interest, income taxes, depreciation and amortization and other modifications
described in the credit agreement) for the last four quarters ended of not more than 4.5:1. If we complete an acquisition with a
purchase price of over $500 million, the ratio of net debt to EBITDA would temporarily increase to 5:0:1 for three quarters after
completion, at which time the ratio would revert to 4:5:1. As of December 31, 2022, we were in compliance with this covenant as
our ratio of net debt to EBITDA, as calculated under the terms of our syndicated credit facility, was 1.6:1 .
Thomson Reuters Trust Principles and Thomson Reuters Founders Share Company
Our company is dedicated to upholding the Thomson Reuters Trust Principles and to preserving its integrity, independence and
freedom from bias in the gathering and dissemination of information and news.
The Trust Principles read as follows:
• That Reuters shall at no time pass into the hands of any one interest, group or faction;
• That the integrity, independence and freedom from bias of Thomson Reuters shall at all times be fully preserved;
• That Reuters shall supply unbiased and reliable news services to newspapers, news agencies, broadcasters and other media
subscribers and to businesses, governments, institutions, individuals and others with whom Reuters has or may have contracts;
• That Thomson Reuters shall pay due regard to the many interests which it serves in addition to those of the media; and
• That no effort shall be spared to expand, develop and adapt the news and other services and products of Thomson Reuters so
as to maintain its leading position in the international news and information business.
The Thomson Reuters Founders Share Company was established in 1984 when Reuters became a public company. The directors
of the Thomson Reuters Founders Share Company have a duty to ensure, to the extent possible, that the Thomson Reuters Trust
Principles are complied with.
The directors of the Thomson Reuters Founders Share Company are experienced and eminent people from the world of politics,
diplomacy, media, public service and business. They generally have all held high offices in their respective sectors. The directors
are selected by a nomination committee and proposed to the board of the Thomson Reuters Founders Share Company to be
considered for appointment. The nomination committee also has unique features. Two of its members are appointed in
consultation with the European Court of Human Rights (ECHR) and assist in scrutinizing candidates’ suitability. These have
historically been judges of the ECHR. Our Board currently has two representatives on the nomination committee. In addition to
the chairman and deputy chairman of the Thomson Reuters Founders Share Company, who are also members of the nomination
committee, the chairman of the Thomson Reuters Founders Share Company appoints three other representatives to the
nomination committee. Other members are representatives of press associations from the United Kingdom and Australia.
Page 188
The directors of the Thomson Reuters Founders Share Company have a minimum of two meetings per year. They receive reports
on our activities in the different fields in which we operate. The directors meet with representatives of senior management at the
Thomson Reuters Founders Share Company board meetings and Thomson Reuters site visits; the directors of the Thomson
Reuters Founders Share Company also have access to our Board, as necessary. Through the Thomson Reuters Founders
Share Company’s chairman, regular contact is maintained with our company. The relationship is one of trust and confidence. The
Thomson Reuters Founders Share Company also has certain consultation rights as to the appointments of the president and
editor in chief of the news services of Reuters News.
Directors of the Thomson Reuters Founders Share Company

The current directors of the Thomson Reuters Founders Share Company, with their countries of residence and the year of initial
appointments, are:
Name Country Director Since
Kim Williams (Chairman) Australia 2016

Steven Turnbull (Deputy Chairman) U.K. 2013
Vikram Singh Mehta India 2013
Lawton Fitt U.S. 2014
Nicholas Lemann U.S. 2014
Ory Okolloh Kenya 2015
Ronald G. Close Canada 2016
Linda Robinson U.K. 2019
Pawel Dangel Poland 2020
Anne Bouverot France 2021
Aiko Doden Japan 2021
Murilo Portugal Brazil 2022
Nikiwe Bikitsha South Africa 2023
Mark Thompson U.K. 2023
Prior to May 1, 2014, directors were appointed for an initial term of five years that ended on December 31 following the fifth
anniversary of appointment. Those directors were eligible for re-appointment for additional terms of five years, subject to a
maximum term of 15 years. Directors appointed on or after May 1, 2014 serve an initial term of three years and must retire on
December 31 following the third anniversary of appointment. Those directors are eligible for re-appointment for additional terms
of three years, subject to a maximum term of nine years. However, in 2018, those longest standing directors still on five-year terms
voluntarily agreed to stand down at the end of their respective second terms in order to better align the terms of office among
directors.
Our company is a party to a Deed of Mutual Covenant, under which Thomson Reuters and the Thomson Reuters Founders Share
Company have covenanted with press associations from the United Kingdom and Australia to use their best endeavors to ensure
that the Trust Principles are complied with in relation to Thomson Reuters.
Under a Thomson Reuters Trust Principles Support Agreement, Woodbridge has agreed to support the Trust Principles and to
exercise its voting rights to give effect to this support and the Thomson Reuters Founders Share Company has irrevocably
designated Woodbridge as an approved person for so long as Woodbridge is controlled by members of the Thomson family,
companies controlled by them and trusts for their benefit.
Page 189
Amended and Restated Reuters Support Agreement

In December 2020, Thomson Reuters Founders Share Company, Thomson Reuters and Reuters News entered into an Amended
and Restated Reuters Support Agreement. The following is a summary of certain provisions of the agreement, a copy of which has
been filed with the Canadian Securities Administrators’ SEDAR website, www.sedar.com, and in the EDGAR section of the
Securities and Exchange Commission’s (SEC) website at www.sec.gov.
• Consent for Sale of Reuters News. We have agreed not to effect a sale (or similar transactions) of Reuters News to an
unrelated third-party or to effect or permit material acquisitions by, or material dispositions from, Reuters News unless we have
received Thomson Reuters Founders Share Company’s prior written consent.
• Business of Reuters News. We agreed to maintain Reuters News as a separate business unit of Thomson Reuters and the sole
business unit in our company that carries on the business of providing multimedia news services. We also agreed to provide
Reuters News with access to capital and shared services on a basis that is consistent with the terms provided to our other
business units. Reuters News will continue to provide services to our company’s other business units, consistent with past
practice.
• News Agreement with the Data & Analytics business of LSEG. Reuters News has agreed to invest all of the license fees
payable under the news agreement with the Data & Analytics business of LSEG into the Reuters News business for the term of
that agreement. Reuters News also agreed not to amend the news agreement in a manner that would negatively impact the
annual fee payable under the agreement, significantly increase Reuters News’ costs without reimbursement or amend any
provision related to the Trust Principles without Thomson Reuters Founders Share Company’s prior written consent.
• Brand License Agreements. Our company and Reuters News agreed not to amend any provisions of the Brand License
Agreements (as defined in the Amended and Restated Reuters Support Agreement) related to the Trust Principles without
Thomson Reuters Founders Share Company’s prior written consent.
Page 190
Principal Subsidiaries
The following provides information about our principal subsidiaries as of December 31, 2022. As of that date, we beneficially
owned, directly or indirectly, 100% of the voting securities and non-voting securities of each of these subsidiaries. Certain
subsidiaries, each of which represents not more than 10% of the consolidated assets and not more than 10% of the consolidated
revenues of our company, and all of which, in the aggregate, represent not more than 20% of the total consolidated assets and
the total consolidated revenues of our company as of December 31, 2022, have been omitted.
Subsidiary Jurisdiction of Incorporation/Formation

3276838 Nova Scotia Company Nova Scotia, Canada
Acritas Limited England
Bedrijfsbeheer TRA B.V. The Netherlands
Capital Confirmation Inc. Delaware, United States
HighQ Solutions Limited England
LiveNote Technologies Limited England
LN Holdings Limited Bermuda
Netmaster Solutions Limited England
Reuters News & Media Inc. Delaware, United States
Reuters News & Media Limited England
Thomson Reuters (Legal) Inc. Minnesota, United States
Thomson Reuters (Professional) Australia Limited Australia
Thomson Reuters (Professional) UK Limited England
Thomson Reuters (Tax & Accounting) Inc. Texas, United States
Thomson Reuters (TRI) Inc. Delaware, United States
Thomson Reuters America Corporation Delaware, United States
Thomson Reuters Brasil Conteúdo e Tecnologia Ltda Brazil
Thomson Reuters Canada Limited Ontario, Canada
Thomson Reuters Enterprise Centre GmbH Switzerland
Thomson Reuters Finance S.A. Luxembourg
Thomson Reuters Group Limited England
Thomson Reuters Holdco LLC Delaware, United States
Thomson Reuters Holdings B.V. The Netherlands
Thomson Reuters Holdings Inc. Delaware, United States
Thomson Reuters Holdings S.A. Luxembourg
Thomson Reuters Investment Holdings Limited England
Thomson Reuters MX Servicios, S.A. de D.V. Mexico
Thomson Reuters No. 4 Inc. Delaware, United States
Thomson Reuters No. 5 LLC Delaware, United States
Thomson Reuters No. 8 LLC Delaware, United States
Thomson Reuters U.S. LLC Delaware, United States
TR (2008) Limited England
TR Finance LLC Delaware, United States
TR Holdings Limited Bermuda
TR U.S. Inc. Delaware, United States
TTC (1994) Limited England
TTC Holdings Limited Bermuda
West Publishing Corporation Minnesota, United States
Page 191
Interests of Experts
Our independent registered public accounting firm is PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, who has issued an independent registered
public accounting firm’s report dated March 8, 2023 in respect of our consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2022
and December 31, 2021, and for each of the years ended December 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021 and our internal control over
financial reporting as of December 31, 2022. PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP has advised that it is independent with respect to our
company within the meaning of the Rules of Professional Conduct of the Institute of Chartered Accountants of Ontario, and the
rules of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission and the requirements of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board
(United States).
Further Information and Disclosures
Iran Threat Reduction and Syria Human Rights Act Disclosure

The Iran Threat Reduction and Syria Human Rights Act of 2012 (ITRA) requires us to disclose information in our annual report if
we or any of our affiliates knowingly engaged in certain transactions or dealings related to Iran and other sanctioned individuals or
entities in 2022. Disclosure is generally required, even if the transactions or dealings were conducted in compliance with
applicable law and regulations.
During 2022, one of our non-U.S. subsidiaries sold Reuters text newswires and video broadcast services products to one customer
in Iran covered by the ITRA. These sales were exempt from applicable U.S. economic sanctions laws and regulations as
information or informational materials. The aggregate gross revenues attributable to these 2022 sales were approximately
$740,000. We did not recognize any revenue or net profit from these sales in 2022. These sales represented approximately 0.01%
of our company’s 2022 consolidated revenues. Additionally, in 2022, we recognized approximately $1,600,000 in revenue related
to the delayed collection of outstanding receivables from prior-year periods. We estimate that the 2022 net profit attributable to
this revenue (utilizing Reuters News’ 2022 segment adjusted EBITDA margin disclosed in this annual report) was approximately
$336,000. We discussed these outstanding receivables in our previously filed annual reports.
Our Reuters business plans to continue its existing customer contracts which are covered by the ITRA. However, it does not plan
on entering into any new sales contracts with customers covered by the ITRA, subject to certain limited exceptions where
continued sales are permissible under applicable export control and economic sanctions laws and regulations.
Other Information and Disclosures

Steve Hasker, our President and Chief Executive Officer and a director of our company, was a director of Global Eagle
Entertainment Inc. until May 2020. In July 2020, Global Eagle Entertainment Inc. commenced voluntary proceedings under
Chapter 11 of the United States Bankruptcy Code.
For more information about Thomson Reuters, please see our various filings and notifications posted on our website,
www.tr.com, the Canadian Securities Administrators’ SEDAR website, www.sedar.com, and in the EDGAR section of the
Securities and Exchange Commission’s (SEC) website at www.sec.gov.
Additional information, including directors’ and officers’ remuneration and indebtedness, principal holders of our shares and
securities authorized for issuance under our equity compensation plans, will be contained in our management proxy circular,
which is being prepared in connection with our upcoming annual meeting of shareholders to be held on June 14, 2023. Copies of
our management proxy circular will be available upon request in writing to: Investor Relations Department, Thomson Reuters, 3
Times Square, New York, New York 10036, United States. Requests may also be sent by e-mail to: [email protected].
Information required to be provided pursuant to Canadian Securities Administrators Multilateral Instrument Form 52-110F1 (Audit
Committees) for our company is included in the “Executive Officers and Directors” section of this annual report.
Page 192
Additional financial information is included in the “Management’s Discussion and Analysis” and “Consolidated Financial
Statements” sections of this annual report.
Under NYSE listing standards, we are required to disclose any significant ways in which our corporate governance practices differ
from those required to be followed by U.S. domestic companies under NYSE listing standards. There is only one significant
difference between our corporate governance practices and those required of U.S. domestic companies under NYSE listing
standards. NYSE listing standards require shareholder approval of all “equity compensation plans” and material revisions to these
types of plans (with limited exceptions). TSX rules require shareholder approval of security based compensation arrangements
only for plans which involve newly issued shares or specified amendments to the plans. Similar to a number of other Canadian
issuers, our company follows the TSX rules.
Our Code of Business Conduct and Ethics, corporate governance guidelines and Board committee charters are available on
www.tr.com as well as in print or electronically (without charge) to any shareholder who requests a copy in writing or by e-mail to
our Investor Relations Department. Shareholders and other interested parties may contact the Board or its non-management or
independent directors as a group, or the directors who preside over their meetings, by writing to them by e-mail at [email protected]
or by mail at Thomson Reuters Board of Directors, Attention: Chief Legal Officer and Company Secretary, Thomson Reuters, 333
Bay Street, Suite 300, Toronto, Ontario M5H 2R2, Canada.
Any statement in this annual report about any of our contracts or other documents is not necessarily complete. If the contract or
document is filed as an exhibit to our annual report with the SEC or as a material contract with the Canadian securities regulatory
authorities, then the contract or document is deemed to modify the description contained in this annual report. You should review
the contracts or documents themselves for a complete description.
We are required to file reports and other information with the SEC under the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended,
and regulations under that act. As a foreign private issuer, we are exempt from the rules under the U.S. Securities Exchange Act
prescribing the form and content of proxy statements and our officers, directors and principal shareholders are exempt from the
reporting and short swing profit recovery provisions contained in Section 16 of the U.S. Securities Exchange Act.
Page 193
Cross Reference Tables

For the convenience of our shareholders, we have prepared one annual report for the year ended December 31, 2022 that
addresses our disclosure requirements under applicable Canadian and U.S. laws and regulations.
The following pages include cross reference tables that reflect where we have disclosed information required to be contained in an
annual information form prepared in accordance with Canadian laws and regulations and an annual report on Form 40-F
prepared in accordance with SEC requirements.
Annual Information Form (Form 51-102F2) Cross Reference Table

Page/Document
Item 1. Cover Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cover

Item 2. Table of Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Item 3. Corporate Structure
3.1 Name, Address And Incorporation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
3.2 Intercorporate Relationships . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
Item 4. General Development of the Business
4.1 Three Year History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
4.2 Significant Acquisitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12,40
Item 5. Describe the Business
5.1 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-18
5.2 Risk Factors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-33
5.3 Companies With Asset-Backed Securities Outstanding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N/A
5.4 Companies With Mineral Projects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N/A
5.5 Companies With Oil And Gas Activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N/A
Item 6. Dividends . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184-185
Item 7. Description of Capital Structure
7.1 General Description Of Capital Structure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182-183
7.2 Constraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N/A
7.3 Ratings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
Item 8. Market for Securities
8.1 Trading Price And Volume . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
8.2 Prior Sales . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N/A
Item 9. Escrowed Securities and Securities Subject to Contractual Restriction on Transfer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N/A
Item 10. Directors and Officers
10.1 Name, Occupation And Security Holding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169-181
10.2 Cease Trade Orders, Bankruptcies, Penalties Or Sanctions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
10.3 Conflicts Of Interest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N/A
Item 11. Promoters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N/A
Item 12. Legal Proceedings and Regulatory Actions
12.1 Legal Proceedings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
12.2 Regulatory Actions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Page 194
Page/Document
Item 13. Interest of Management and Others in Material Transactions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66-67

Item 14. Transfer Agents and Registrars . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
Item 15. Material Contracts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188-190
Item 16. Interest of Experts
16.1 Names Of Experts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
16.2 Interests Of Experts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
Item 17. Additional Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192-193
Item 18. Additional Disclosure for Companies Not Sending Information Circulars . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N/A
Form 40-F Cross Reference Table

Page/Document
Annual Information Form . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . See AIF Table
Audited Annual Financial Statements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96-168
Management’s Discussion And Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34-95
Disclosure Controls And Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

a. Changes In Internal Controls Over Financial Reporting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
b. Management’s Report On Internal Control Over Financial Reporting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
c. Independent Auditor’s Report On Internal Control Over Financial Reporting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97-98
Notice Pursuant To Regulation BTR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N/A
Audit Committee Financial Expert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
Code Of Ethics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
Principal Accountant Fees And Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59-60
Material Cash Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53,59-60
Identification Of The Audit Committee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions that Prevent Inspections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N/A
Page 195
THOMSON REUTERS
333 Bay Street, Suite 300
Toronto, Ontario M5H 2R2
Canada
tel: +1 647 480 7000
www.tr.com

TRI - 424151 - Annual Report - FINAL

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

TRI - 424151 - Annual Report - FINAL

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

TRI - 424151 - Annual Report - FINAL

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Annual Report 2022

EPS Earnings per share

IFRS International Financial Reporting Standards

LSEG London Stock Exchange Group plc

n/a Not applicable

n/m Not meaningful

$ and US$ U.S. dollars

Tax & Accounting Professionals

Our Business Model and Key Operating Characteristics

Some of our key business and operating characteristics are:

Attractive Balanced and Attractive Strong Disciplined

2022 Financial Highlights

2022 Revenue Growth by Segment

Reported revenues up 4% to $6.6 billion

Legal Corporates Tax & Accounting Reuters News Global Print

“Big 3” grew 7% organically (80% total revenues)

Our Change Program

The table below highlights key achievements of the Change Program:

2023 Key Priorities

Strategic Investment Priorities

Strategic Priorities FY 2022 Revenue

Total 7 Strategic Investment Priorities ~ $4.0B

(1) Products reported in Legal Professionals and Corporates segments.

Law Firms (66%)

13% Tax (34%)

Tax & Accounting Professionals

Practical Law Legal know-how, current awareness and workflow tools

CLEAR Public and proprietary records about individuals and

HighQ Cloud-based collaboration and workflow platform for the

Case Center Cloud-based evidence-sharing platform for sharing

Fraud Analytics A suite of data and analytics solutions to help auditors,

Checkpoint Integrated tax and accounting information solution that

FindLaw Online legal directory, website creation and hosting

3E Suites of integrated software applications that assist with

Legal Tracker Online spend and matter management, e-billing, legal

Regulatory Intelligence Information and software products that provide a single

ONESOURCE Comprehensive global tax solution with local and country

Confirmation Cloud-based platform to automate the workflow of the

Dominio Accounting management and tax management software

Cloud Audit Suite End-to-end solution providing accuracy and efficiency

CS Professional Suite Scalable, integrated suite of desktop and online software

Onvio International suite of cloud-based products that bring

Additional Business Information

Operations & Technology

Research and Development

Sales and Marketing, Partnerships and APIs

Acquisitions and Dispositions

Human Capital Management

Legal Professionals 1,300

Thomson Reuters 25,200

(1) Reflects employees in Marketing, Commercial Excellence and Strategy.

Environmental, Social and Governance (ESG)

Diversity and Inclusion

Additional D&I initiatives we’d like to highlight from 2022 include:

The Thomson Reuters Foundation

Properties and Facilities

Facility Approx. Sq. Ft. Owned/Leased Principal Use

Risk Category Page

Technology and Data Risks